Citius
Altius
Fortius
OFFICIAL REPORT
III Olympic Winter Games
LAKE PLACID 1932
Issued by
III Olympic Winter Games Committee
LAKE PLACID, N Y, U
S A
Compiled by
GEORGE M LATTIMER
Copyright 1932
III Olympic Winter Games Committee
PRINTED IN U S A
Contents
PAGE
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Official congratulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 9
List of officers and committees.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
Olympic regulations and protocol and general rules.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .23-34
Brief history of Olympic Winter Games.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 36
History of winter sports at Lake Placid.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-42
How III Olympic Winter Games were awarded to Lake Placid.. . . . . . . 43-52
Organization following award of Games to Lake Placid.. . . . . . . . . . .53-72
General organization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73-78
Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79-92
Publicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-108
Local Arrangements
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103-115
Transportation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Health and safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116
Special sections
Office lay-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Entry forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117-122
Tickets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-123
Attendance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123, 125
Diplomas, medals, and badges.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126, 127
International secretary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Souvenir book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Concessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Ushers and information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Feeding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Decorations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 132
Medical attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Social affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 137-139
Olympic facilities
Summary of seating capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
3
PAGE
Intervales ski-hill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141-144
Ski trails. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145, 146
Stadium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147-150
Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150-157
Bob-run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157-166
Olympic Winter Games
Opening day. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167, 168, 173-180
Official competitions
Skiing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181-203
Speed-skating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204-212
Figure-skating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-223
Hockey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224-239
Bobsleigh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240-249
Demonstrations
Sled-dog racing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250-254
Curling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255-258
Womens speed-skating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258-262
Closing ceremony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Point scoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264, 265
Tables of honor
Chamonix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
St Moritz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Lake Placid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Lake Placid demonstrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
Table of participation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
III
Olympic Winter Games program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272, 273
Alphabetic list of entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274-276
Xth Olympiad Summer Games. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 278
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281-287
List of illustrations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288-290
4
Jack Shea of Lake Placid, subseqent winner of the 500 and 1500-meter speed-scating races, takes Olympic oath for American team on opening day of Games
—G Cleveland
A Word of Explanation
This book, Official Report of the III Olympic Winter Games, is
-intended to serve a dual purpose. It tells the complete story of the Lake
Placid Games and the plans for staging them, and it gives a detailed
history of the development of the winter-sports movement in Lake
Placid, the pioneer winter resort of the North American continent.
These two motifs underlying the plan of the book are closely inter-
twined. The Games could never have been awarded to Lake Placid if
it had not been for the international standing that this resort had at-
tained as a winter-sports center. So the history of the Games in reality
goes back to that day, over a quarter of a century ago, when organized
enjoyment of the sports of snow and ice and cold began where the
highest peaks of the Adirondack mountains cast their shadows on the
village by the two lakes.
Progress, was steady from that day to the morning of February 4,
1932, when Winters sons and daughters from 17 nations of the earth
paraded past the reviewing stand in the stadium at Lake Placid in the
impressive opening ceremonies of the III Olympic Winter Games.
The Lake Placid Games have given a tremendous impetus to winter
sports in the United States. Other communities are finding that snow
and ice are among their greatest assets for sport and recreation. It is
hoped that this book will help these same communities to develop their
organized enjoyment of winter still further. For this reason facts and
figures of Lake Placids experience and the story of this experience are
given in great detail. May they prove helpful.
For much that the Organizing Committee did there was no pattern.
If it can leave one for others it will be glad.
All those concerned with the plans for the celebration of the III
Olympic Winter Games feel only the utmost confidence that the Winter
Games of the quadrennial Olympiad are destined to reach greater
heights and more enduring fame with the passing years. This book
attempts to tell the story of the part that Lake Placid played in making
this achievement predictable and possible.
Lake Placid, N Y
June 1, 1932
III Olympic Winter Games Committee
7
Baron Pierre de Coubertin, Honorary President of the
Olympic Games
I
congratulate you and your co-workers
most sincerely on the success of these Winter
Games of the Xth Olympiad.
8
Statement by Count de Baillet-Latour
Washington, D C
March 11, 1932
Dear Dr Dewey
Before leaving America I wish to congratu-
late you on the success of the III Olympic
Winter Games. Altho weather conditions and
the extraordinary economic situation ren-
dered your task extremely difficult, 17 nations
represented by 364 athletes took part in the
Gamesa showing that reflects only the
highest credit upon the countries represented
on the International Olympic Committee and
your own Organizing Committee.
I feel that I may say, and speak conserva-
tively when I say it, that European nations
that participated in the III Olympic Winter
Games were more than pleased at the plans
made for staging the Games in Lake Placid,
facilities for the conduct of the sports, and
other arrangements such as housing, feeding,
and transportation that made the stay of your
international visitors one that they will long
remember.
The Games themselves brought out the
most spirited competition in all the events on
the Olympic program. This made the Games
that much more enjoyable for both spectators
and participants. All who attended took home
with them, I am sure, a better idea than they
ever had before of just what international
sports competition means in its highest sense.
Beyond a doubt the athletes taking part went
Back to their native lands imbued with the
same idea.
The thanks of the International Olympic
Committee are due the community of Lake
Placid for taking on in the III Olympic Win-
portion to its size than any community ever
ter Games of 1932 a greater burden in pro-
assumed in staging Olympic contests. You
know how I feel about the exceptional man-
ner in which this obligation was discharged.
It is something that Lake Placid and the Lake
Placid Olympic organization can always look
back on with pride, as a great task master-
fully handled.
Count de Baillet-Latour, President, International
Olympic Committee
I feel certain that you would not be satis-
fied if the success of the competitions should
be the only reward for the work you and your
competent staff did in staging the III Olympic
Winter Games of 1932. You were working
for an idealto increase the love for winter
sports in the United States with the view of
augmenting the ranks of, the Olympic family
and of making Lake Placid the best-equipt
resort for these sports. You have reacht these
two goals.
Very sincerely yours,
President of the
International Olympic Committee
9
10
Ready for the Games. A general view of the stadium
in the heart of the principal Adirondack mountain range just south of Lake Placid
—Ranger L Moore
List of Officers and Committees
International Olympic Committee
Founder
Baron Pierre de Coubertin
Honorary President of the Olympic Games
Headquarters
Lausanne, Switzerland
President
Count de Baillet-Latour
Members
Argentine Republic
His Excellency M de Alvear, Former President
of the Argentine Republic, Paris
R C Aldao, Buenos Aires
Australia
R Coombes, Sydney
James Taylor, Sydney
Austria
Dr Theodore Schmidt, Vienna
Belgium
Count de Baillet-Latour, Brussels
Baron de Laveleye, Jette-Saint-Pierre
Brazil
His Excellency R de Rio Branco, Minister of
Brazil, Berne
Arnoldo Guinle, Rio de Janeiro
Dr Ferreira Santos, Sao Paulo
Bulgaria
His Excellency Stephan G Tchaprachikov, Berlin
Canada
J G Merrick, Toronto
Sir George McLaren Brown, London
Central America
P J de Matheu, Paris
Chile
His Excellency Don Alfredo Ewing, Santiago
China
His Excellency Dr C T Wang, Shanghai
Cuba
Porfirio Franca, Havana
Czechoslovakia
Counselor Jiri Guth-Jarkovsky, Prague
Denmark
His Royal Highness Prince Axel of Denmark,
Gentofte
Egypt
Esthonia
His Excellency Dr F Akel, Minister of Esthonia
in Stockholm
Finland
Ernst Krogius, Helsingfors
France
Albert Glandaz, Paris
Marquis de Polignac, Rheims and Paris
Count Clary, Paris
Germany
His Excellency Secretary of State Dr Theodore
Lewald, Berlin
His Excellency Duke Adolphe Frederic de
Mecklenburg-Schwerin, Bad Doberan, Schwerin
Dr Carl Ritter von Halt, Munich
Great Britain
General Kentish, British Olympic Association,
London
Lord Rochdale, London
Lord Aberdare, London
Greece
His Excellency M Politis, Minister of Greece
in Paris, Greek Legation, Paris
Holland
Commander P W Scharroo, Amersfoort
Baron A Schimmelpenninck van der Oye,
Doorn
Hungary
Count Geza Andrassy, Budapest
Senator Jules de Muzsa, Budapest
India
G D Sondhi, Lahore
Ireland
J J Keane, Dublin
Italy
Hon Carlo Montu, Bellagio
Count Bonacossa, Milan
Angelo C Bolanachi, Alexandria and Paris
11
Japan
Senator Jigoro Kano, Tokio
Dr S Kishi, Tokio
Jugoslavia
General S S Djoukitch, Sarajevo
Professor F Bucar, Zagreb
Latvia
J Dikmanis, Riga
Mexico
Dr M Saenz, Minister of Physical Education,
Mexico City
Monaco
Count Gautier-Vignal, Beaulieu s/M Alpes
Maritimes
New Zealand
C J Wray, London
Norway
Thos Fearnley, Oslo
Peru
Alfredo Benavides, Miraflores, Lima
Poland
His Excellency M Ignace Matuszewski, Min-
ister of Poland in Budapest
General Dr Rouppert, Warsaw
Portugal
Count de Penha-Garcia, Lisbon
Roumania
Georges A Plagino, Bucharest
Russia
Prince Leon Ouroussoff, Paris
South Africa
Henry Nourse, Johannesburg, Transvaal
Spain
Baron de Guell, Barcelona
Count de Vallellano, Madrid
Sweden
Count Clarence de Rosen, Julita
J S Edström, Vesteras
Switzerland
Baron Godefroy de Blonay, Grandson
Turkey
His Excellency Kemaleddin Sami Pacha,
Ambassador of Turkey in Berlin
United States of America
William M Garland, Los Angeles
General Charles H Sherrill, New York
Commodore Ernest Lee Jahncke, New Orleans
Uruguay
Dr F Ghigliani, Montevideo
Executive Committee
Count de Baillet-Latour, President
Baron Godefroy de Blonay,
Vice-president
J S Edström
Lord Aberdare
Marquis de Polignac
General Charles H Sherrill
Dr Theodore Lewald
S e c r e t a r y
Lieut-Co1 A G Berdez, Mon Repos, Lausanne
12
American Olympic Association
Honorary Officers
Honorary PresidentHerbert
Hoover, The President of the United States
Honorary Vice-president
Henry L Stimson, Secretary of State
Honorary Vice-presidentPatrick
J Hurley, Secretary of War
Honorary Vice-president
Charles F Adams, Secretary of Navy
President EmeritusDr
Graeme M Hammond
Officers
President . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avery Brundage, Chicago, Ill
Vice-president. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dr Charles W Kennedy, Princeton, N J
Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frederick W Rubien, New York City
Treasurer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
George W Graves, Detroit, Mich
Executive Committee
Romeyn Berry, Ithaca, N Y
William J Bingham, Cambridge, Mass
Avery Brundage, Chicago, Ill
Henry Penn Burke, Philadelphia, Pa
Lieut George C Calnan, Lakehurst, N J
Major Eley P Denson, Washington, D C
L di Benedetto, New Orleans, La
Dr R S Elmer, Bellows Falls, Vt
J Frank Facey, Cambridge, Mass
Daniel J Ferris, New York City
Captain Karl T Frederick, New York City
A C Gilbert, New Haven, Conn
George W Graves, Detroit Mich
Henry Kirk Greer, New York City
Dr Graeme M Hammond, New York City
Major-General Guy V Henry, Washington D C
Leslie A Henry, Los Angeles, Calif
Murray Hulbert, New York City
William F Humphrey, San Francisco, Calif
Dr Charles W Kennedy, Princeton, N J
Gustavus T Kirby, New York City
Frank L Kramer, Newark, N J
Fred W Luehring, Minneapolis, Minn
General Douglas MacArthur, Washington, D C
Clifford D Mallory, New York City
Dr G Randolph Manning, New York City
Charles L Ornstein, New York City
Dr Joseph E Raycroft, Princeton, N J
Brig-General M A Reckord, Washington, D C
Commander L F Reifsnider, Washington, D C
Major William C Rose, Washington, D C
Frederick W Rubien, New York City
Professor L W St John, Columbus, Ohio
Joseph K Savage, New York City
Alonzo A Stagg, Chicago, Ill
Fred L Steers, Chicago, Ill
Major Patrick J Walsh, New York City
American Olympic Committee
The American Olympic Committee consists
of the executive committee of the American
Olympic Association, listed herewith, and
the following:
Sherwin C Badger, New York City
Frank W Blankley, Chicago, Ill
Dr I R Calkins, Springfield, Mass
Joseph T England, Baltimore, Md
Emile E Fraysse, Ridgefield Park, N J
William Carroll Hill, Boston, Mass
William P Kenney, Roxbury, Mass
Roy E Moore, New York City
Jay OBrien, New York City
Armstrong Patterson, Detroit, Mich
Prof Charles A Proctor, Hanover, N H
Dr Albert Soiland, Los Angeles, Calif
Leon M Schoonmaker, Long Island City, N Y
Paul A Spitler, New York City
Rufus J Trimble, New York City
Henry Wiener IV, Philadelphia, Pa
Dietrich Wortmann, New York City
International Olympic Committee
Members for United States
William M Garland
General Charles H Sherrill
Commodore Ernest Lee Jahncke
13
Officers and Active Members of III Olympic Winter Games Committee
* Deceast
Honorary Officers
Honorary PresidentHon
Franklin D Roosevelt, Governor, State of New York, Albany, N Y
Honorary Vice-presidents
Hon Herbert H Lehman, Lieut-governor, State of New York, Albany, N Y
Gustavus T-Kirby, Past President, American Olympic Committee New York City
General Douglas MacArthur, Past President, American Olympic Committee, Washington, D C
Dr Graeme M Hammond, President Emeritus, American Olympic Association, New York City
Active Officers
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dr Godfrey Dewey, Lake Placid Club, N Y
Vice-president . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Willis Wells, Lake Placid, N Y
Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ernest Gamache, Leominster, Mass
Treasurer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . William J OHare, Lake Placid, N Y
Board of Directors
Avery Brundage, President, American Olympic
Association and Amateur Athletic Union, Chi-
cago, Ill
Dr Godfrey Dewey, Vice-president, Lake Placid
Co, Lake Placid Club, N Y
A C Gilbert, Executive Committee, American
Olympic Association, New Haven, Conn
Lewis G Graeves, Past President, Saranac Lake
Chamber of Commerce, Saranac Lake, N Y
Forrest B Guild, President, Bank of Lake Placid,
Lake Placid, N Y
Harry Wade Hicks, Secretary, Lake Placid Club,
Lake Placid Club, N Y
James B Hurley, Vice-president, Bank of Lake
Placid, Lake Placid, N Y
Dr Charles W Kennedy, Athletic Director, Prince-
ton University and President, National Colle-
giate Athletic Association, Princeton, N J
Rollie J Kennedy, Chairman, North Elba Park
Commission, Lake Placid, N Y
Gustavus T Kirby, Past President, Intercollegiate
Amateur Athletic Association of America and
American Olympic Committee, New York City
Judge Thomas A Leahy, President, Lake Placid
Chamber of Commerce, Lake Placid, N Y
Martin T Ryan, Mayor, Lake Placid Village, Lake
Placid, N Y
Charles Waite, Chairman, Essex County Park Com-
mission, Crown Point, N Y
Howard L Weaver, Past President, Lake Placid
Board of Education, Lake Placid, N Y
Willis Wells, Supervisor, Town of North Elba,
Lake Placid, N Y
Active Members
The Executive Committee of the A O A (See
page 13)
and
H Sargent Appleton, New York City
Sherwin C Badger, New York City
Jerome D Barnum, Syracuse, N Y
Paul L Boyce, Glens Falls, N Y
Henry E H Brereton, Lake George, N Y
Irving Brokaw, New York City
Sir George McLaren Brown, London, England
Harold A Bruce, Schenectady, N Y
R R M Carpenter, Wilmington, Delaware
Walter Cluett, Troy, N Y
Lewis Crane, Utica, N Y
Dr Godfrey Dewey, Lake Placid Club, N Y
*Dr Melvil Dewey, Lake Placid Club, N Y
Charles Wesley Dunn, New York City
Mark Eisner, New York City
George R Fearon, Syracuse, N Y
William E Feek, Lake Placid, N Y
Abraham W Feinberg, New York City
T Harvey Ferris, Utica, N Y
Judge Rufus E Foster, New Orleans, La
William May Garland, Los Angeles, Calif
Lewis Graeves, Saranac Lake, N Y
Irving H Griswold, Plattsburg, N Y
Forrest B Guild, Lake Placid, N Y
Basil Harris, New York City
Fred Harris, Brattleboro, Vt
Merwin K Hart, Utica, N Y
Harry Wade Hicks, Lake Placid Club, N Y
14
Joseph T Higgins, New York City
John W Hornor, New York City
William G Howard, Albany, N Y
James B Hurley, Lake Placid, N Y
Commodore Ernest Lee Jahncke, New Orleans, La
Commander Herbert A Jones, Washington, D C
Frederick T Kelsey, New York City
Rollie J Kennedy, Lake Placid, N Y
Peter D Kiernan, Albany, N Y
judge Thomas A Leahy, Lake Placid, N Y
A Jocelyn H Magrath, New York City
Alexander Macdonald, Albany, N Y
Henry Morgenthau, Jr, Albany, N Y
John Caldwell Myers, New York City
John P Myers, Plattsburg, N Y
Julian S Myrick, New York City
James F Newcomb, New York City
William J OHare, Lake Placid, N Y
George Foster Peabody, Saratoga Springs, N Y
Fred L Porter, Crown Point, N Y
Raymond C Prime, Lake Placid, N Y
John J Raskob, New -York City
Philip E Rice, Schroon Lake, N Y
Martin T Ryan, Lake Placid, N Y
General Charles H Sherrill, New York City
Warren T Thayer, Chateaugay, N Y
*Harold R Thompson, Lake Placid, N Y
Ralph J Ury, Schenectady, N Y
Charles Waite, Crown Point, N Y
Howard L Weaver, Lake Placid, N Y
Willis Wells, Lake Placid, N Y
New York State Olympic Winter
Games Commission
Chairman
......Warren T Thayer, Chateaugay, N Y
Vice-chairman
....Fred L Porter, Crown Point, N Y
Secretary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T Harvey Ferris, Utica, N Y
Dr Godfrey Dewey, Lake Placid Club, N Y
Frank A Frost, Watkins Glen, N Y
George Foster Peabody, Saratoga Springs, N Y
Edwin W Wallace, Rockville Center, N Y
Rollie J Kennedy, Lake Placid, N Y
William G Howard, Albany, N Y
Ex-Officio Members
George R Fearon, Syracuse, N Y
Joseph A McGinnies, Ripley, N Y
Executive Secretary
Ernest F Gamache, Leominster, Mass
Counsel
Wallace E Pierce, Plattsburg, N Y
III O W G Standing Committees
Housing Committee
Judge T A Leahy,
Chairman,
Benjamin R Bull,
Edward Hart, James B Hurley, Dura Jenney,
William Lamb, C J Ortloff, Martin T Ryan,
William Ryan, Hubert Stevens
Transportation Committee
Lewis Crane,
Chairman,
Arthur W Brandt, C K
Brodhead, Sir George McLaren Brown, Edward
English, Russell Golder, Earle McDevitt, Wil-
liam Wallace, Howard Weaver
Health and Safety Committee
Martin T Ryan,
Chairman,
Dr F J dAvignon,
Dr J A Geis, Major John A Warner, H J Wood
Finance Committee
Willis Wells,
Chairman,
T Harvey Ferris, Irving
H Griswold, F B Guild, Basil Harris
Publicity Committee
F B Guild,
Chairman,
J B Hurley, E E MacCon-
nell, E C Paarman, Thomas P Faherty
III O W G Sports Committees
Skiing
Dr R S Elmer,
Chairman,
Bellows Falls, Vt; Fred
H Harris, Brattleboro, Vt; Charles A Proctor,
Hanover, N H; O Smith Johannsen, New York
City; George W Martin, Lake Placid Club, NY
Speed Skating
Joseph K Savage,
Chairman,
New York City; Ed-
mund Horton, Saranac Lake, N Y; Clarence
Eccleston, Lake Placid, N Y
Figure Skating
Sherwin C Badger,
Chairman,
New York City;
David T Layman, Jr, New York City; Henry
W Howe, New York City; Bedell H Harned,
New York City
Hockey
Rufus J Trimble,
Chairman,
New York City; Wil-
liam Eggens, Lake Placid, N Y; Harold A
Bruce, Schenectady, N Y; W F Duquette, Sara-
nac Lake, N Y
* Decast
15
Bobsleigh
Major Philip Fleming, Chairman, West Point, N
Y; Jay OBrien, New York City; H L Garren,
Lake Placid, N Y
Sled-dog Racing
Walter Channing, Chairman, Boston, Mass;
Moseley Taylor, Boston, Mass; Louis D Hudon,
Quebec, Canada; Capt C A Billings, Chateau
Laurier, Ottawa, Canada; Henry Stetson, Hotel
Biltmore, New York City; Hubert Stevens, Lake
Placid, N Y
Curling
John Calder, Chairman, Utica, N Y; Dr Sidney
F Blanchet, Saranac Lake, N Y; William G
Distin, Saranac Lake, N Y; Peter Lyall, Mon-
treal, Canada
Co-operating Bodies
Essex County Park Commission
Charles Waite, Crown Point, N Y, Chairman
Albert J McCoy, Minerva, N Y, Secretary
*Albert Call, Keene, N Y
* Deceast
Merton I Thrall, Lewis, N Y
Willis Wells, Lake Placid, N Y
North Elba Town Board
Willis Wells, Supervisor
Ethel M Wells, Clerk
T A Leahy, Justice of the Peace
W R Wikoff, Justice of the Peace
George A Putnam, Justice of the Peace
Rollie Torrance, Justice of the Peace
North Elba Park Commission
R J Kennedy, Chairman
Deo B Colburn, Secretary
B R Bull
William Lamb
James Shea
Lake Placid Village Board
Martin T Ryan, Mayor
E C Herb, Clerk
Deo B Colburn, Trustee
Frank S Leonard, Trustee
S J Volpert, Trustee
Rufus Walton, Trustee
16
AVERY BRUNDAGE
Chicago
President
Champlain Studio
Dr CHARLES W KENNEDY
Princeton, N J
Vice-president
HERBERT HOOVER
Underwood
& Underwood
The President of the United States
Honorary President
FREDERICK W RUBIEN
New York City
Secretary
GEORGE W GRAVES
Detroit
Treasurer
Dr GRAEME M HAMMOND
New York City
President Emeritus
Officers of the American Olympic Association
17
DR GODFREY DEWEY
Lake Placid Club, N Y
President
Pierson Studio
WILLIS WELLS
Lake Placid, N Y
Vice-president
New York Times Studio
FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT
Governor, State of New York
Honorary President
Roger L. Moore
ERNEST F GAMACHE
Leominster, Mass
Secretary
Roger L Moore
WILLIAM J OHARE
Lake Placid, N Y
Treasurer
Officers and Directors of the III Olympic Winter Games Committee
18
THOMAS A LEAHY
Lake Placid, N Y
FORREST B GUILD
Lake Placid, N Y
JAMES B HURLEY
Lake Placid, N Y
HARRY WADE HICKS
Lake Placid Club, N Y
LEWIS G GRAEVES
Saranac Lake, N Y
Roger L Moore
MARTIN T RYAN
Lake Placid, N Y
Officers and Directors of the III Olympic Winter Games Committee
19
GUSTAVUS T KIRBY
New York City
Underwood
&
Underwood
Pierson Studio
HOWARD L WEAVER
Lake Placid, N Y
CHARLES WAITE
Crown Point, N Y
A C GILBERT
New Haven, Conn
Roger L Moore
JOHN F WHITE
Lake Placid, N Y
In addition to those pictured here the following were members of the
III Olympic Winter Games Board of Directors: Avery Brundage, Dr
Charles W Kennedy and Dr Graeme M Hammond (photographs with
A O A page 17), and Rollie J Kennedy (photograph with N
Y
State
O W G Commission page 21)
Blank-Stoller
FREDERICK T KELSEY
New York City
Officers and Directors of the III Olympic Winter Games Committee
20
Gustave Lore
WARREN T THAYER
Chateaugay, N Y
Chairman
New York State Olympic Winter Games Commission
21
EDWIN W WALLACE
Rockville Center, N Y
FRANK A FROST
Watkins Glen, N Y
WALLACE E PIERCE
Plattsburg, N Y
Counsel
Underwood
&
Underwood
GEORGE FOSTER PEABODY
Saratoga Springs, N Y
GEORGE R FEARON
JOSEPH A McGINNIES
Syracuse, N Y
Ripley, N Y
New York State Olympic Winter Games Commission
In addition to those pictured here Dr Godfrey Dewey (photograph with III O W G Committee page 18) was a
member. E F Gamache (photograph with III O W G Committee page 18) was executive secretary
2 2
International Olympic Committee
Rules of Procedure
Regulations and Protocol for the Celebration of the Modern Olympiads
and of the Quadrennial Olympic Games
The International Olympic Committee in
accordance with its constitutional rights hav-
ing previously fixt the time and place for
the celebration of the next Olympiad (the
fixing of which, except in exceptional cir-
cumstances, must take place at least three
years beforehand) entrusts the organization
to the National Olympic Committee of the
country in which the chosen town is situated.
This country can delegate the duties with
which it has been entrusted to a Special Or-
ganizing Committee chosen by itself and
whose officials shall thenceforth correspond
directly with the International Olympic Com-
mittee. The powers of this special com-
mittee expire with the period of the Games
in such a case.
Time and Duration of the Olympic Games
The Olympic Games must take place dur-
ing the first year of the Olympiad which they
are to celebrate (thus in 1924 for the VIIIth,
1928 for the IXth, 1932 for the Xth, etc.).
Under no pretext whatsoever can they be
adjourned to another year. Their non-cele-
bration during the year chosen is equal to the
non-celebration of the Olympiad and in-
volves the annulment of the rights of the
town chosen and the country to which this
town belongs. These rights cannot in any
case be carried forward to the next Olym-
piad.
The time of year at which the Olympic
Games are to be held is not permanently
fixt, but depends on the Organizing Com-
mittee who shall conform, as far as possible:
to the wishes of the countries participating.
The period of the Games shall not exceed
16 days including the opening day.
Olympic City
The events must all take place in the town
chosen, either at the Stadium or in its neigh-
borhood. The only exception which can be
made is in the case of nautical sports when
geographical conditions shall make it nec-
essary. The town chosen cannot share its
privilege with another any more than it can
add or allow to be added anything not in
accordance with the Olympic ideal.
Privileges and Duties of the Organizing
Committee
For all the technical arrangements of the
Games, the Organizing Committee must con-
sult, as far as agreements in this respect
allow, the National Olympic Committees
and the International Federations. The Or-
ganizing Committee is bound to observe the
said agreements; it alone is responsible for
their observation. It must see that all the
different branches of sport (athletics, gym-
nastics, equestrian sports, nautical sports,
combative sports . . . ) are placed on the same
footing and that one is not favored before
another. It must at the same time supervise
the five art competitions (architecture, paint-
ing, sculpture, music, and literature) which
form an integral part of the Olympic Games.
Invitations and Forms
The invitations to take part in the Games
are sent out by the Organizing Committee
to all countries in general and in the first
place to those who have establisht Nation-
al Olympic Committees. The invitations are
drawn up in these terms:
The International Olympic Committee
having chosen the town of . . . as the place
for the celebration of the . . . Olympiad,
the Organizing Committee of the Olympic
Games of 19 . . . has the honour to invite you
to take part in the competitions and celebra-
tions which will take place on this occasion
at . . . from . . . to . . .
2 3
All documents (invitations, fixture lists,
entrance tickets, programs, etc.) printed dur-
ing the Games, as well as the badges dis-
tributed, must bear the number of the Olym-
piad as well as the name of the town where
it is celebrated (e. g. Vth Olympiad, Stock-
holm, 1912VIIth Olympiad, Antwerp,
1920).
Flags
Both in the Stadium and in its neighbor-
hood the Olympic Flag must be freely flown
with the flags of the competing nations (*).
A large Olympic Flag must fly in the Sta-
dium during the Games from a central flag-
staff where it is hoisted at the moment the
Games are declared open and taken down
when they are declared closed.
Each victory is recorded by the hoisting of
the national flag of the winner. The national
anthem of this nation is then played during
which time the spectators remain standing.
Opening Ceremony of the Olympic Games
The King or President who opens the
Olympic Games is received at the entrance
of the Stadium by the President of the In-
ternational Olympic Committee, who pre-
sents his colleagues, and by the President of
the Organizing Committee, who also pre-
sents his colleagues. The two Presidents
conduct the King or President and the per-
sons accompanying him to the tribune of
honour where he is greeted with the national
Anthem of the country either played or sung.
Soon after the march past of the athletes
takes place. Each contingent dressed to take
part in the Games must be preceded by a
banner bearing the name of its country and
accompanied by its national flag (the coun-
tries will be in alphabetical order). Only
those participating in the games can take
part in the march past, all others being ex-
cluded. Each contingent having completed
its march round the Stadium lines up on the
*The Olympic Flag has a white background with no
border; in the centre it has five interlaced rings (blue,
yellow, black, green, red). The blue ring is high on the
left. The flag used at Antwerp is the regulation model.
The latter rises and says:
I proclaim open
the Olympic Games of . . . celebrating the
. . . Olympiad of the modern era.
I m -
mediately a fanfare of trumpets is heard and
a salute is fired whilst the Olympic flag is
hoisted on the central mast, this being a sig-
nal for the freeing of pigeons (each pigeon
having round its neck a ribbon with the col-
ours of the nations participating), after
which the choirs sing an anthem. If there is
to be a religious ceremony, this now takes
place*. If not, there immediately follows the
taking of the oath by the athletes. A repre-
sentative of the country where the Games
are taking place advances to the foot of the
Tribune of Honour bearing in his hand the
flag of his country and surrounded by bear-
ers of flags of all the other countries ar-
ranged in a semi-circle in the place formerly
occupied by the Committees. He then pro-
nounces in a loud voice the following oath,
all the other athletes, with their right arms
raised, joining in:
We swear that we will
take part in the Olympic Games in loya/ com-
petition, respecting the regulations which
govern them and desirous of participating in
them in the true spirit of sportsmanship for
the bonour of our country and for the glory
of sport.
The choirs sing once more, and
the march past of the athletes takes place,
in reverse order, to the exit of the Stadium.
The ceremony thus comes to an end and the
competitions may begin, unless the afternoon
has been set aside for a gymnastic display or
some such appropriate demonstration.
*This was the case at the Vth Olympiad, Stockholm
1912, and at the IXth Olympiad (Amsterdam 1928). At
the IVth (London 1908) the ceremony was held the next
day but one at St. Paul's. At the VIIth Olympiad it took
place on the morning of the opening at the cathedral and
was conducted. by His Excellency Cardinal Mercier.
centre of the ground in a deep column be-
hind its ensign and flag facing the Tribune
of Honour. The International Olympic Com-
mittee and the Organizing Committee then
form themselves up in the arena in a semi-
circle and the President of the Organizing
Committee advancing takes the oath and
reads a brief speech, at the end of which he
asks the King or President to proclaim the
Games open.
2 4
*In case the town has not yet been chosen the name of
the town is replaced by the words at the place which
the case of conquest or the creation of a new state
will ultimately be chosen.
ratified by treaty. In the case of naturalization, the
2 5
Where there is no International Federation gov-
II
Necessary Conditions for Representing
a
erning a sport, the definition shall be drawn up by
Country
the Organizing Committee, in agreement with the
I O C. The National Association, which in each
Only those, who are Nationals or naturalized
country governs each particular sport, must certify
subjects of a country or of a state which is part of
on the special form that each competitor is an
that country, are able to represent that country in
amateur in accordance with the rules of the Inter-
the Olympic Games.
national Federation governing that sport.
Those who have already competed in the Olym-
This declaration must also be countersigned by
pic Games cannot compete in future Olympic
Games for another nation even if they have be-
come naturalized subjects of that nation, except in
Distribution of Prizes
The Organizing Committee arranges this
in the best way possible. It can be divided
into as many sections as necessary but above
all things it is desirable that the winners
shall themselves receive their prizes in their
sports dress.
Closing Ceremony of the Olympic Games
This ceremony must take place in the Sta-
dium after the last event. The closing is pro-
nounced from the Tribune of Honour by the
President of the International Olympic Com-
mittee (or one of his colleagues) in these
words:
In the name of the International
Olympic Committee, after having offered to
the . . . and to the people
. . . (names of the
President and the country),
to the authorities
of the town of . . . and to the organizers of
the Games,
our
deepest gratitude, we pro-
claim the closing of the . . . Olympiad and,
in
accordance
with tradition, we call upon
the Youth of every country to assemble in
four years at . . . *
(name of town chosen)
there to celebrate with us the Games of the
. . . Olympiad. May they display cheerfulness
and
concord
so that the Olympiad torch may
be carried on with ever greater eagerness,
courage and bonour for the good of buman-
ity throughout the ages,
Then the trumpets
sound, the Olympic flag is lowered from the
central mast accompanied by a salute of five
guns and the choirs sing the final cantata.
At the same time the President of the Inter-
national Olympic Committee in the Tribune
of Honour hands over to the Mayor of the
town the Olympic flag of embroidered satin,
presented in
1920
by the Belgian Olympic
Committee, which had been given to him by
a representative of the town where the pre-
vious Olympic Games had been held. This
flag must be kept in the municipal building
until the following Olympiad.
Precedence
No special embassy can be accepted by
the Organizing country on the occasion of
the Games. For the duration of the Games
precedence belongs to the members of the
International Olympic Committee, the mem-
bers of the Organizing Committee, the Presi-
dents of the National Olympic Committees
and the Presidents of the International Fed-
erations. They form the Olympic senate
which takes first place after the King or
President of the country and his attendants.
Arts and Letters
Art and literary exhibitions which may be
organized during the Games and in connec-
tion with them are not fixt. It is desirable
that they should be numerous and especially
that public lectures should take place and
also that the work submitted for art com-
petitions and accepted by the Jury should be
exhibited in the Stadium or in its neighbor-
hood.
General Rules Applicable to the Celebration of the Olympic Games
I
Definition of an Amateur
The definition of an amateur as drawn up by the
respective International Federations of Sport is
recognized for the admission of athletes taking
part in the Olympic Games.
the National Olympic Committee of that country.
This committee must also declare that it considers
the competitor an amateur according to the defini-
tion of the International Federation in question.
naturalized subject must give proof that he was an
amateur in his native country at the time of chang-
ing his nationality.
An Athlete taking part in the Olympic Games
must satisfy the following conditions:
1 Must not be, or knowingly have become, a
professional in the Sport for which he is en-
tered or in any other sport.
2 Must not have received reimbursement or
compensation for loss of salary.
A holiday given under the normal condi-
tions of a business or profession or a holiday
accorded under the same conditions on the
occasion of the Olympic Games, and pro-
vided that it does not lead to a reimburse-
ment for lost salary, direct or indirect, does
not come within the provision of § 2.
Finally each athlete must sign the following dec-
laration on his honor:
I, the undersigned, declare on my honor that I
am an Amateur according to the Olympic Rules of
Amateurism.
III
Age Limit
There is no age limit for competitors in the
Olympic Games.
IV
Participation by Women
Women are allowed to compete in certain events
at the Olympic Games. The program sets forth
the events in which they may take part.
V
Program
The official program is laid down in accordance
with the classification agreed to by the I O C. It
comprises:
Athletic Sports
Gymnastics
Sports of Defence (Boxing, Fencing, Wres-
tling, Shooting)
Water Sports (Rowing, Swimming)
Riding
All round competitions (Modern Pentathlon)
Cycling, Weight Lifting, Yachting.
Art Competitions (Architecture, Literature,
Music, Painting and Sculpture), and the fol-
lowing Athletic Games: Football (Associa-
tion and Rugby), Lawn Tennis, Polo, Water
Polo, Hockey, Handball, Basket Ball and
Pelota from which the Organizing Committee
may select those which it can organize pro-
vided that the finals are competed during the
official period of the Games.
Each International Federation must decide in
agreement with the Executive Committee of the
I O C the events which shall be included in each
sport.
The I O C reserves to itself the right not to in-
clude in the program any sport in which the defini-
tion of the amateur does not fall within the prin-
VI
Demonstrations
The Organizing Committee of the Games can
organize demonstrations of two sports not included
in the program:
1 A national sport
2 A sport foreign to the Organizing Country
VII
Winter Games
The program for the Winter Games includes
the following events: Skiing, Skating, Ice Hockey,
Bobsleigh and Tobogganing.
Winter Sports not governed by an International
Federation can only be included in the Winter
Games under the title of Demonstrations.
In each sport the events are governed by the
technical rules of the International Federations
concerned.
However, a special military ski competition may
be organized. The number of entries in each
sport and each event shall be fixt by the Interna-
tional Olympic Committee after consultation with
the International Federations.
The prizes, medals and diplomas must be differ-
ent from those used for the current Olympic
Games.
The Winter Games are governed by all the
general rules applicable to the Olympic Games as
well as the rules of the Olympic protocol:
VIII
Organization
The Organizing Committee of the country
chosen for the celebration of the Olympic Games
is responsible for the Games and must make all
the necessary arrangements. It must carry on all
correspondence relating to its work and send out
the official invitations to the different nations after
agreement with the Executive Committee of the
I O C.
IX
Entries
Entries for all events are received by the Na-
tional Olympic Committee of each country who
alone can forward them to the Organizing Com-
mittee of the Games.
The Organizing Committee must acknowledge
them.
If there is no National Olympic Committee in
a country, this country must form such a Com-
mittee before it is admitted to take part in the
Olympic Games.
The address of this Committee must immedi-
ately be transmitted to the Executive Committee
of the I O C as well as to the Organizing Com-
mittee.
If a National Olympic Committee considers
that any entry does not conform to the Olympic
requirements or the definitions of the International
Federations this entry will be sent on without
being countersigned.
2 6
Powerful flood lights make Olympic stadium track as light as day
—GE Illuminating Engineering Laborato
Taking a look up the Mt Van Hoevenberg Olympic bob-run from the air
—Roger L Moore
—H Armstrong Roberts
—Stedman
a) Six weeks before the date of the opening of
the Games the list of the sports and of the
events in which a nation will participate
must be in the possession of the Organizing
Committee. This list can be telegrapht.
b) The
names of the competitors
must be re-
ceived by the Organizing Committee at least a
fortnight
before the date of the first event in each
sport, and no variation from this can be permitted.
The Organizing Committee must be in posses-
sion of the entries and names of the competitors
by midnight of the last day fixt by the present
article. All entries have to be written on a special
form and in duplicate. The names of the athletes
must be printed or typewritten.
In order to guarantee that telegraphic communi-
cations are genuine, all National Olympic Com-
mittees who use this means of correspondence
must communicate to the Organizing Committee
some
special word or words
to be used in all tele-
grams sent by them.
Entries are not valid unless the above rules are
observed.
To permit and to promote during theOlympic
Games such displays as are calculated to exhibit
the value of different systems of gymnastic in-
struction, the I O C will themselves receive entries
directly from groups qualified to offer such dis-
plays and transmit them to the Committee organ-
izing the Games for its use.
No entrance fee can be demanded from the
competitors.
X
Number of Entries
The maximum number of entries from each
nation in each event is fixt by the International
Federation.
However, the following numbers cannot be ex-
ceeded :
a) For individual events, three competitors from
each nation (without reserves).
b) For team events, one team per nation, the
number of reserves to be fixt by the Inter-
national Federations concerned.
The last rule does not apply to Lawn Tennis
Doubles or the Tandem Cycle Race.
In cases where there is no International Federa-
tion for
a
sport the Organizing Committee of the
Olympic Games fixes the number of entries for
this sport in accordance with the above rules.
N B These rules do not apply to the Winter
Games.
XI
Non-Acceptance of Entries
The Organizing Committee has the right to re-
fuse any entry without being obliged to disclose
the reason for its decision.
Nevertheless the reason will be communicated
confidentially to the National Olympic Committee
concerned.
XII
Organization of the Different Sports
The sole responsibility and control of the Games
shall rest with that National Committee to whom
the Organization of the Games has been entrusted,
such organization to be carried out in accordance
with the regulations and protocol of the Olympic
Games.
The Organizing Committee shall make all nec-
essary arrangements for the celebration of the
Olympic Games in accordance with the general
regulations adopted by the various Congresses and
the protocol of the International Olympic Com-
mittee.
The technical celebration of the Games is gov-
erned by the rules establisht by the Congresses of
Paris (1914), Lausanne (1921), Prague (1925)
and Berlin (1930) which determined the func-
tions of the National Olympic Committees and the
International Federations under the direction of
the International Olympic Committee.
The Organizing Committee must enforce the
strictest observance of the technical rules of the
International Federations, these Federations hav-
ing the right in each sport to choose the Juries and
have the control of the athletic equipment and the
technical direction of the events.
The International Federations shall choose a
maximum of three technical delegates who must
be present 15 clear days before the start of their
sport, to get into touch with the Organizing Com-
mittee and prepare the work of the Juries.
The expenses of these three delegates during the
15 days before the start of their sport will be
charged to the Organizing Committee of the Games
at the rate of 5 dollars a day. The International
Federations may make a further inspection but the
above-mentioned allowance may not be exceeded.
XIII
Judging the Events
A Jury of Appeal and a Ground Jury (Judges)
shall be appointed for each sport. The choice of
them is left to the International Federations.
One delegate of each International Federation
must be present at least five days before the first
event of its sport in order to check the entries.
The members of these juries and the officials
must all be amateurs.
Where a jury has not been formed by the time
it should have started to function, the Organizing
Committee will advise and decide how to form
o n e .
The Juries of Appeal for the sports not gov-
erned by an International Federation shall be
formed by the Organizing Committee of the
Olympic Games and must be composed of five
members of different nationalities, who shall elect
their own president.
31
XIV
Jury Of Honor
During the Games the Executive Committee of
the International Olympic Committee is consti-
tuted a Jury of Honor.
The duty of this Jury is to intervene in all
questions of a non-technical nature outside the
jurisdiction of the Juries of the International Fed-
erations. They must do this when askt by the Or-
ganizing Committee, or at the request of an au-
thorized representative of one of the parties, or
themselves spontaneously in case of absolute ne-
cessity.
XV
Claims
Claims made to the Judges concerning matters
of fact are decided by them without appeal.
Appeals against other decisions of the Judges
or with regard to any other matters must be ad-
drest to the President of the Juries of Appeal by
a member selected by the Olympic Committee of
the country making the appeal or by a person
who takes his place.
Unless the International Federation concerned
decides upon an extension of time these claims
must be made within one hour of the decision
giving rise to the claim. The Jury shall then give
a decision after an enquiry and this decision shall
be irrevocable.
No claim can be considered unless it is accom-
panied by a deposit of
50
gold francs.
This sum will not be returned if the claim is
made upon frivolous grounds.
XVI
Claims Against the Qualification of. a
Competitor
In case of a claim dealing with the amateur
status of a competitor, the International Federa-
tion concerned shall decide upon the claim.
If the claim is made before the beginning of
the events, it must be submitted to the delegate
of the International Federation qualified to give
judgment on the sport in question according to
Article XIII. This delegate has to decide imme-
diately and without appeal on a matter that con-
cerns participation in accordance with the terms of
Article XVII.
Any claims made after the beginning of the
Games must be submitted to the Jury of Appeal
on the spot and in writing within a quarter of an
hour after the end of the event.
Claims made after the end of the Games against
the qualification of one of the competitors must be
received by the International Federation concerned
within 30 days of the distribution of prizes. The
Federation shall give its decision after an enquiry.
Its decision will be irrevocable and must be com-
municated to the Organizing Committee.
32
XVII
Penalties in Case of Fraud
They are as follows:
a) An athlete convicted of having fraudulently
taken the status of an amateur shall be dis-
qualified and lose any position he may have
gained.
b) If this athletes Federation is convicted of
being a party to this fraud, the country to
which he belongs shall be disqualified in the
sport or sports in which this athlete was
taking part.
XVIII
Prizes
The prizes at the Olympic Games consist of
Olympic medals and diplomas. Each medal is ac-
companied by a diploma. A diploma is also given
to the winning team in team competitions.
The Organizing Committee may, upon the sug-
gestion of the International Federation, give a
diploma of merit to a competitor whose perform-
ance has been brilliant but who has not won a
prize.
All those participating in the Games shall re-
ceive a commemorative medal.
To sum up, three medals will be given for each
event:
a) Individual events:
1 First prize, a silver-gilt medal and a diploma.
2 Second prize, a silver medal and a diploma.
3 Third prize, a bronze medal and a diploma.
b) Team events:
1 To the winning team, a diploma and to each
member of the team a silver-gilt medal and
a diploma.
2 To the second, a diploma to the team and
to each of the team a silver medal and a
diploma.
3 To the third, a diploma to the team and to
each member of the team a bronze medal
and a diploma.
In the team events all those who have actually
taken part in an event shall have a right to the
medal and diploma corresponding to the prize
gained by the team.
The names of the winners shall be inscribed
upon the walls of the Stadium where the Games
have been opened and closed.
XIX
Classification
In the Olympic Games there is no classification
according to points.
A Roll of Honor, in alphabetical order, shall be
set up bearing the names of the first six competitors
in each event as soon as this classification has been
made.
This document shall be drawn up and kept un-
der the control of the International Olympic Com-
mittee.
XX
Booklets and Programs
A special booklet containing the program and
general rules shall be issued for each particular
sport.
The booklets and programs of the Olympic
Games shall have no advertising matter in them.
XXI
International Federations
At the Olympic Games the Competition Rules
enforst are those of the recognized International
Federations as defined at Lausanne in 1921. They
are as follows:
International Amateur Athletic Federation
International Rowing Federation
International Bobsleigh and Tobogganing
Federation
International Amateur Boxing Federation
International Cyclists Union
International Horse Riding Federation
International Fencing Federation
International Association Football Federation
International Gymnastic Federation
International Amateur Handball Federation
International Ice Hockey League
International Hockey Federation
International Amateur Wrestling Federation,
Greco-Roman and Free
International Amateur Swimming Federation
International Skating Union
International Pelota Federation
International Weight Lifting Federation
International Ski Federation
International Shooting Union
International Yacht Racing Union
XXII
Sports Not Governed by
an
International
Federation
If a sport included in the Olympic Games is
not governed by an International Federation, or is
governed by an International Federation which
has been dissolved, the necessary arrangements
must be made by the Organizing Committee.
XXIII
Traveling Expenses
The Organizing Committee has nothing to do
with the traveling expenses of competitors and
officials, except as in Article XII of these regula-
tions. It is however their duty to take all neces-
sary steps to reduce them to a minimum and it
must put itself at the disposal of those concerned
to furnish them with all information which may
be of use.
XXIV
Housing
The Organizing Committee of the Olympic
Games must provide the athletes with furnisht
quarters and food at an inclusive price per head
per day which must be previously fixt. All ex-
penses must be borne by the countries taking part
who also must be responsible for any damage done
by their teams.
XXV
Attachés
In order to facilitate arrangements between the
Organizing Committee and the representatives of
each nation the Organizing Committee shall ap-
point an Attaché to each country. This attaché
must know the language of the country to which
he is attacht.
This attaché should be appointed by agreement
between the Organizing Committee and the coun-
try concerned.
The attaché thus chosen must get in touch with
the Organizing Committee at least six months be-
fore the opening of the Games.
The duties of each attaché under the control of
the Organizing Committee are as follows:
a) To see to the proper organization of travel-
ing arrangements for the teams.
b) To help to arrange the voyage of the teams.
c) To help in the housing arrangements.
d) To act as intermediary between the Organ-
izing Committee and the country to which
he is attacht in any claim or request, whether
individual or collective, of an administrative
nature.
e) To examine these requests and claims and,
if they are recognized as being well-founded,
to pass them on to the Organizing Com-
mittee.
f) To distribute cards and invitations given out
by the Organizing Committee and to trans-
mit to this Committee all applications rela-
tive to this subject.
g) To act as intermediary for the Organizing
Committee in all cases having to do with
the housing and feeding of the officials and
competitors.
XXVI
Reserved Seats
Apart from the big stand reserved for the Press,
invitation cards must be sent out by the Organizing
Committee and places reserved in the Stadium as
follows:
Stand A For Members of the International
Olympic Committee and their fami-
lies.
Stand B For the Presidents of the National
Olympic Committees and the Presi-
dents of the International Federa-
tions and their families.
Stand C For Members of the National Olymp-
ic Committees and their guests-one
ticket to be allotted for every ten
athletes competing with a maximum
of twenty and a minimum of four.
For the official delegate of each sport
in which a country is represented.
33
For Secretaries of International Fed-
erations.
For Members of Committees of the
Organizing Country.
Stand D For Members of the various Juries.
Also 1500 places for athletes near the winning
posts.
In the other stadia:
Places for the Press and occupants of Stands A
and B. One stand to which shall be admitted, so
far as the places will allow, the occupants of
Stands C and D. Places for the Competitors in
the sport which is then taking place, but not for
other Competitors.
XXVII
The Taking of Photographs and
Cinematograph-Pictures
The organizing Committee must make the nec-
essary arrangements for making the record of the
Games by means of photography and moving
pictures, but must organize and limit these services
in such a way they do not interfere with the
conduct of the Games.
XXVIII
Special Cases
Any cases not provided for by the existing rules
must be dealt with by the Organizing Committee.
XXIX
Official Text
In case of divergence in the interpretation of the
general rules, the French text only is official.*
*The English version printed in this report is the
official I O C translation of the French original.
N BRequests must be made thru the attache of
each country. Requests for special invitations must
be made in the same way.
III Olympic Winter Games display at the transportation exhibit, Grand Central
station, New York city
3 4
The modern Olympic Games are the re-
vival of an ancient and honored tradition
in fact, one so ancient that it goes back to
the days of Greeces glittering glory, when
the Greeks, beginning in 776 B C, were wont
to assemble every four years at Olympia and,
with religious and athletic ceremonies, ren-
der homage to their great god Zeus.
In the Golden Age of Greece the Games
continued for seven days and comprised not
merely the athletic games which we cele-
brate today, but also a religious festival, one
of the greatest national gatherings of the
Greeks and one of the rare periods when a
universal truce reigned.
The ancient Olympic Games have been
justly called The single greatest unifying
force in the essentially Greek period of
world history.
With the coming of medieval civilization
to Europe the Games were abandoned in 293
A D, but the classic competitions were
eventually revived at Athens in 1896. These
modern Games owe their existence to Baron
Pierre de Coubertin, a Frenchman, now liv-
ing at Lausanne, who was fundamentally in-
terested in sport for its moral, physical, and
social benefits to the individual, the nation,
and the world at large.
The Summer Olympic Games, centering
about the track and field events, date from
the First Olympiad, celebrated at Athens in
1896. Except in 1916 during the World
War, the Games have been held every four
years since that date.
The year and place of holding the Sum-
mer Olympic Games follow:
I Athens
1896
II Paris
1900
III St Louis 1904
I V London
1908
V Stockholm
1912
*VI Berlin
1916
VII Antwerp
1920
VIII Paris
1924
I X Amsterdam
1928
X Los Angeles 1932
XI Berlin
1936
* Not held on account of the World War.
History of Olympic Winter Games
Organization of Olympic Games
A word now as to the threefold organiza-
tion of the Olympic Games. The supreme
authority is the International Olympic Com-
mittee, a self-perpetuating autocratic body
with from one to three members for each
country. This body determines when the
Games shall be held, where they shall be
held, and which sports (but not which in-
dividual events) shall be included in the
program, as well as the general non-tech-
nical rules under which the Games are con-
ducted.
The International Federation governing
each field of sport determines the technical
rules and conduct of that sport and the in-
dividual events to be held. A sport which
is not yet governed by an international fed-
eration may appear on the Olympic program
only as a demonstration. In the winter
sports program four international federa-
tions covered the major fields of winter
sports-skiing, skating, hockey, and bob-
sleighing.
The national Olympic committees forming
the third side of the triangle are responsible
in each Olympiad for all details of the par-
ticipation of their own country in the
Olympic Games. Once in a generation or
in a lifetime they may be responsible, either
directly or thru organizing committees, for
the organization and conduct of an Olym-
piad held in their own country. The na-
tional Olympic committee of the United
States is the American Olympic Association,
whose executive committee constitutes the
American Olympic Committee.
The Olympic Games, summer or winter,
are awarded directly to a particular com-
munity by the International Olympic Com-
mittee and must be held in their entirety in
or near that community. The country re-
ceiving the Summer Games which are gen-
erally awarded first, has a preference in the
award of the Winter Games if qualified by
climate, terrain, and experience to hold them
successfully.
35
Winter Sports on Olympic Program
Following continued agitation on the part
of prominent European sportsmen for the
inclusion of winter sports in the Olympic
program, Olympic Winter Games were first
held under the auspices of the International
Olympic Committee at Chamonix, France, in
the winter of 1924. They were so successful
that in the following year they were desig-
nated as the I Olympic Winter Games. The
Olympic Winter Games are now an integral
part of the Olympic program, under the su-
pervision of the International Olympic Com-
mittee.
The II Olympic Winter Games were
staged at St Moritz, Switzerland, in 1928
and showed a continued development along
the lines of the pattern so successfully laid
down at Chamonix.
At the Chamonix Games domination of
the Scandinavian nations was practically
complete, altho Charles Jewtraw of Lake
Placid, U S A, took first place in the 500-
meter speed-skating race, Miss Beatrix
Loughran, U S A, placed second in the
womens figure-skating, and the United
States team took second-place honors in the
hockey competition.
At St Moritz, Irving Jaffee, U S A, was
the winner of the uncompleted 10,000-
meter speed-skating race, J Heaton and J R
Heaton, U S A, took first and second in the
skeleton races, and William Fiske and J R
Heaton won first and second in the bob-
sleigh competitions.
Winter sports progrest rapidly in the
United States during the four-year period
following the St Moritz Games. At Lake
Placid in 1932 the United States as host na-
tion and with the largest team entered took
six out of 14 first places on the table of
honor. It is interesting to note, incidentally,
that three of these six firsts were won by
residents of Lake Placid, a resort of less
than 4,000 permanent population. The
United States is still well behind European
nations in the ski events.
The 1932 Summer Games of the Xth
Olympiad will be held in Los Angeles, Cali-
fornia, July 30 to August 14.
Pierson Studio
Cars parkt at the entrance to the Mt Van Hoevenberg bob-run
3 6
History of Winter Sports at Lake Placid
Back of the III Olympic Winter Games,
which crowned Lake Placid as the winter-
sports capital of America, lies over a quarter
century of successful experience in promot-
ing and staging the sports of snow and ice.
While winter sports have been the ac-
cepted thing in Europe for about fifty years,
it was not until shortly after the turn of the
century that Americans in any number began
to realize that snow was good for some-
thing besides snowballs for the children.
Lake Placid was the pioneer American resort
in popularizing snow and in presenting its
winter attractions to the public. Today Lake
Placid suggests winter sports, and winter
sports suggest Lake Placid. The two are
synonymous.
Altho favored by Nature with a climate
and terrain ideally suited for winter diver-
sion, it was several decades after Lake
Placid had won world renown as a summer
resort that any one so much as thought of
finding sport or recreation in its mountain
fastnesses in winter. Outdoor sports from
Christmas to March were unheard of.
Lake Placid is situated in Essex county,
New York state, in the heart of the famous
Adirondack forest preserve at an altitude of
2,000 feet above the sea. The village itself
lies along the shores of two of the gems
among Adirondack waters, Lakes Mirror
and Placid. Surrounding the village and
towering into the sky like great spires are
the highest mountain peaks in the state,
Tahawus (Mt Marcy), McIntyre, Haystack,
Colden, and Whiteface.
Lake Placids winter season normally lasts
from early December until late March. Zero
temperatures are common. The air is clear
and dry. Bright sunshine is plentiful. Snow
and ice abound. Scenic effects surpass any-
thing seen in summer. Couple all this to a
peculiar tonic atmosphere and the fact that
Lake Placid is only an overnight journey
from New York and the other great cities
of the Atlantic seaboard and you have an
ideal setting for a winter-sports develop-
ment. It is on this ideal natural setting that
Lake Placid has built its international repu-
tation as a winter rendezvous for young and
old, for the wealthy and those of lesser
means.
How It All Came About
The beginning was modest. 27 years ago,
in 1905, officials of the Lake Placid Club
decided to keep one small club-house open
all winter. A few hardy souls tried the
Adirondack snow and found it good. They
even found it enjoyable and hastened to tell
their friends of their discovery. More came
the next yearstill more the year after.
And so the annual winter hegira to the
snow-covered peaks and forest trails of the
Adirondacks began. Today the community
of Lake Placid plays host each winter to
thousands. At the peak of the winter season
many Lake Placid clubs and hotels have as
large house counts as at any time during the
summer.
Organized effort was necessary, however,
in order to provide winter guests with things
to do and things to watch. People had al-
most literally to be taught how to enjoy
winter, and they had to be given facilities
with which to make that enjoyment com-
plete. Therefore the development of winter-
sports facilities at Lake Placid paralleled
the development of Lake Placid as a resort.
But it was a far cry from what was avail-
able 27 years ago to the physical lay-out in
use during the III Olympic Winter Games
facilities that represent an investment of prac-
tically three-quarters of a million dollars
and all this in 27 years. In the early days
Lake Placid Club guests cleaned and scraped
their own skating rinks after horse-drawn
plows had pusht aside the heaviest snow.
Now tractor plows and scrapers do the job.
Certainly the American winter-sports infant
proved to be a lusty youngster.
Skating a Pioneer Sport
With two lakes in the village door-yard
it was but natural that ice sports should have
found favor with Lake Placid residents in
the early days. Skating on Mirror lake and
37
Lake Placid was indulged in until the deep
snows of winter made it impracticable.
Later, rinks were cleared. The youngsters
played shinny and skated, and the older
folk skated. Yet few people then came to
Lake Placid to skate. Local residents were
practically the only ones to enjoy the sport.
But the interest in speed-skating grew
rapidly. Lake Placid boys entered in the
eastern meets gave signs of becoming ice
stars. Finally a group of local sports en-
thusiasts formed the Lake Placid Skating As-
sociation, staged several informal races, and,
a few years later, in 1918, held the Eastern
Skating Championships on an eight-lap track
on Mirror lake. This was the first sanctioned
speed-skating meet ever held in Lake Placid.
Championships a Success
The Eastern Championships proved a dis-
tinct success, and the Lake Placid Skating
Association went on to promote other meets,
and during the ensuing years staged at Lake
Placid the North American Championships
(originally called the International Cham-
pionships), the National Championships,
and Diamond Trophy meets. The Skating
Association also promoted a series of match
races in Lake Placid and Saranac Lake in
February, 1926, between Charles Jewtraw of
Lake Placid, U S A, and Clas Thunberg of
Finland. Both Jewtraw and Thunberg were
Olympic winners at Chamonix in 1924.
The following were the North American
distances for speed skating: 220-yard, one-
sixth mile, 44-yard, half-mile, three-quarter
mile, one-mile, two-mile, three-mile, and
five-mile. Ice fans from all over the United
States and Canada came to Lake Placid to
watch these races. Eventually all race meets
were staged on an official six-lap track.
Races were held on Mirror lake until the
winter of 1930-31, when they were trans-
ferred to the new Olympic stadium.
In tracing the history of speed-skating at
Lake Placid it is interesting to note that a
majority of the present amateur speed-skat-
ing records at the North American cham-
pionship distances were made on the Lake
Placid tracks.
Their enthusiasm fired by the deeds of
Edmund Lamy, famous Saranac Lake star of
those days, Bobby McLean, and others,
Lake Placid boys took to the ice in droves.
Out of this group were developt two
North American champions, Charles Jew-
traw, and John Amos (Jack) Shea. Jewtraw
was the first winner of an Olympic Winter
Games event. He defeated the greatest
skaters of the world to take the 500-meter
race in the I Olympic Winter Games at
Chamonix, France, in 1924. Jewtraws in-
ternational fame as a speed-skater did much
to bring Lake Placids winter reputation to
the fore.
The present generation of Lake Placid ice
fliers has not lagged behind the earlier, for
Jack Shea, the other Lake Placid boy, who
learned to skate on Mirror lake and who was
twice North American title-holder, broke all
Olympic records by taking both the 500 and
1500-meter speed-skating events in the III
Olympic Winter Games at Lake Placid in
February, 1932.
Today speed-skating is firmly establisht as
one of the favorite winter sports at Lake
Placid.
Figure-skating has been indulged in for
many years by Lake Placid Club guests on
flooded tennis courts in the rear of the main
winter club-house. It was, however, the
building of the Olympic arena on Main
street of the village this year that stirred
interest in this sport, or art, as it might bet-
ter be called, to the highest pitch. Some of
the greatest crowds of the Olympics thronged
the arena to see such champions as Sonja
Henie of Norway, Karl Schäfer of Austria,
and the Brunets of France in action.
Figure-skating is now an essential part of
the winter recreational program at Lake
Placid. Its popularity will increase with the
years. Facilities for its enjoyment are un-
surpast.
Skiing Appeals to Thousands
In the early years at Lake Placid snow-
shoes were the accepted means of travel in
the woods in winter, a heritage from the
Indians who for centuries roamed the sur-
rounding mountains. Then winter guests
38
Automobile windshield sticker
soon found that it was good sport to get
out on the forest trails on the webbed shoes
of ash and rawhide. Skis became popular
later, and now have almost entirely sup-
planted the snowshoe. The Lake Placid ter-
rain is excellent for ski-running. Today
practically every one in Lake Placid who can
walk, whether guest or permanent resident,
owns a pair of skis.
Organized ski competitions in Lake Placid
began February 21, 1921, when the Lake
Placid Club held its first jumping meet on
the original Intervales hill southeast of the
village. Ski-jumping, even in those days,
appealed mightily to the winter-sports en-
thusiast. 3,000 people attended this first
meet. The most blasé found a new thrill in
seeing man play bird and disport himself far
aloft in a strange element.
The original Intervales hill, completed in
1921, was about a 35-meter jump. It was
built at a cost of $1,700.
Intervales in 1927 was made into a 60-
meter jump, generally recognized as one of
the technically perfect hills of the world.
Many of the outstanding ski meets of the
United States are held at Intervales. Thou-
sands of spectators attend. Ski-jumping is
now accepted as a prime factor in Lake
Placids annual winter-sports schedule.
While ski-running had been enjoyed for
several years, organized cross-country ski-
racing was started February 22, 1921, with
the Club sponsoring the first ski race ever
held in the Adirondacks. The distance was
four miles or approximately 6
1
/
2
kilometers.
Now 18 and 50-kilometer races are held an-
nually, with star performers from the United
States and abroad competing.
39
Hockey to the Fore
While for two decades or more the crack
of stick against puck resounded over the
frozen surface of Mirror lake, it has been
only during the past six or seven years that
this great winter game has come to have
the wide appeal that it enjoys today. Until
the completion of the Olympic stadium dur-
ing the winter of 1930-31, all hockey games
were played on Mirror lake. Now most of
the winter schedule is played in the Olympic
arena, where excellent ice is assured regard-
less of weather conditions, and the spectators
can watch the action in comfort.
The Lake Placid Athletic Club, which was
organized during the winter of 1926-27, be-
gan to promote hockey in earnest the fol-
lowing year. It brings each winter the lead-
ing amateur sextets of the United States and
Canada to Lake Placid. This village is an-
nually represented by a powerful team which
has won both state and Adirondack cham-
pionships, and which in 1932 was runner-up
for the National A A U crown. The young-
sters, even in the grades and in high school,
play hockey, and the oldsters watch it.
Hockey in Lake Placid is proving as popular
as in other parts of this country and in
Europe. As a winter team sport it today
stands alone.
During the Lake Placid Games last Feb-
ruary, for the first time in Winter Olympic
history, hockey contests were played indoors,
the new Olympic arena making the games
on the program independent of variable
weather.
Bobsledding the Newest Sport
Bobsledding is Americas newest and most
thrilling winter sport. The largest crowd of
the III Olympic Winter Games, 14,000,
watched the four-man racing on one morn-
ing at the Mt Van Hoevenberg bob-run.
Here is another winter sport imported
from Europe and started on its way to Amer-
ican fame by Lake Placid. Officers of Lake
Placid Club, when the idea of staging the
III Olympic Winter Games in Lake Placid
was first broacht, recognized that because
of litigation the proposed Olympic run could
not be completed two years in advance of
the Games and imprest by the popularity of
such foreign bob-runs as those at St Moritz,
Davos, and Schreiberhau, saw the necessity
of building a run at once. They pointed out
that it was an American team piloted by
William (Billy) Fiske, a resident of Europe
for several years, that won first place for
the United States at the II Olympic. Winter
Games at St Moritz in 1928, even tho at the
time there was not a single bob-run on the
entire North American continent. They
pointed out, too, the necessity of training
American workmen in the difficult and whol-
ly unfamiliar technique of maintaining a bob-
run under Adirondack winter weather con-
ditions, testing the design of American-built
bobs, and training additional drivers if the
United States could hope to compete with
European teams.
As a result, during the fall of 1929 down
a steep hill near Intervales ski-jump the Club
built the first technically-engineered bob-run
in the western hemisphere. The winner of
the Olympic two-man title and second-place
winner in the four-man bob, with their
crews, received their initial training on the
Intervales slide. Compared with the great
Olympic slide on Mt Van Hoevenberg this
first run today does not seem so thrilling,
but when it was opened huge crowds were
aghast at the speed with which the sleds shot
round the dangerous curves. And these same
curves were dangerous at racing speeds.
During the first and only season of the runs
operation, the slide had its quota of acci-
dents. In fact one team was prevented from
competing in the finals of an international
race because in hitting the last curve, the
sled turned turtle, throwing the entire team
down into the middle of the track and send-
ing two members to the hospital.
From the time the first sled went down
the Intervales slide, interest in the bob sport
among Lake Placid residents and visitors be-
gan to develop. Crowds waited to ride, and
crowds thronged the vantage points along
the run to watch others ride. The judgment
of those who built the run and prophesied
its popularity was vindicated many times
over.
How swift was the development of the
sport of bobbing in Lake Placid! The next
year a Saranac Lake team on the Mt Van
Hoevenberg slide set up a worlds speed
record for a recognized major bob-run of 77
kilometers an hour. The second year fol-
lowing, a Lake Placid team won the Olympic
two-man championship, while the same
record-holding Saranac Lake team finisht
second in the Olympic four-man event.
Data concerning this first bob-run in Lake
Placid will be of interest to those tracing the
development of organized winter sports in
the United States. Intervales bob-run, as it
was called, was designed by the same engi-
neer who later laid out the Mt Van Hoeven-
berg Olympic slide, Stanislaus Zentzytzki of
Berlin. It was approximately a half mile in
length, had an average grade of from seven
to eight per cent, was laid out with seven
curves, and cost $6,600. Altho engineered
as carefully as a major run, the construction
was of the simplest, sand and wood being
used to build the curves, which were covered
with snow and ice for sliding.
The first bobsled race ever held in the
United States was staged at the Intervales
run on January 22, 1930. Competing teams
represented Lake Placid Club and Lake
Placid Athletic Club from the village. On
February 8, 1930, the first international bob-
sled competition in the western hemisphere
was run off, teams from Canada and the
United States taking part.
Construction of Olympic Run Begins
With the award of the III Olympic Win-
ter Games in April, 1929, necessitating the
construction of a championship slide, work
on the great Mt Van Hoevenberg Olympic
run was begun August 4, 1930.
On Christmas Day, that same year, the
run was opened to the public. It was in con-
stant use all that winter and exceeded in
popularity the most sanguine hopes of its
sponsors. Between Christmas Day and
March 1, 1931, when the run was closed
for the season, 1,974 different persons rode
the slide, and 4,680 individual rides were
taken.
Two major racing competitions were held
on the Mt Van Hoevenberg run during the
4 0
Sticker stamps printed in English, French, German, and Spanish
winter of 1930-31, the North American and
A A U championships on February 6 and 7,
1931, and the Lake Placid A C Novice In-
vitation tournament on February 23. There
was a large attendance at both events and
good entry lists.
So bobsledding was establisht as the
American winter sport supreme, with its only
headquarters at Lake Placid. The rest of the
story is Olympic history and is treated in
detail in the section devoted to that sport
in the III Olympic Winter Games.
Organization Necessary
While the history of winter sports at Lake
Placid may make easy reading and give the
impression that the task of promoting them
was easy, it must be pointed out here with
the greatest emphasis that only untiring
work and effective organization made possi-
ble the steady growth of these activities in
Lake Placid-a growth which reacht its
culmination in the III Olympic Winter
Games of this year.
Four organizations played a major part in
this winter-sports development at Lake
Placid: the Lake Placid Club, the Lake
Placid Skating Association; its successor, the
Lake Placid Athletic Club; and the Sno Birds
of Lake Placid Club.
The true pioneer in winter-sports promo-
tion in Lake Placid was Lake Placid Club.
As has been pointed out organized winter
sports were initiated at the Club in 1905
when one of the Clubs houses was kept
open all winter, and a few adventurous souls
remained thru the season to see just what an
Adirondack winter was like. Each winter
the group increast in size. In 1920 it was
felt that still further organization would
help the cause, and the Sno Birds group was
formed. The first formal winter-sports event
sponsored by this group was staged at Lake
Placid Club on December 25, 1920. On De-
cember 24, 1921, the Sno Birds further per-
fected their organization by incorporation.
The Sno Birds have continued to function
with increasing effectiveness each year since
that time. Beginning in 1920-21, sports di-
rectors have been employed each winter to
organize and supervise the various outdoor
activities. The first ski instructor was en-
gaged for the winter of 1921-22, and one
has been on duty each winter since that time.
A figure-skating instructor has been on duty
every winter, starting in 1920. The Sno
Birds have been active in ski-running and
jumping, sled-dog racing, figure-skating
i
and
bobsledding.
They also actively support such winter ac-
tivities as tobogganing, mountaineering on
skis, and winter camping. Nowadays, due in
large measure to their vision and indefati-
gable efforts, camping trips and mountain
climbs are as popular in winter in Lake
Placid as in summer, with resulting benefits
to the health of all participating.
College Week, a sports carnival in which
leading universities and colleges of the
United States and Canada take part annually
between Christmas and New Years, was
started at Lake Placid Club in 1921 and has
been held each year since. This week is now
generally lookt upon in this country as mark-
ing the opening of the winter-sports season.
This arousal of interest in winter sports in
the colleges has been the means of spreading
the gospel of winter far and wide.
As has been pointed out organization was
necessary, or winter sports at Lake Placid
41
would probably have died at birth. The
reason for such participation. For too long
Lake Placid Skating Association was the
in the United States winter meant a cessation
first winter-sports body in Lake Placid vil-
of outdoor activity and the undoing of most
lage and devoted most of its efforts to the
of the benefits gained from an outdoor life
promotion of speed-skating competitions, in
in the summer. Today, largely because of
which this resort soon became a leader. In
the efforts of Lake Placid, winter in the
the winter of 1926-27, this organization was
snow belt of this country is permitted to play
succeeded by the Lake Placid Athletic Club, its beneficent part in building stronger minds
which continued to promote skating, but in
in stronger bodies for all who embrace what
addition began to organize the ski activities
it so lavishly offers.
and launched the L P A C hockey team.
While several enthusiasts had been enjoy-
Facilities for Other Sports Offered
ing skiing along Lake Placid forest trails
for years, while other more hardy souls had
While the major winter sports at Lake
even gone off the great Intervales ski-jump,
Placid have been ski running and jumping,
speed-skating, figure-skating, hockey, and
it was the organization of cross-country ski
parties by the Lake Placid Athletic Club, the bobsledding, they by no means complete the
building of 30 and 15-meter jumps in the
list of what this resort can today offer those
village, the engagement of a paid winter-
who revel in the sting of snow on cheeks
sports director, and the promotion of ski
made rosy by a clean, cold Adirondack wind.
running and jumping among the children
Sled-dog racing has many devotees. Sev-
that finally brought the long boards to their era1 of the leading race drivers of the coun-
present position as the major part of a Lake
try maintain their kennels in the village,
Placid winter devotees sports equipment.
from which their teams have gone out to
Sled-dog races for juniors and seniors have
win major prizes.
Excellent toboggan slides are numerous.
also been an important part of the Athletic
Clubs winter-sports activity.
Curlers find ideal provision for the ancient
Under the direction of this club visitors
Scotch game in the Olympic arena. And the
to the village in winter have been assured
ski trails call to the hiker, the amateur skier,
at all times of a comprehensive sports pro-
and the cross-country racer with equal in-
sistence.
gram ready for their participation and en-
joyment. Speed-skating competitions, both
senior and junior, have been promoted reg-
A Resultful History
ularly by this body, and many of the blue-
This brief look backward over the quarter
ribbon ice events of the North American
century immediately preceding the III Olym-
continent have been staged in Lake Placid.
pic Winter Games may serve to show in
In fact, more major championships have
some small measure just what Lake Placid
been held in Lake Placid or its neighboring has accomplisht in the field of winter sports
village, Saranac Lake, or in the two com-
and recreation.
bined than in the rest of the United States
Only this accomplishment, in which so
and all Canada together. The success which
many took part, made possible the award
the Athletic Club had in the promotion of
of the III Olympic Winter Games to Lake
hockey and in raising it to its present posi-
Placid. Without this background of suc-
tion as one of the leading Adirondack win-
cessful experience and without the sports
ter sports, drawing its attendance from a wide
facilities already in actual operation, the in-
Adirondack area, is told elsewhere in this
vitation of this Adirondack resort community
section. The Lake Placid Athletic Club has
to the nations of the world to assemble here
250 members.
in February, 1932, for the celebration of the
Benefit to the health of men, women, and
III Olympic Winter Games would not have
children from their participation in snow
been extended or could not have been ac-
sports and recreation is after all the prime
cepted.
4 2
How III Olympic Winter Games Were Awarded
to Lake Placid
Late in 1927, the year before the II
Olympic Winter Games were staged at St
Moritz, Switzerland, members of the Ameri-
can Olympic Committee inquired unofficially
as to whether Lake Placid would be in a
position to hold the III Olympic Winter
Games if they were awarded to the United
States.
Local sports leaders naturally w e r e
pleased at the implied compliment to Lake
Placids standing as a winter resort but re-
plied without hesitation that they would not
even consider holding the Games unless
thoroly convinst that they could. meet the
highest standards set abroad for Winter
Olympic competitions.
Early in 1928, Dr Godfrey Dewey of Lake
Placid Club, himself an ardent and capable
winter sportsman, made a special trip abroad
for the express purpose of studying the con-
ditions at prominent European winter re-
sorts, including Chamonix in France; Caux
and Gstaad in the Vaud Alps; Grindelwald
and Mürren in the Bernese Oberland; Engel-
berg and Arosa in central Switzerland; and
Davos and St Moritz in the Engadine.
He went to St Moritz that same year as
leader of the United States ski team at the
II Olympic Winter Games. In addition to
performing his official duties, Dr Dewey
made a careful study of the entire Games
program at the Swiss resort. This included
an analysis of the nations represented and
the sports in which they took part; housing
accommodations; the financial b u d g e t ;
Olympic facilities; the Games organization,
including the various committees; health and
safety measures; policing; and supervision
of the Olympic sports-in fact everything
that would enable him to project an accurate
picture of a Winter Olympic program to re-
port to Lake Placid on his return.
Dr Deweys conclusions were that in those
essential factors which money could not buy,
such as winter climate, terrain, and especially
long and successful experience in the conduct
of winter sports, Lake Placid could not only
hold the Games but could match the highest
standards set abroad. Additional facilities
and other things necessary for the conduct
of the Olympics he felt certain could be pro-
vided by money and organization.
Enthusiasm Stirs Community
Returning to Lake Placid fired with en-
thusiasm as to the opportunity that would
be Lake Placids if this resort could secure
the III Olympic Winter Games, Dr Dewey
immediately set about convincing the com-
munity that it could bid for the great inter-
national winter-sports classic. He had al-
ready workt out a preliminary plan for stag-
ing the Games in Lake Placid.
At first, and naturally, too, many residents
were aghast that there was even a possibility
of this little mountain resort of less than
4,000 population entertaining the winter-
sports world in 1932. The responsibility
seemed too heavy; the task too great. But
there were those who saw the vision at
once, even as Dr Dewey did, and imme-
diately set about helping him to convince
others. To hear him tell of what St Moritz
had done and what Lake Placid could do
was to be anxious to start doing it.
Dr Dewey delivered his first public ad-
dress on the III Olympic Winter Games be-
fore the Lake Placid Kiwanis Club on March
21, 1928.
Two days later a joint meeting of the di-
rectors of the Lake Placid Chamber of Com-
merce, the Kiwanis Club, and the Village
Board was called, to consider initial steps to
be taken in bidding for the Games.
Housing is the biggest question for Lake
Placid to settle, said Dr Dewey in speaking
to the Kiwanis Club, the matter of sports
facilities being practically satisfactory now.
He then went on to say that Lake Placid
had one of the finest ski-jumps in the world
and an excellent system of ski trails, together
with plenty of natural ice for speed-skating,
43
Map of Lake Placid village
44
hockey, and figure-skating. He pointed out,
however, that facilities for bobsledding would
have to be developt in order to put Lake
Placid on a par with European winter resorts.
Lake Placids quarter century of success-
ful experience in promoting winter sports is
its greatest asset in bidding for the Games,
Dr Dewey said.
Temporary Committee Named
At the joint meeting of village civic
groups a temporary Olympic committee was
formed, to consider initial steps in preparing
a bid for the III Olympic Winter Games of
1932. Members of this original Olympic
body were Julian J Reiss, then president of
the Chamber of Commerce; Godfrey Dewey
of Lake Placid Club; Willis Wells, super-
visor of the Town of North Elba; F B Guild,
president of the Bank of Lake Placid; and
William Burdet, prominent Lake Placid
business man and a sportsman who had
spent many years at leading European win-
ter resorts.
Voted to Bid for Games
At a meeting of the Lake Placid Chamber
of Commerce held at the Hotel Marcy on
the evening of April 3, 1928, the chamber
voted to pledge its efforts and resources to
securing the III Olympic Winter Games of
1932 for Lake Placid. This meeting was
markt by a record attendance, which in-
dicated the interest the Games had already
aroused.
Dr Dewey in his address to the chamber
that evening contrasted Lake Placid with
European winter resorts and pointed out that
the possibilities for the further promotion of
winter sports here were unsurpast. He ex-
prest the conviction that it was entirely
feasible to develop at least a six to eight-
weeks winter season in Lake Placid com-
parable to that enjoyed by leading French
and Swiss resorts.
Preliminary Report Made
At this Chamber of Commerce meeting on
April 3, 1928, the original Olympic com-
mittee presented its report on what it con-
sidered to be the amount of money necessary
to finance the Olympic program. The neces-
sity of a bob-run in order to have Lake
Placids bid for the Games receive serious
consideration from the International Olym-
pic Committee was pointed out. Further
study of the initial financial picture was
urged. Various pledges of co-operation were
given by visitors from Saranac Lake and rep-
resentative hotel and business men of Lake
Placid. The Olympic movement was now
fairly launched, backt by the Chamber of
Commerce, with other local bodies co-operat-
ing.
During this period Dr Dewey explained
the Olympic project to such organizations as
the North Elba Town Board, the Lake Placid
Village Board, the Womans Club, the
Board of Education, the Kiwanis Club, and
the Lake Placid Athletic Club. These quickly
followed the chambers lead, endorst the
project, and voted support.
It was the feeling in Lake Placid that
what St Moritz could do Lake Placid could
do. This was the start, but it was a long
and frequently discouraging journey to Feb-
ruary 4, 1932, nearly four years later, when
the Games actually opened in the Olympic
stadium in Lake Placid.
During the late spring and early summer
of 1928 Dr Dewey outlined before Lake
Placid civic and fraternal organizations and
in various Adirondack communities the pre-
liminary plans for securing the Games. Sup-
port for the Olympic project was evinst
wherever he spoke. The problem at this
time appeared to be thishow to translate
this vision of Dr Deweys into stern reality,
a reality fitted to the communitys pocket-
book and general resources.
Not alone was it necessary to sell the
Games project, that is the idea that Lake
Placid could actually stage these interna-
tional competitions, to the entire community
of Lake Placid; surrounding communities
had to be brought into the Olympic picture.
The Town of North Elba in which Lake
Placid is situated, the County of Essex, and
even the State of New York all had to be
persuaded to do their part. The burden was
45
far too heavy for the village of Lake Placid
acting alone.
So Dr Dewey spread the Winter Olympic
gospel far and wide, speaking before north-
ern New York Kiwanis Clubs, Rotary Clubs,
Chambers of Commerce and similar organi-
zations. He discust the Games with Gov-
ernor Roosevelt, with prominent New York
business men, and with Adirondack civic
leaders; and he initiated negotiations with
legislative leaders at Albany, seeking the
support of New York state in Lake Placids
proposal to bid for the III Olympic Winter
Games.
In July, 1928, directors of the Lake Placid
Chamber of Commerce appointed a commit-
tee to solicit a guarantee fund of $50,000 to
accompany Lake Placids bid for the III
Olympic Winter Games. This committee
consisted of Willis Wells, town supervisor,
and the following Lake Placid business men:
Julian J Reiss, Rollie J Kennedy, William E
Hovey, William McDonald, John F White,
and Frank S Leonard. The guarantee fund
was quickly subscribed.
Preliminary work continued during the
summer and fall of 1928.
Housing Problem Studied
On Wednesday, January 2, 1929, a special
committee was appointed by John F White,
then president of the Kiwanis Club, to look
into the matter of the housing of visitors
and contestants at the time of the Games.
At this period the housing problem loomed
large on the horizon. Appointed on this
special Kiwanis committee were Judge T A
Leahy, Judge W R Wikoff, Dr George C
Owens, Supervisor Willis Wells, C A Thorn-
ton, and J Hubert Stevens.
Agitation for the building of a bob-sled
run in Lake Placid was renewed with in-
creasing force.
Much joy was brought to Lake Placid by
the announcement that on Monday, January
14, 1929, both houses of the New York leg-
islature past by unanimous consent a con-
current resolution inviting the International
Olympic Committee to designate Lake Placid
in New York State as the place for holding
the III Olympic Winter Games of 1932, and
pledging support to Lake Placid in its am-
bitious project. From this time on the bur-
den was to be not Lake Placids alone. The
State of New York was to share in the great
responsibility that the Games might entail.
The concurrent legislative resolution was
past following conferences arranged by Dr
Dewey with Governor Roosevelt and leading
state legislators.
At this time it was learned that California,
which had already been awarded the Sum-
mer Games of the Xth Olympiad, was anx-
ious to secure the award of the 1932 Winter
Games as well and that state funds totalling
$1,000,000 had been voted for the 1932
Olympic Games. The report of Californias
desire to stage the III Olympic Winter
Games of 1932 doubtless helpt spur New
York State legislators into further activity in
behalf of the state and Lake Placid.
The text of the concurrent resolution, the
first Olympic legislation past at Albany,
follows:
Whereas the Olympic Games to be held in the
summer of 1932 have been awarded to the city of
Los Angeles, California, and the Olympic Winter
Games of 1932 are shortly to be awarded by the
International Olympic Committee, and
Whereas Lake Placid in the Adirondacks offers
more complete and adequate facilities and longer
and more successful experience in the holding of
winter sports than any other community in the
United States, and
Whereas the Olympic winter sports are an in-
spiration and encouragement to the most whole-
some and invigorating type of outdoor winter rec-
reation for the whole people, now therefore,
Be it resolved, (if the Senate concur) that the
Legislature of the State of New York approves the
efforts of Lake Placid to secure the award of the
Olympic Winter Games of 1932 and commends to
the favorable consideration of the International
Olympic Committee the invitation of Lake Placid
to hold these games and assures the International
Olympic Committee of the co-operation of the
State of New York to make the Olympic Winter
Games of 1932 an inspiring success,
Be it further resolved that a copy of this reso-
lution be transmitted forthwith to the President
and Secretary of the International Olympic Com-
mittee.
4 6
Many Olympic Bills Past
During the 1929 session of the New York
legislature several bills dealing with the
Olympic project at Lake Placid were intro-
duced and past. Notable among these were
two having to do with the construction of
a bob-sled run by the State of New York
either on state-owned land in the Adiron-
dack park or on private lands over which
the state might be given an easement. One
of these bills contemplated an appropriation
of $75,000 for the construction of the bob-
run and return road on state land on the
western slope of the Sentinel range, a short
distance from Lake Placid village.
This act never became operative, since
subsequent court decisions made it impossi-
ble to build the bob-run on state-owned
lands in the Adirondack park.
This, however, was not known at the time,
and the entire community of Lake Placid
was greatly heartened by the pledges of con-
crete co-operation given by the State of New
York. It now became evident that Lake
Placid would not have to bear alone the
huge financial burden of staging the inter-
national sports classic in 1932 in case the
award should be made to this resort.
As a matter of fact, legislation much more
favorable to the conduct of the Games was
past in 1930.
Saranac Lake Votes $10,000
On January 29, 1929, Dr Dewey addrest
the weekly meeting of the Saranac Lake Ro-
tary Club and explained the project to secure
the III Olympic Winter Games of 1932 for
Lake Placid. He stated that Saranac Lake
as one of the communities to benefit greatly
from the Games should help Lake Placid in
housing contestants and spectators and in
every other way possible. So enthusiastic
were his hearers that the meeting voted to
pledge $10,000 as Saranac Lakes contribu-
tion toward Olympic expenses. The actual
pledges were quickly secured by a special
committee appointed for the purpose.
Almost immediately a preliminary survey
of the housing facilities in Saranac Lake and
adjoining communities was made, and it was
found that ample accommodations could be
provided there for both contestants and
spectators.
Rumors persisted during February, 1929,
that California would also stage the III
Olympic Winter Games of 1932. These ru-
mors of course were without foundation but
did occasion considerable comment on the
part of those who were working so hard to
secure the contests for Lake Placid.
All during the early part of the winter of
1929 data were being collected to support
to the limit Lake Placids bid for the 1932
Olympic Winter Games, to be presented to
the meeting of the International Olympic
Committee which was at that time scheduled
for Alexandria, Egypt, in April.
On February 22, 1929, Lake Placids for-
mal proposal was sent to members of the
executive committee of the International
Olympic Committee and to the presidents of
the International Sports Federations. The
proposal outlined Lake Placids standing as
a winter resort, its advantages in terrain,
climate, and equipment, and formally invited
the International Committee to name Lake
Placid as the place for staging the III
Olympic Winter Games of 1932.
Dewey Sails for Lausanne Meeting
In a last-minute shift the meeting of the
International Olympic Committee was trans-
ferred to Lausanne, Switzerland.
At the urgent request and at the expense
of the Lake Placid Chamber of Commerce,
which had voted to send him to the meet-
ing, Dr Dewey sailed from New York on
March 29, to present Lake Placids proposal
in person to the International Olympic Com-
mittee.
Games Awarded to Lake Placid
At the Lausanne meeting seven proposals
were presented by United States resorts, and
two others, one by Canada and one by Nor-
way, awaited only the elimination of the
United States proposals to be presented.
The list of the places bidding for the
Games follows:
47
Lake Placid, New York
Yosemite Valley, California
Lake Tahoe, California
Bear Mountain, New York
Duluth, Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Denver, Colorado
Awaited elimination of U S to bid:
Montreal, Canada
Oslo, Norway.
skating and skiing centers of America. It
was necessary to guarantee a bobsled run,
and, if the International Federation of Bob-
sleigh and Tobogganing insisted, a separate
skeleton run as well. The bob-run was as-
sured by the action of the State of New York
in voting funds for its construction while
Dr Dewey was at the Lausanne meeting.
It is significant of the value placed on the
award of the III Olympic Winter Games by
other resorts that one of the most aggres-
sively presented proposals, that from north-
ern California, consisted es-
sentially of the statement
that they had the requisite
climate and terrain and were
prepared to spend anything
up to $3,000,000 to provide
whatever facilities might be
necessary.
The news of the award was received at
Lake Placid the next day with great enthu-
siasm, and the community eagerly awaited
Dr Deweys return for a detailed report of
the meeting and the beginning of actual
work on the stupendous project.
On April 10, 1929, the In-
ternational Olympic Commit-
tee unanimously awarded the
III Olympic Winter Games
of 1932 to Lake Placid.
The award was made to
Lake Placid because of its
pre-eminent standing as a
winter sports resort, its cli-
mate and terrain, its existing
sports facilities, its experience
in staging winter sports, and
its guarantee that the addi-
tional facilities necessary for
the conduct of the Games
would be provided.
Lake Placid already had
one of the finest ski-jumps in
the world, miles of cross-coun-
try ski trails, and excellent
facilities for speed-skating,
figure-skating, and hockey.
Lake Placid was known as
one of the outstanding speed-
Pretty model poses by III Olympic Winter Games poster
48
Proposal of Lake Placid in the
Adirondacks, New York, U S A
for the III Olympic Winter Games 1932
To MM the International Olympic Committee
Lake Placid in the Adirondacks, represented by
its mayor and trustees, with the co-operation of
Lake Placid Club, represented by Godfrey Dewey,
has the honor to submit the following proposal
for the holding of the Third Olympic Winter
Games in 1932.
Basis
We are informed by various members of
the International Olympic Committee that there is
a recognized precedent that the Winter Games
shall be awarded to the same country receiving the
Summer Games provided that that country is quali-
fied to handle them successfully. We assume that
in awarding the Olympic Winter Games in accord
with this precedent the I O C is primarily con-
cerned to select the community best qualified to
hold these games most successfully in accord with
the high standard of the Olympic Games. We
submit, therefore, a brief statement of the superior
qualifications of Lake Placid for holding the Olym-
pic Winter Games, beginning with those factors
such as location, climate, and terrain, which money
cannot buy; continuing with those factors such as
winter sports facilities and organization, which can
be successfully developt only by long experience in
addition to the expenditure of ample funds; and
including those factors such as housing, and financ-
ing, which are least difficult for the average com-
munity to provide.
Location
Lake Placid is located in the north-
eastern United States, in the heart of the Adiron-
dack mountains, only twelve hours from New
York city. The railroad service is of the best,
with direct thru trains both by night and by day.
The regular round trip fare from New York to
Lake Placid and return is only $24.56, and still
lower rates can undoubtedly be secured for the
Olympic Games.
Climate
The winter climate of the Lake Placid
region is unusually dependable. Rarely is it neces-
sary to postpone a major winter sports event even
for a day. Repeatedly Lake Placid has been able
to continue its snow and ice sports successfully
while leading Canadian resorts such as Quebec or
Montreal, 150 kilometers farther north but at a
much lower altitude, have been compelled to cur-
tail or abandon their winter sports program. Ex-
hibit A herewith shows the mean maximum, and
mean minimum temperatures, and snowfall for
49
the average jump about 10 meters. Leading jump-
ers who have competed both here and abroad re-
gard this hill as the most perfect of which they
have knowledge for a jump of from 40 to 60
meters. As compared with the Olympic jump at
St Moritz in 1928, this hill has an easier landing
slope, especially for jumps of more than 50 meters;
the jumper follows the hill more closely in his
flight; and the relation of the upper hill to the
lower hill is such as practically to preclude the
danger of overjumping the lower hill. The hill
slopes to the northeast, which in this climate is the
most desirable exposure. Exhibit C herewith
shows all essential details of construction both in
profile and plan.
The stands already built on this hill are of a
unique design accommodating 1,000 people, and
so planned that 100 on either side can see the en-
tire hill almost as well as from the usual judges
stand, while 400 on either side can see the entire,
the winter months, December, January, February,
March for the past ten years.
Terrain
Lake Placid lies at an elevation of 568
meters above sea level. The lowest points in the
Lake Placid valley are above 500 meters a. s. l.,
the highest peaks surrounding the valley are above
1600 meters a. s. l. Exhibit B herewith shows by
government maps the terrain surrounding Lake
Placid for about 25 kilometers in every direction.
Winter Sports Facilities
Ski-jumping
The Lake Placid Club ski-jump-
ing hill offered for the Olympic Winter Games is
the product of years of careful engineering study,
proved by repeated practical use for major compe-
titions, and perfected in every possible detail re-
gardless of expense. It has been specially de-
signed for championship competitions, in accord
with the belief held by leading members of the
International Ski Association that hills of exces-
sive length should not be used for championship
competition, but that an average jump of about 50
meters is most desirable. This requires of course
a hill that shall be as perfect as possible for all
jumps of from 40 meters to 60 meters, since it
would seem impossible to predict in advance more
closely than within 10 meters the length of jump
to be-expected in any particular competition.. To
adapt this hill readily to varying snow conditions
or different classes of competition, the take-off can
be quickly extended about 3 meters which tends
to lengthen the average jump about 10 meters, and
there is also a junior starting platform about 6
meters below the summit which tends to shorten
lower hill from the most comfortable and advan-
tageous location. In addition to these stands there
is ample room along the sides and end of the out-
run to construct for the Olympic Winter Games
stands accommodating at least 2,000 more people
with a complete view of the whole hill.
Ski-racing
The surrounding country shown on
Exhibit B is more wooded than open, with many
kilometers of excellent ski trails which have been
used for short and long ski races as well as for
cross-country ski touring for many years. Differ-
ences of elevation of from 100 to 300 meters are
readily obtainable along these trails, and if a
down-
hill race
is desired there is at least one excellent
trail giving a drop of 1,000 meters. Lake Placid
Club is perhaps the only place in this country
which has held regularly over a series of years
long ski races of 40 kilometers or more. This
means that there is ample opportunity to select
proved courses of any desired length for the
Lung-
lauf
or
Dauerlauf
or the
military patrol race,
and
that the Club is thoroly experienst in the many
details essential to the successful organization and
conduct of such races. This years program in-
cludes specifically both 18-kilometer and 50-kilo-
meter races. See Exhibit Cc herewith.
Skijoring
Skijoring has been an important win-
ter sports feature here for many years. If it be
desired to organize skijoring races, either as a
demonstration or otherwise, in connection with the
Third Olympic Winter Games, there is excellent
opportunity to lay out a skijoring race course of
any desired length on Mirror lake in full view of
thousands of spectators.
Speed-skating
Lake Placid has had more suc-
cessful experience with outdoor speed-skating than
any place on the American continent. A large ma-
jority of all the international (United States and
Canada) outdoor speed-skating championships of
the last twenty years have been held either at Lake
Placid or the neighboring community of Saranac
Lake or by the two communities jointly. The Olym-
pic ice stadium hereafter described will provide an
ice surface of not less than the dimensions of the
St
Moritz ice stadium, that is 70 x 180 meters,
and the Lake Placid Club rink, hereafter referred
to, also has ample space for a 400-meter track.
Figure-skating
Figure-skating has long been
an important feature at Lake Placid Club where
sanctioned tournaments are held each year. The
Club rink with an ice surface of 60 x 210 meters
has every possible facility for producing the most
perfect outdoor ice, including in addition to the
usual cold water supply and hand brushes and
scrapers, hot water and steam, and power driven
brushes, ice planers, snow plows, etc. The Olympic
ice stadium will also, of course, provide excellent
ice for any part of the figure-skating events which
it may be desired to hold there.
Ice Hockey
Ice hockey is an important and
successful feature here. Leading college teams
come annually to Lake Placid Club for pre-season
practice during the Christmas holidays, and the
Adirondack Hockey Association maintains a regu-
lar schedule of games on the Lake Placid rink
thruout the winter. The Olympic ice stadium will
provide one, two, or even three hockey boxes, as
may be desired; and in addition either two or
three hockey boxes are regularly maintained on
the Lake Placid Club skating rink.
Curling
If it be desired to add to the Third
Olympic Winter Games the sport of curling which
was a feature of the First Olympic Winter Games
at Chamonix, 4 or more sheets or rinks will be
provided, either in the Olympic ice stadium, or on
the Lake Placid Club rink, or both, as may be
desired.
Bobsleigh Coasting
Lake Placid Club has main-
tained for many years straightaway iced slides for
Canadian toboggans, similar to but longer and
faster than the most famous Canadian toboggan
slides of Montreal and Quebec. It is assumed,
however, that such straightaway simple slides offer
no basis for Olympic competition. So far as can
be ascertained, no place either in the United States
or Canada now possesses any bobsleigh run which
is comparable with the leading European bob-runs.
Lake Placid has, however, made a thoro engineer-
ing study last winter of the leading European bob
runs at Chamonix and St Moritz, at Grindel-
wald, Mürren, Engelberg, and Davos, and several
other places, and in the light of that study has
selected an ideal location in the Lake Placid valley
for building a bob-run based on the most success-
ful European experience, with a vertical drop of
about 200 meters as compared with 156 meters at
Chamonix, or 130 meters at St Moritz; and at the
request of the American Olympic Association the
New York State Legislature has just authorized the
construction, equipment, and maintenance of such
a bob-run, at an estimated cost of $75,000 in the
event that the Third Olympic Winter Games are
awarded to Lake Placid. See Exhibit D herewith.
Single-sled Coasting
Single-sled coasting, whe-
ther skeleton or toboggan, was not a feature of
the First Olympic Winter Games at Chamonix.
The Cresta run at St Moritz built especially for
50
skeletons is probably unique, so that contestants
of other nations thruout the world have no oppor-
tunity to practise this sport save at that one spot.
Single-sled coasting of various forms is, however,
a feature on most bob-runs, and would seem to be
an interesting and appropriate feature for the
Olympic Winter Games. It is suggested, there-
fore, that if single-sled coasting be desired as a
feature of the Third Olympic Winter Games, it
be held on the Olympic bob-run, without restric-
tion as to the exact form of sled. If the Inter-
national Federation of Bobsleigh and Toboggan-
ing desires a smoother, faster ice surface for the
single-sled event, this can readily be provided by
holding the single-sled event at the beginning of
the Olympic period and re-icing the surface for
the bobsleigh event to be held toward the close of
the Olympic period.
The coasting events are the only ones for which
Lake Placid is not already provided with facilities
of the highest class, developt and tested by long
and successful experience, and for these events no
other community on the North American continent
is better equipt, while Lake Placid has the ad-
vantages of a thoro study of the best European
facilities, a favorable site, and the assurance that
the New York State Legislature will co-operate to
provide suitable and adequate facilities.
Dog-sled Racing
The sport of dog-sled racing
has become immensely popular both in the United
States and Canada during recent years. If it be
desired to add this sport to the Olympic program
as a demonstration, like skijoring, Lake Placid
Club which holds an annual dog-sled derby has
most excellent facilities for the convenience of
contestants and their teams and the conduct of
the races, and can assure a representative entry list
from the United States and Canada.
Ice Stadium
For the Olympic ice stadium, for the
opening and closing ceremonies and the principal
ice sports, the parks and playgrounds of Lake
Placid offer a uniquely favorable situation in the
very heart of the community, immediately adja-
cent to the central school on the west and to the
town hall on the east. The ice surface will be
not less than the 70 x 180 meters which proved
satisfactory at St Moritz. A terrace along the
west side provides an ideal location for grandstand
seats for 3,000 or more spectators, and additional
thousands of standing spectators may be accom-
modated along the east side and on a steep natural
slope which rises twenty meters high on the north-
west.
The large, modern, central-school building with
complete athletic facilities, separated from the ice
surface only by the width of the grandstand, will
be utilized to provide warm dressing-rooms with
hot and cold showers and toilet facilities for the
maximum number of competitors, on a more com-
fortable and convenient scale than would be possi-
ble in the temporary structures usually provided.
Other Special Facilities
Headquarters for the
various officials and committees, and offices and
increast telephone and telegraph facilities for the
press, as well as meeting places for any Congresses
of the International Sports Federations which may
be held at the same time, will be provided in the
town hall and central school, both of which are
large modern buildings centrally located and im-
mediately adjacent to the ice stadium. With re-
gard to the various other facilities which must be
provided specially for the Olympic Winter Games,
such as organization of special police service, hous-
ing bureau, information bureaus, etc, Lake Placid
is familiar with the nature and extent of the facil-
ities provided by St Moritz for the Second Olym-
pic Winter Games, and is prepared to provide all
requisite similar facilities equally complete and
well adapted to their purposes.
Housing
The permanent population of Lake
Placid is about the same as that of St Moritz, that
is about 3,000 persons. The winter resort housing
facilities of Lake Placid are less than St Moritz
but greater than Chamonix. Lake Placid Club
alone can house in winter 1,500. The hotels and
boarding houses of Lake Placid can house in win-
ter between 1,000 and 2,000, and private homes
can house from 1,000 to 1,500 more. The neigh-
boring village of Saranac Lake (permanent popu-
lation 7,000; twenty minutes distant by train, with
excellent railroad and motor bus facilities), can
house in winter in addition to its normally occu-
pied capacity from 1,000 to 1,500 additional. This
means an available winter resort capacity for the
Olympic Winter Games of from 4,500 to 6,500
beds, dependent on the extent to which summer
facilities are winterized between now and 1932,
plus a local resident population of 10,000.
Financing
Lake Placid is familiar both with
the estimated budget and with the actual expenses
incurred and income received by St Moritz in con-
nection with the Second Olympic Winter Games,
and is prepared to finance the Third Olympic Win-
ter Games on an equally sound basis, in accord
with the general precedents governing the pre-
ceding games. To meet preliminary expenses or
final deficits, and to assure the most successful hold-
ing of the games, the citizens and business inter-
ests of the local communities have already sub-
51
scribed a guarantee fund of $50,000 for the use
of the local Olympic Committee. As most of the
Olympic sports facilities, including the Olympic
ski-jump on which St Moritz was compelled to
spend $50,000, are already provided, and the
Olympic bob-run, which is the only important fa-
cility lacking, will be provided by the State of
New York at state expense, this guarantee fund
should be even more ample and adequate than was
the similar sum (250,000 gold francs) subscribed
at St Moritz. In addition to all local organization
and support Lake Placid offers also assurance of
the co-operation of the State of New York as wit-
nest by Exhibit E herewith.
Experience
Lake Placid Club has conducted an
active winter-sports program for 24 years, includ-
ing in later years an increasing number of major
winter-sports competitions. Exhibit F herewith,
a winter booklet distributed by the Club to its
members, will help to suggest something of the
nature and extent of these organized winter activi-
ties. In consequence, as cited by the New York
State Legislature, Lake Placid in the Adirondacks
offers more complete and adequate facilities, and
longer and more successful experience in the hold-
ing of winter sports than any other community in
the United States.
On the basis of the foregoing proposal, Lake
Placid in the Adirondacks has the honor to solicit
the award of the Third Olympic Winter Games
in 1932, and pledges its good faith and full co-
operation to make these games an inspiring suc-
cess, in keeping with the highest standards and
traditions of the Olympic Games.
In witness whereof, we, the Mayor and Trustees
of the Village of Lake Placid, New York, U S A,
and the Executive Vice-president of Lake Placid
Co, representing Lake Placid Club, have hereunto
set our hand this 22nd day of February, nineteen
hundred and twenty-nine.
William E Feek
Mayor
Martin T Ryan
J Chester Jubin
Rufus Walton
Walter Kennedy
Trustees
Godfrey Dewey
Executive Vice-president
Lake Placid Co
Pierson Studio
Front view of North Elba town hall. Headquarters of the III Olympic Winter Games
Committee occupied the entire second floor of this building
5 2
Organization Following the Award of the Games
to Lake Placid
Things began to move rapidly following
Dr Deweys return from the Lausanne meet-
ing early in May, 1929.
On Tuesday evening, May 7, at Lake
Placid Club, 400 prominent residents of the
Adirondack section tendered him a testimo-
nial dinner in recognition of his success in
securing the award of the III Olympic Win-
ter Games. It was the largest gathering of
its kind in the history of Lake Placid.
The dinner was sponsored by the Lake
Placid Athletic Club, the Lake Placid Cham-
ber of Commerce, the Kiwanis Club of Lake
Placid, and the Saranac Lake Sports Associa-
tion. Hon James Shea was chairman of the
committee in charge. Supervisor Willis Wells
presided at the dinner and at the general
meeting immediately following.
At this meeting Dr Dewey presented a de-
tailed report of his work at Lausanne and
outlined the next steps to be followed by
Lake Placid in preparing for the Games.
To quote, from the
Lake Placid News
of
Friday, May 10:
From Lake Placid, from Saranac Lake, from
Bloomingdale, Albany, St Regis Falls, Wilming-
ton, Plattsburg, and the Valley towns, men and
women gathered to show by their presence their
appreciation of the efforts of Dr Dewey extending
over a period of 16 months, often in the face of
great difficulties, which finally resulted last month
at Lausanne, Switzerland, in the International
Olympic Committee naming Lake Placid as the
scene of the next Olympic Winter Games.
Immediate steps were now taken to perfect
the Olympic organization.
The tentative executive committee of the
Lake Placid Organizing Committee was chos-
en, made up of representatives of the seven
leading civic bodies of the community. Those
chosen were:
Dr Godfrey Dewey, Lake Placid Club
Judge Thomas A Leahy, President,
Chamber of Commerce
Willis Wells, Supervisor, Town of
North Elba
53
Howard L Weaver, President, Lake
Placid Board of Education
Martin T Ryan, Mayor, Lake Placid Vil-
lage
John F White, President, Kiwanis Club
William J OHare, President, Lake Placid
Athletic Club
As will be noted later it eventually became
necessary to enlarge the executive body and
to choose a general Organizing Committee
for the Games, all with the approval of the
American Olympic Association.
Site Favored for Stadium
On Monday, May 6, 1929, at a general
meeting of civic groups, held in the North
Elba town hall, the construction of the Olym-
pic stadium on the high-school campus was
favored, the stadium to be the scene of the
opening and closing ceremonies of the Games,
speed-skating races, hockey games, and the
start and finish of other events on the Olym-
pic program. This site for the stadium was
considered excellent because of its location
in front of the high-school building across
from the town hall. It was planned to utilize
space in the high school for dressing-rooms
and headquarters for the Olympic athletes,
while the principal Olympic executive offices,
press rooms, and meeting rooms were to be
in the town hall.
There was also considerable discussion as
to the best means of raising the funds neces-
sary for the construction of this Olympic
stadium and for meeting various other ex-
penses in the Olympic budget. It was the
general feeling that funds for the Olympic
budget should be raised by means of a bond
issue of the North Elba park district, and
that, prior to the submission of this bond
issue to the voters, the executive committee
should be asked to prepare a budget covering
Olympic expenses.
On May 15, 1929, it was voted to recom-
mend to the Town Board that the proposition
of raising $200,000 by a bond issue for the
Olympic stadium and other necessary Olym-
pic expenses be put before the voters at an
early date.
This recommendation was subsequently
acted upon by the Town Board, and the
election was called for June 4.
At this same meeting Dr Godfrey Dewey,
the man who first conceived the idea of hold-
ing the Olympic Winter Games in Lake
Placid and who workt literally night and
day for the project, was chosen president of
the III Olympic Winter Games Committee,
and Willis Wells, supervisor of the Town of
North Elba, was named vice-president.
$200,000 Bond Issue Past
At the election, taxpayers of the North
Elba parks and playgrounds district past
the Olympic bond issue of $200,000 by a vote
in excess of five to one. This sign of such
united support for the Olympic project on
the part of the voters of the community was
most encouraging to Olympic officials.
In the meantime Stanislaus Zentzytzki,
famous European bob-run engineer, had ar-
rived in Lake Placid to make preliminary
surveys of sites for the Olympic bob-run,
which
z
under legislation past in March, would
be built by the State of New York.
Up to this time Dr Dewey and others who
had worked with him in studying possible
sites for the bob-run felt that the most suit-
able was on state land on the west slope of
the Sentinel range. Because of impending
litigation an alternative site on Mt Jo on
privately-owned land was also considered. A
bit later, residents of Saranac Lake suggested
building the run on Scarface mountain, mid-
way between Lake Placid and Saranac Lake
villages. Subsequent study and careful ex-
amination proved this to be the best site of
the three, but it, too, was on state land, and,
therefore, had one disadvantage of the Sen-
tinel range location,
Late in June the Town Board named mem-
bers of the North Elba Parks and Playgrounds
Commission to supervise various Olympic
activities in the park district. The members
were:
R J Kennedy, chairman
Deo B Colburn, secretary
James Shea
B R Bull
William Lamb
Tentative approval of the III O W G com-
mittee and organization was given at a special
meeting of the executive committee of the
American Olympic Association, held in New
York city on June 6, 1929. Final approval
of the Lake Placid Organizing Committee as
the responsible body in staging the III Olym-
pic Winter Games was given at the quad-
rennial meeting of the American Olympic
Association, held in Washington, D C, on
November 19, 1930.
During the summer of 1929 Olympic
activity continued on many fronts. No actual
construction work was begun, however, be-
cause of litigation tying up bob-run construc-
tion and because of unavoidable delays in
legalizing and in disposing of the $200,000
bond issue.
In November, 1929, the original dates for
holding the III Olympic Winter Games were
setJanuary 28 to February 6, 1932. These
dates were subsequently shifted at the Olym-
pic Congress in May, 1930, to February 4 to
13, where they remained.
At a meeting on December 3, 1929, it was
voted to increase the size of the executive
committee, and three names were added. The
number on this committee, which eventually
became the board of directors, was finally set
at 15, while the III Olympic Winter Games
Committee, under the by-laws subsequently
adopted, could be made up of 100 members:
Those added to the original executive com-
mittee at the December 3 meeting were R J
Kennedy, chairman of the North Elba Park
Commission; H W Hicks, secretary of Lake
Placid Club; and one member from Saranac
Lake, who was not named at that time. Lewis
G Graeves was eventually chosen to represent
Saranac Lake on the executive committee.
Five members of the board of directors, in-
cluding President Avery Brundage and other
officials of the American Olympic Associa-
tion, were subsequently selected from outside
the immediate Lake Placid area, to bring the
54
Ready for the Games. A general view of the stadium
Looking down part of the Mt. Van Hoevenberg bobsled run
number up to the required 15. Places made
vacant by resignations from the original com-
mittee were filled, and the board of 15, with
the local members meeting most frequently,
served until the conclusion of the Games. The
list of committee members and directors is
given on pages 14 and 15.
Olympic Construction Begins
The first construction for the III Olympic
Winter Games began early in December when
the contractor started work on the culvert to
run across the high-school campus under-
neath the Olympic stadium.
Early in January, 1930, workmen began
tearing down the seven buildings on the plot
of ground to the north of the high-school
campus in order to make room for the
stadium.
The necessity of further perfecting the
Olympic organization by employment of a
paid secretary was frequently strest, and sev-
eral candidates for this position were con-
sidered.
Thomas P Faherty, secretary of the Cham-
ber of Commerce, acted as secretary of the
Olympic Committee until a paid executive
was chosen.
Invitations Sent to 65 Nations
In February, 1930, formal invitations to
participate in the III Olympic Winter Games
at Lake Placid were sent to 65 nations. By
custom, invitations are sent to the entire list
of separate countries recognized by the Inter-
national Olympic Committee. The list of
those nations invited to take part in the Lake
Placid Games follows:
1 Albania
2 Argentina
3 Australia
4 Austria
5 Belgium
6 Bolivia
7 Brazil
8 Bulgaria
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Canada
Chile
China
Colombia
Costa Rica
Cuba
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Invitation to National Olympic committees
5 7
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
When the invitations were sent out it was
hoped
Jugoslavia
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Mexico
Malta
Monaco
Newfoundland
New Zealand
Nicaragua
Norway
Panama
Paraguay
Persia
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Rhodesia
Roumania
San Salvador
Siam
South Africa
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Turkey
United States
Uruguay
Venezuela
that at least 25 nations, represented
Dominican Republic
Equador
Egypt
Esthonia
Finland
France
Germany
Great Britain
Greece
Guatemala
Haiti
Holland
Honduras
Hungary
Iceland
India
Ireland
Italy
Japan
by approximately 600 athletes, would take
part in the III O W G, and it was on this
basis that preliminary plans were develop
Because of unprecedented economic condi-
tions obtaining thruout the world this esti-
mate was a bit too sanguine, as will appear
later.
Early in March, Governor Franklin D
Roosevelt signed the bill legalizing the sale
of $200,000 worth of park district bonds,
and the last obstacle to beginning actual
construction of the Olympic stadium was
removed.
Another bill introduced in the legislature
at this time provided for the creation of an
Essex County Park Commission from the
Board of Supervisors which would eventu-
ally co-operate with the Olympic Committee
in many ways. The Essex County Board of
Supervisors had shown much interest in the
Games from the time thev were awarded to
Lake Placid and co-operation, which, it was
indicated, would come in large measure from
this board, promist much for the success of
the project.
Ask Dewey to Attend to Berlin Congress
Decision to send Dr Dewey to represent
the III Olympic Winter Games Committee
at the Olympic Congress in Berlin May 25-
30 was reacht at a meeting held March 15.
It was thought advisable to have Dr
Dewey attend the Berlin Congress in order
to explain and perfect details of the III
Olympic Winter Games program and secure
additional co-operation from the delegates
to the Congress. Dr Dewey also planned,
while abroad, to confer with officials of the
International Skating Union in regard to se-
curing permission to have the speed-skating
at the Games contested under North Ameri-
can rules.
Early that month Graeme M Hammond,
president of the American Olympic Asso-
ciation, and Frederick W Rubien, secretary,
inspected Olympic preparations at Lake
Placid. They were much pleased with the
plans for staging the Games but were some-
what concerned about the housing situation.
The plan to house visitors was explained to
58
Wide World
Ted Husing, sports announcer of the Columbia Broadcasting System, at his microphone
during the bob races at Mt Van Hoevenberg run
Stedman
Members of New York State police on duty during Games and Olympic officials
59
them in detail. They were satisfied with the
arrangement and stated that they were anx-
ious to co-operate in every way possible to
insure the success of the Games.
Executive Secretary Engaged
On March 22, 1930, Ernest F Gamache of
Leominster, Mass, a graduate of Harvard
College and the Harvard Graduate School of
Business Administration, was engaged as sec-
retary of the III Olympic Winter Games
Committee. He assumed his duties on April 1
and immediately establisht executive head-
quarters in the North Elba town hall. He
came to the committee highly recommended
as a man thoroly familiar with sports and
sports promotion from his experience as a
football and lacrosse player and as an ath-
letic coach.
Stanislaus Zentzytzki, German bob-run en-
gineer, was askt to come to Lake Placid a
second time to survey the site, finally chosen
on private land, for the building of the
Olympic bob-run.
The run could not be built on state land
because of adverse court decisions, and the
Mt Jo site on private land, previously con-
sidered, was found to be unsatisfactory.
Finally another site on what was then called
South Meadow mountain was chosen after
much study and investigation for the build-
ing of the Olympic bob-run. This latter site
was on privately-owned land.
On April 3, 1930, the executive commit-
tee of the III Olympic Winter Games was
named as follows: President Dewey, Vice-
president Willis Wells, and Judge T A
Leahy.
Work Begins on Stadium
On April 7, the contract having been pre-
viously awarded, the first shovelful of earth
on the Olympic stadium construction job
was turned in the presence of a large crowd.
Work on the excavation and the grading
necessary to insure a level site for the erec-
tion of the stands and the building of the
speed-skating track went forward in the
spring with all possible speed, and the work
was finisht on schedule.
State Commission Named and Funds
Appropriated
Both houses of the State legislature, early
in April past the Porter-Brereton bill ap-
propriating $125,000 for the construction of
a bobsled run and for other expenses inci-
dent to the conduct of the Games and cre-
ating a New York State Olympic Winter
Games Commission of nine members. This
act became a law April 22, 1930 and is
known as Chapter 677 of the Laws of 1930.
To quote from the law:
Section 2 The object and purpose of the Com-
mission shall be to co-operate in preparing for, or-
ganizing, providing facilities for, and conducting
the III Olympic Winter Games at Lake Placid in
the year 1932 and to promote the success of such
Games and any winter sports in the program there-
of . . .
Section 3 For the use of the public in connec-
tion with such Games and to carry out the pur-
pose of this act the Commission is hereby specifi-
cally authorized to construct and equip and to
maintain and operate during the winter seasons of
1930, 1931, and 1932 a bobsleigh run or slide in-
cluding a way. for returning such sleighs to the top
on a site in the Town of North Elba, Essex County,
to be selected by the Commission on lands in
which it obtains the necessary easement . . .
Section 5 The sum of $125,000 or so much
thereof as may be needed is hereby appropriated
from any money in the treasury not otherwise ap-
propriated for or toward the construction, equip-
ment, and maintenance of such bobsleigh run or
slide . . .
Of the nine members of the State Com-
mission five were to be appointed by the
governor, two to be named by the majority
leader of the senate, and two by the speaker
of the assembly.
The original commission was constituted
as follows:
Appointed by the governor:
T Harvey Ferris, Utica, N Y
Godfrey Dewey, Lake Placid Club,
N Y
George Foster Peabody, Saratoga
Springs, N Y
Rollie J Kennedy, Lake Placid, N Y
William G Howard, Albany, N Y
60
Appointed by the majority leader of the
senate:
Warren T Thayer, Chateaugay, N Y
Henry E H Brereton, Lake George,
N Y
Appointed by speaker of assembly:
Fred L Porter, Crown Point, N Y
Paul Boyce, Glens Falls, N Y
Ex-officio members:
John Knight, Arcade, N Y
Joseph A McGinnies, Ripley, N Y
Later Mr Boyce was succeeded by Edwin
W Wallace, Rockville Center, N Y; Mr
Brereton by Frank A Frost, Watkins Glen,
N Y; and Mr Knight by George R Fearon,
The commission held its first meeting on
July 23, 1930, and organized as follows:
Warren T Thayer, chairman; Fred L Porter,
vice-chairman; T Harvey Ferris, secretary.
Ernest F Gamache was appointed as execu-
tive secretary, and Wallace E Pierce of
Plattsburg, N Y, was named counsel.
The State Commission, thus organized, was
one of the most active bodies in promoting
and in staging the III Olympic Winter
Games. Without its support and that of the
State of New York the Games could never
have been held in Lake Placid.
On April 21, 1930, the Olympic Commit-
tee met and adopted a set of by-laws by
unanimous vote. These by-laws, with subse-
Syracuse, N Y.
quent slight amendments, follow:
III O W G Committee letter-head
News bulletin letter-head
61
III Olympic Winter Games Committee
Lake Placid 1932
By-Laws
1
Name
The name of this organization shall be III
Olympic Winter Games Committee.
2
Purpose
The purpose of the III Olympic Winter Games
Committee shall be to organize and conduct the
III Olympic Winter Games at Lake Placid, Essex
County, New York, in 1932, and to do all things
deemed necessary or proper in preparation for and
in carrying on said games and to settle the affairs
of the organization at the conclusion thereof.
3
Location
The principal office of the Committee shall be
located in the North Elba town hall, at Lake
Placid, Essex County, New York.
4
Membership
The members of this Committee shall be of
three classes, designated respectively as active mem-
bers, honorary members, and co-operating members.
(a)
Active Members
The active members of
the Committee shall not exceed 100 in number,
and shall consist of the 15 directors and such other
persons as may from time to time be elected by
two-thirds vote of the directors. Each active mem-
ber shall have one vote at all meetings of members
of the Committee and one equal share in the prop-
erty and assets of the Committee. Only active
members shall have the right to vote or to hold
active office.
(b)
Honorary Members
The honorary mem-
bers of the Committee shall not exceed 25 in num-
ber, and shall consist of such persons as may from
time to time be elected honorary members by two-
thirds vote of the directors. Honorary members
shall not be required to pay any dues or other
charges, shall not be under obligation to perform
any duties or services, and shall not be entitled to
vote or to share in the assets of the Committee or
to hold any office other than honorary office.
(c)
Co-operating Members
The co-operating
members of this Committee shall be without limit
in number, and shall consist of such persons as
may be elected co-operating members by two-thirds
vote of the directors, with or without dues or other
charges as may be determined by the directors. It
is intended that co-operating members shall aid,
support, encourage, and co-operate in any work or
project undertaken by the Committee. They shall
be entitled to attend all meetings of members of
the Committee, but shall not be entitled to vote or
to share in the assets of the Committee.
5
Meetings
Regular meetings of the members of the Com-
mittee shall be held semi-annually, on the second
Monday of April and October, at 10 a m at the
Town Hall at Lake Placid, N Y, unless another
time and place shall be specified by the directors,
by written notice mailed at least 30 days in ad-
vance of the meeting.
The regular October meeting shall be the annual
meeting for the election of directors.
Special meetings may be called by the President
or by vote of the directors on not less than 10 days
written notice.
Those present at a regular or special meeting
duly called shall constitute a quorum.
6
Directors
Between meetings of the members, the full
powers of the Committee shall be exercised by a
board of 15 directors who shall be elected by the
active members at the annual meeting and shall
hold office until the close of the meeting at which
their successors are elected. Not less than three-
fifths of the directors shall be residents of the
public parks and playground district of the town
of North Elba, N Y.
Vacancies shall be filled by the Board for the
unexpired term.
7
Directors Meetings
Regular meetings of directors shall be held on
the second Monday of each month, at 8 p m at
the Town Hall, unless another time or place is
specified by written notice, mailed at least one
week in advance of meeting. Seven shall be a
quorum.
Special meetings of directors may be called on
not less than 48 hours' notice, by the President or
the Executive Committee.
8
Executive Committee
The directors shall appoint an executive com-
mittee of three of their number, who, when the
directors are not in session, shall have power to
act for the directors on any matter on which the
executive committee is unanimous, provided that
such action is not in direct conflict with any by-law
or rule or vote of the directors.
At each directors meeting, the minutes of all
meetings of the executive committee since the pre-
ceding directors meeting, shall be read and ap-
proved and sent to each absent director, with the
minutes of that meeting.
9
Standing Committees
The directors may, from time to time, establish
standing committees and define their duties. Such
committees shall consist of active or co-operating
members, appointed by the president with the ap-
proval of the directors, with power to add to their
number persons who need not be members of the
III Olympic Winter Games Committee. The
chairman of any such standing committee shall be
ex-officio an active member.
62
( a )
Housing Committee
The Housing Com-
mittee shall be responsible for all efforts to in-
crease or improve facilities for housing and feed-
ing contestants, officials, and spectators; for ap-
proving and publishing minimum and maximum
rates for all housing facilities, and assuring ad-
herence to publisht rates; for establishing and
enforcing equitable rules for the distribution
of
contestants, officials, and spectators among avail-
able housing facilities; and for specific assignment
of housing facilities, so far as available, to all
those who apply to the committee for such as-
signment.
( b )
Transportation Committee
The Transpor-
tation Committee shall be responsible for all ar-
rangements for transportation of contestants, offi-
cials, spectators, and equipment, including nego-
tiations with railway and steamship companies for
special rates or service, and with bus lines and
others for regional transportation; and organiza-
tion of local transportation for arrival, departure,
and all events during the Games.
(c)
Health and Safety Committee
The Health
and Safety Committee shall be responsible for all
arrangements for health and safety, including spe-
cial sanitary facilities, regulations, or organization,
policing, and provisions for waivers and/or lia-
bility insurance in connection with the special
hazards of the Games.
(d)
Finance Committee
The Finance Commit-
tee shall be responsible for preparing the budget
of the III Olympic Winter Games, and for raising
of funds other than those provided by the Town of
North Elba and by
the
State of New York. They
shall audit the accounts of the committee before
each semi-annual meeting, or oftener if required
by the directors, and shall report to said semi-
annual meeting.
(e)
Publicity Committee
The Publicity Com-
mittee shall be responsible for all publicity arrange-
ments not otherwise assigned, including prepara-
tion and distribution of booklets, posters, and
signs, news releases and special articles, use of paid
space, radio, movie, and similar special sources,
and in general all relations with press or public
designed to encourage participation or attendance
at the Games and establish thruout the world the
reputation of Lake Placid as a winter and summer
resort.
10
Officers
The directors shall elect annually a president,
vice-president, treasurer, and assistant treasurer
from their own number, and a secretary and any
other needed officers, who need not be directors.
The directors shall fill any vacancy for the unex-
pired term and may remove any officer or employee.
The directors may, by two-thirds vote, elect one
or more honorary officers.
11
President
The president shall be the official representative
of the Committee. He shall preside at all meet-
ings of members or directors, and shall be ex-
officio a member of all committees. Subject to
these by-laws and to directors rules or votes, he
shall be the executive officer in charge of all Com-
mittee business not otherwise specifically assigned.
12
Vice-president
The vice-president shall, in the presidents ab-
sence or incapacity to act, have such of his duties
and exercise such of his powers as may be neces-
sary for the transaction of Committee business.
13
Treasurer
The treasurer shall have custody of all moneys,
securities, and accounts. He shall deposit in
banks designated by the directors all money re-
ceived, and shall keep full and accurate accounts,
open always to directors inspection. He shall pay
out money or incur liability for the Committee
only as authorized by directors by budget appro-
priation, general rule, or specific vote.
14
Assistant Treasurer
The assistant treasurer shall, in the treasurers
absence or incapacity to act, have such of his duties
and exercise such of his powers as may be neces-
sary for the transaction of Committee business.
15
Secretary-General
The secretary-general shall be the general execu-
tive officer of the Committee, to perform all duties
required of him by the president or board of
directors, in carrying out the plans and policies
determined by the directors. He shall be respon-
sible for all executive routine of correspondence,
filing, and reports. He shall send all notices of
meetings and keep accurate records of all meetings
of members or directors or executive committee.
On request of any standing committee, he shall
act as secretary of that committee.
Unless otherwise provided by the directors, he
shall receive all money paid to the Committee, re-
ceipt for and record the same, and forthwith pay
over and deposit the same with the treasurer.
16
Other Executive Officers
The directors may from time to time appoint
other executive officers and define their duties.
( a )
International Secretary
The international
secretary shall be responsible for all direct con-
tacts with the national Olympic committees of the
various countries invited to participate in the III
Olympic Winter Games, and for such other duties
in the preparation and conduct of the Games as
may be determined by the board of directors.
17
Checks and Notes
Checks, notes, and other negotiable instruments
shall be signed by the treasurer or assistant treas-
63
urer, and countersigned by the president or vice-
president.
18
Votes by Mail
By vote of the directors or executive committee,
any questions may be submitted to a vote of the
active members by mail. Ballots, with any author-
ized explanation or discussion, shall be mailed to
all active members and, to be recorded, shall be
return by a designated date, not less than 10 days
nor more than 15 days after mailing.
19
Amendments
These by-laws may be amended by two-thirds
vote of active members, at any regular or special
meeting or by mail, provided that amendment, in
substantially the exact form adopted, shall have
been submitted to all active members, with notice
of the meeting at which such amendment is voted
on or with ballot for vote by mail.
With the adoption of the by-laws and the
appointment of additional directors and
committee members, the Olympic organiza-
tion was complete. It functioned from this
time under the regulations set up in these
by-laws until it was discontinued following
the Games.
Standing committees were as follows:
Housing,
Judge T A Leahy, chairman
Transportation,
Lewis Crane, chairman
Health and Safety,
Martin T Ryan,
chairman
Finance,
Willis Wells, chairman
Publicity,
F B Guild, chairman
Skeleton Run Eliminated
Decision to build a bobsled run on South
mountain, later named Mt Van Hoevenberg,
was reacht early in May following Mr
Zentzytzkis study of the site. It was thought
at this time that it would be necessary to
build a skeleton or single-sled run for the
Games, and it was decided to lay out this
skeleton run also on South mountain.
Dr Dewey sailed from New York on May
13 to attend the meeting of the International
Olympic Congress in Berlin.
Word was received in Lake Placid from
Dr Dewey in Berlin that the skeleton racing
had been eliminated from the III O W G
program. This was welcome news to the
local committee. It was estimated that
elimination of the skeleton run would save
the committee approximately $25,000. Dr
Dewey also cabled that officials attending
the Berlin Congress were much pleased with
the work being done at Lake Placid in pre-
paring for the Games.
At a meeting of the board of directors on
July 9, Dr Dewey reported on his attendance
at the Berlin Congress and the many things
accomplisht favorable to the conduct of the
III O W G. In the course of his trip abroad
Dr Dewey interviewed winter-sports leader
in Switzerland, France, Norway, Sweden, and
England.
The organization of Olympic Winter
Games publicity, generally considered to be,
one of the most important problems, came
in for considerable discussion at this meet-
ing. While preliminary steps had already
been taken it was not until September 15,
1930, that this program was actually set up
in all its details.
The publicity committee was appointed
July 24, 1930, and consisted of F B Guild,
chairman, J B Hurley and E E MacConnell.
Later E C Paarman and Thomas P Faherty
were added.
Bob-run Construction Begins
Following the clearing away of all legal
obstacles and the letting of contracts, work
on the construction of the Olympic bob-run
on Mt Van Hoevenberg began August 4,
1930, with Henry Homburger of Saranac
Lake supervising engineering details and
working from the plans drawn by Mr Zent-
zytzki. Fair weather was of great assistance
in making it possible to complete the bob
run and open it for actual use on Christmas
Day that same year.
As a result of several meetings of the
transportation committee and officials of the
New York Central and Delaware & Hudson
railroads, the latter decided to enlarge their
yards at the local station to take care of the
increast traffic at the time of the Games.
This additional construction was to include
two new switches at Lyons crossing to
house Pullmans and special cars during the
Games.
64
Course for 18-kilometer ski race
Johan Gröttumsbraaten, Norway, winner of t
Whiteface Mountain draped in snow
—Stedman
Publicity Organization Chosen
Following weeks of discussion and the in-
vestigation of well-known publicity firms
and individuals, a contract to direct III O
W G publicity was made with James F New-
comb & Co, Inc, of New York city, late
in August. Professional experience of the
highest type and world-wide contacts were
deemed absolutely essential to the proper de-
velopment of this phase of the work.
The Newcomb organization immediately
began setting up the publicity program,
which originally was to entail an expendi-
ture of $50,000. On September 15, Otis
Peabody Swift, a member of the Newcomb
staff, establisht his headquarters in Lake
Placid and began sending out news releases
to newspapers and magazines and the prep-
aration of the first pieces of Olympic pub-
licity literature. A full report of Olympic
publicity will be found in the section entitled
Publicity.
Late in August the highway leading from
the Cascade road to the start of the Mt Van
Hoevenberg bob-run was completed, and all
during the fall many motored to the run
daily to watch the progress of construction.
That same month, Count de Baillet-La-
tour, president of the International Olympic
Committee, arrived in Lake Placid, and spent
two days inspecting Olympic facilities.
Count de Baillet-Latour was much pleased
with the progress made in getting ready for
the Games. From his years of experience
in Olympic matters he was able to give the
committee much helpful advice, which was
of material assistance in prosecuting the vari-
ous projects. Count de Baillet-Latours ex-
perience was always at the disposal of the
Lake Placid organization and was uniformly
helpful.
Major developments in the Olympic pic-
ture during the fall of 1930 included con-
tinued agitation for the building of an in-
door ice arena; the preparation of posters,
booklets, and other printed matter in the pub-
licity program; and a house-to-house survey
of hotel and cottage accommodations in
Lake Placid, conducted by former Mayor
William E Feek.
The necessity for hotel and cottage owners
to winterize summer accommodations in
preparation for the Games was frequently
pointed out, and many began this work at
this time. The housing survey disclosed the
fact that a certain amount of winterizing
and special efforts in persuading hotel and
cottage owners to keep their places open
would put the community in a position to
house its full quota of Games visitors. Thus
one of the most perplexing problems con-
fronting the committee was rapidly ap-
proaching solution.
Because of unsettled business conditions
thruout the world and because the countries
that would take part in the III O W G
were so far distant from Lake Placid, it was
thought advisable to have a representative
of the Organizing Committee tour Europe
in the interests of the Games. Accordingly
Bjorn Blix sailed for Europe as international
secretary on December 2. His trip was origi-
nally planned to take about three months,
but various departures from his prearranged
schedule extended this time to about six
months.
On December 10, 1930, H L Garren of
Lake Placid, who had acted as foreman for
the contractor in the excavation for the
Olympic stadium, was named as outside su-
perintendent for the III O W G Committee.
State Appropriates $375,000
On December 12, 1930, it was announst
that the New York State Olympic Winter
Games Commission would ask the legisla-
ture at its next session to appropriate addi-
tional funds, amounting to $375,000, for
the conduct of the Games. The funds were
subsequently made available when the gov-
ernor signed the appropriation item in the
executive budget on February 26, 1931. The
total amount of state aid for the III O W G
prior to the Games was, therefore, $500,000.
Funds necessary to build the indoor ice
arena were not included in this second ap-
propriation, so that it was necessary for a
committee to seek other means of financing
the arena project.
In December, several additions were made
67
to the executive staff as the work increast,
and more office space was arranged on the
second floor of the North Elba town hall.
Annual Committee Meeting Held
On January 3 and 4, 1931, the annual
meeting of the III Olympic Winter Games
Committee was held. Major business trans-
acted at the meeting included limiting the
number of active members to 100, consider-
ation of all committee reports, and discus-
sion of the budget. It was evident at this
time that it would soon be necessary for the
committee to conduct a money-raising cam-
paign in the eastern part of the United
States in order to balance its budget.
On January 10, 1931, the directors voted
that plans be developt for the conduct of
a restricted fund-raising campaign. Shortly
after this a contract was signed with H H
Railey & Company, Inc, of New York city
to conduct this campaign. In view of ex-
traordinary economic conditions the goal in
this campaign was never reacht, altho a con-
siderable sum over and above expenses was
realized. Further details are found in the
section of this book entitled
Finance.
William J OHare of Lake Placid was ap-
pointed auditor and housing director for the
committee on February 20.
Change in Publicity Department
On March 1, Otis Peabody Swift, who
had been directing Olympic publicity in
Lake Placid, returned to New York, and
his duties were taken over by George M
Lattimer of Lake Placid, who had joined the
Olympic executive staff the preceding De-
cember. Mr Lattimer continued to direct
publicity in Lake Placid until the conclusion
of the Olympic program.
Vote to Send Dewey to Vienna
At a meeting of the directors held on
March 16, it was voted to send Dr Dewey
to the Congress of the International Skating
Union in Vienna on May 20, in order to try
to secure approval of the rules of the Ama-
teur Skating Union of the United States for
the speed-skating races at the III O W G.
It was felt that these races would have a
much wider appeal if skated under Ameri-
can rules, with skaters racing directly against
each other in heats, instead of in pairs
against time as under the European system.
Dr Dewey was successful in his quest, and
American skating rules prevailed at the
Games.
Charles Waite, chairman of the Essex
County Park Commission, on April 3 was
elected to the board of directors to succeed
Frederick T Kelsey of New York, resigned.
The Essex County Board of Supervisors had
voted to appropriate $50,000 for the Games,
to be expended thru the County Park Com-
mission. Vacancies created on the board of
directors by the resignations of Graeme M
Hammond, John F White and William J,
OHare had been previously filled by the
election of A C Gilbert, Forrest B Guild and
James B Hurley.
Ice Arena Made
Certain
Agitation for the building of an indoor
ice arena continued, and leaders of civic
groups, at a meeting April 22, voted to
erect such a structure and favored utilizing
a site owned by the Grand View hotel or
Main street, directly across from the village
fire-house. It was on this site that the arena
was finally built, following the voting of a
$150,000 bond issue by the North Elba park
district on July 30, 1931.
Publicity work abroad during the preced-
ing fall and winter, coupled with the work
of Bjorn Blix, international secretary, re-
sulted at this time in the receipt of helpful
preliminary information from foreign coun-
tries as to whether or not they would be
represented at the Games and as to the size
of the teams that they would send.
President Hoover Invited to Open Games
On May 16, 1931, a formal invitation was
extended to President Herbert Hoover to
come to Lake Placid on February 4, 1932,
and, in accordance with international cus-
tom, open the III Olympic Winter Games.
President Hoover subsequently found it im-
68
possible to attend, and Governor Franklin D
Roosevelt of New York state officially wel-
comed the participating nations on the open-
ing day.
At the Vienna Congress Dr Dewey as-
sisted the Polish representative in his suc-
cessful efforts to have womens speed-skating
records officially recognized. This recogni-
tion on the part of the congress made pos-
sible a special demonstration of womens
speed-skating at distances of 500, 1000, and
1500 meters at the III O W G. The two
official demonstrations were curling and sled-
dog racing.
On July 1, 1931, Walter G Wallace of
Ticonderoga was named assistant auditor,
and later that month E C Paarman of Lake
Placid was added to the staff to do special
work in the publicity department and to su-
pervise the handling of tickets, entries, and
programs.
Developments during the late summer of
1931 included the favorable vote on July 30
on a town bond issue of $150,000 for he
building of an indoor ice arena, rushing of
work on the arena, erection of stands at the
stadium, construction of a club-house at the
bob-run, and the visits of several officials
from European nations to make preliminary
arrangements for housing their national
groups. Included among these were repre-
sentatives from Finland, Norway, Sweden,
and Japan.
Rumors of Games Shift Unfounded
During October, 1931, press dispatches
from abroad indicated that unusually bad
economic conditions in many foreign coun-
tries might force those countries to with-
draw from competition in the III Olympic
Winter Games. There were even rumors
that some nations favored a postponement
of the Games altho under the terms of the
international protocol the Games cannot be
postponed or their schedule altered.
Invitation to Governor Roosevelt to open Games
6 9
In a short time these rumors died down,
and nations pusht forward vigorously their
plans to participate in the Lake Placid Games.
It must, however, be definitely borne in mind
that these same exceptional economic condi-
tions and the great distance to Lake Placid
did cut down the number of European nations
participating and the size of some of the
teams, altho the quality of the competition
was never higher.
Concessions Are Granted Contestants
In an effort to insure the largest possible
European participation in the Games the
committee was able to secure many conces-
sions for visiting athletes, officials of inter-
national federations, I O C and national
Olympic committee members.
Steamship lines, members of the North-
Atlantic conference, granted a 20% reduc-
tion from off-season rates on one-way or
round-trip tickets.
The New York Central railroad granted
a special rate of $15 from New York to
Lake Placid and return.
Congress eventually past, on recommenda-
tion of President Hoover, a resolution ex-
empting foreign contestants and officials
from the usual passport and visa require-
ments upon the presentation of official
identity cards which were visaed without
charge; waiving the tax of $8 imposed under
the immigration law; and granting free
entry for personal baggage and equipment.
The steamship companies above and the
New York Central railroad also granted free
transportation for sports equipment brought
to Lake Placid by foreign contestants for
use in the Games.
The committee also voted in October,
1931, because of unusual economic condi-
tions and the resulting depreciation in Euro-
pean currency, to cut the cost of housing
foreign contestants and officials $1 a day
per individual. The rates finally agreed
upon after this cut were $2, $3; and $4 a day
per person depending upon the type of ac-
commodations desired.
It is certain that these concessions aided
materially an increasing international repre-
sentation at the III Olympic Winter Games.
Material Sent National Committees
In November, 1931, shipments of the fol-
lowing forms and booklets were made to 57
nations:
Entry forms
Steamship blanks
Railroad blanks
Identity cards for officials
Identity cards for contestants
General Rules Book and Program
Booklet, III Olympic Winter Games
Official Information Booklets
Supplementary information sheets
Unusual Weather Conditions Hinder
Winter sports being dependent upon
plenty of snow and ice, Lake Placid residents
in the fall of 1931 watched eagerly for the
usual signs of winter. A heavy snowfall on
November 7 seemed to indicate a long win-
ter season, but the prophecy proved false,
and those promoting the Games were forst
to contend with the most unusual weather
conditions in Adirondack history. Lack of
snow in December and January, an unprece-
dented situation, made the task doubly diffi-
cult. In spite of all these handicaps every
event on the Olympic program was staged,
with only a few shifts being necessary.
Proof of these extraordinary weather con-
ditions is found in a statement received from
the director of the New York state weather
bureau at Albany, N Y, which said that the
winter of 1931-32 was the most unusual in
the 147 years of the weather bureaus his-
tory. For example, the Hudson river up
until late in February, when the letter was
written, had not frozen over, the first time
this had occurred since the bureau was es-
tablisht.
17 Nations Enter Games
The closing date for national entries in
the III Olympic Winter Games was Decem-
ber
24,
1931. When entries closed on mid-
night that day it was found that 17 nations
would take part as follows:
70
Steamship form used by contestants and officials to secure special
rates on trans-Atlantic lines
Railroad form used by contestants and officials from abroad to secure
special rate concessions on New York Central Lines
71
1. Austria
9. Hungary
2. Belgium
10. Italy
3. Canada
11. Japan
4. Czechoslovakia 12. Norway
5. Finland
13. Poland
6. France
14. Roumania
7. Germany
15. Sweden
8. Great Britain
16. Switzerland
17. United States
January was a busy month. The arrival
of Olympic teams and the handling of neces-
sary last-minute details kept the Olympic
staff busy almost literally night and day.
The first large European group to arrive
was that from Norway. The Norwegian
contingent reached Lake Placid on January
6, and immediately establisht headquarters
in the cottage which had already been re-
served. The rest of the visiting teams con-
tinued to arrive in Lake Placid during the
ensuing four weeks.
The total number of individual athletes
entered in the Games was 364.
Unseasonable weather conditions contin-
ued thru January, and- the lack of snow and
ice made pre-Olympic training for many of
the athletes extremely difficult.
Arena Helps Athletes
The indoor arena was officially opened
January 16, and from that time on afforded
ideal practice conditions, regardless of
weather, for the figure-skaters and hockey
players. Even the speed-skaters were able
to utilize the arena ice for practice purposes.
Weather workt the greatest hardship on
the skiers, bobsledders, sled-dog teams, and
speed-skaters, altho the latter were practi-
cally always able to practice either on the
stadium track, the Mirror lake track, or in
the Olympic arena.
The United States teams were handicapt,
since warm weather in Lake Placid and in
other parts of the country prevented try-outs
for the bob teams, ski-jumping and cross-
country ski teams, and the speed-skating
team. Committees were, therefore, forst
for the most part to pick these contestants
without formal pre-Olympic trials.
The Mt Van Hoevenberg Olympic bob-
run was entirely washt out by rain once and
considerably damaged by warm weather at
other times. As a result, bob-crews were
unable to get in the amount of practice de-
sired.
To add to the difficulties of the athletes,
the same unseasonable weather abroad had
prevented most of them from doing much
training in their native countries before sail-
ing for the United States.
With all these discouragements, good
spirit was shown by every one, and indefat-
igable efforts on the part of the Lake Placid
committee, coupled with a change for the
better in the weather, resulted in the Games
opening as scheduled on Thursday morning,
February 4.
During January, the Olympic office staff
was increast materially, and the entire or-
ganization, both indoors and outdoors, was
geared up to a point where it could handle
properly the thousand and one details that
arose during the period of the Games.
Pierson Studio
Scene on Lake Placid ski trail March 29, 1932
72
General Organization
Reference to the organization chart of the
III Olympic Winter Games will show the
different governing bodies concerned with
the promotion of the Games and the flow
of authority down thru the various officials,
committees, and department heads. A list
of standing committees and advisory sports
committees will be found on pages 15 and 16.
Full authority for the organization and
conduct of the Games was vested in the III
Olympic Winter Games Committee (Organ-
izing Committee) by the American Olympic
Association in accordance with the rules of
the International Olympic Committee. The
executive officer of the III O W G Commit-
tee was the secretary, Ernest Gamache. He
was in daily touch with all the department
heads and the president, Dr Godfrey Dewey,
or vice-president, Willis Wells.
As the work increast in volume and in-
tricacy during the fall and winter imme-
diately preceding the Games, frequent meet-
ings of department heads were held in order
that all might keep fully abreast of the
Olympic picture as it was developing. De-
partment heads also attended most of the
meetings of the executive committee and the
board of directors.
All Olympic correspondence, including
that of the president and secretary, was
routed to the different department heads for
their information prior to being placed in
the general file.
The closest and most interested co-opera-
tion of. the various Olympic organizations
made the huge task of planning for and
staging the Games much easier than would
have been the case if such co-operation had
not been forthcoming. The job was a big
one--the biggest that had ever been even
dreamed for Lake Placid-but each com-
mittee, commission, board, and individual
concerned with the Games project rendered
such unselfish and helpful service that all
difficulties were surmounted, and the work
went steadily forward step by step.
Space here does not permit the mention
of all whose help made the Games possible
and successful. There was not an individual
whose aid was invoked but who gave such
aid to the limit of his ability. Many sacri-
ficed their personal interests almost entirely
during the years between the award of the
Games to Lake Placid and the staging of
the contests themselves. The Games truly
are a monument to all those who workt
with but one aim-to make the III Olympic
Winter Games of 1932 a landmark in Olym-
pic history.
A brief description of the powers and
duties of the various Olympic bodies follows.
III Olympic Winter Games Committee
The committee was given full authority by
the American Olympic Association to or-
ganize and conduct the Games, to do all
things deemed proper and necessary in
preparation for and in carrying on the
Games, and to settle all affairs at the con-
clusion of the Games. The active members
of the committee were not to exceed 100 in
number.
Board of Directors
Full powers of the
committee were exercised by the board of
directors, which met frequently at the call
of the president or executive committee.
The board consisted of 15 members. Nine
members were residents of Lake Placid; one
lived in Saranac Lake; one in Crown Point;
while the other four lived at some distance
from Lake Placid.
Executive Committee
This was a small
committee of three members, who, when the
directors were not in session, had power to
act for them on any matter on which they,
the executive committee, were unanimous.
During the period immediately preceding
the Games when major matters needed im-
mediate decision, daily, or even more fre-
quent, meetings of the executive committee
were held. Obviously it would have been
impossible to get the full board of directors
together that often. It is readily seen how
essential the executive committee was to ef-
fective operation by the Olympic staff.
Standing Committees:
Housing, Trans-
portation, Health and Safety, Finance, and
73
Publicity. Each committee dealt with mat-
ters within its own province subject to ap-
proval of the board of directors.
The
Housing Committee
made all ar-
rangements for housing and feeding con-
testants and officials, including the establish-
ment of an agreed minimum rate, and was
responsible for the general plan of housing
and feeding spectators. It also made specific
assignment of housing facilities to those who
applied to it for assistance.
The
Transportation Committee
made all
arrangements for the transportation of con-
testants, officials, spectators, and equipment,
including negotiations with railway and
steamship companies for special rates. Or-
ganization of local transportation during the
Games was also entrusted to this committee.
The
Health and Safety Committee
planned
and was in charge of health and safety
measures, including special sanitary facilities
and policing.
The
Finance Committee
had charge of all
financial matters, prepared the budget for
the Games, audited all accounts, and devised
ways and means of securing funds necessary
for the staging of the Games.
The
Publicity Committee
was responsible
for all publicity matters and relations with
the press. Its duties included supervising
the preparation of the vast amount of
printed material necessitated by the Games.
Sports Committees:
Skiing, Speed-skating,
Figure-skating, Hockey, Bobsleigh, Sled-dog,
and Curling. These committees were ap-
pointed to co-operate in the preparation of
various sports facilities for the Games up
to the time the international delegates ar-
rived and took charge. They were under the
jurisdiction of the III O W G board of
directors.
New York State Olympic Winter Games
Commission
This state commission ap-
pointed by the governor and state officials
had jurisdiction over all matters involving
the expenditure of funds appropriated by
the state and also workt with the board of
directors on many executive problems. Out-
side matters dealing directly with the ex-
penditure of state funds and the administra-
tion of state property, the decisions of this
commission were subject to final review by
the board of directors.
Other Co-operating Bodies
Essex County Park Commission
North Elba Town Board
North Elba Park Commission
Lake Placid Village Board
These boards and commissions, together
with the Lake Placid Board of Education, co-
operated closely and most helpfully with the
III O W G Committee in its work of organ-
izing and staging the Games.
Executive Personnel
Ernest Gamache, secretary of III O W G
Committee and executive secretary of New
York State O W G Commission
George M Lattimer, director of publicity
William J OHare, auditor and housing
director
H L Garren, superintendent of construc-
tion
E C Paarman, in charge of entries and
records
Walter OConnor, head of ticket depart-
ment
Henry Homburger, consulting engineer
William G Distin, consulting architect
All department heads reported thru the
secretary to their committee chairmen and
thence to the board of directors. In case
there was no committee chairman, report
was made thru the secretary directly to the
board.
III O W G Office Staff at Time of Games
Executive
Ernest Gamache
Hazel Wharton
Charles Lee
Eleanor Vogelsang
Mary Landon
Lila Duclos
Helen Mitchell
7 4
Roger L Moore
Executive and Office Staff. Back row, left to right: Charles Lee, assistant to secretary; E C Paarman, in charge of entries and records; William J OHare,
auditor and housing director; Ernest F Gamache, secretary; H L Garren, superintendent of construction; George M Lattimer, director of publicity; Walter
Wallace, assistant to auditor. Front row,
left to right:
Marcellyn Donivan, auditing department; Eleanor Vogelsang, executive department; Laura Munson,
publicity department; Gladys Douglass, publicity department; Mary Landon, executive department; Lila Duclos, executive department; Rae Feather, con-
struction department; Hazel K Wharton, executive department; Florence Potter, entries and records; Frances Pomeroy, publicity department
Olympic Stadium during a hockey game
G Cleveland
G Cleveland
Olympic arena
Accounting and Housing
William J OHare
Marcellyn Donivan
Walter G Wallace
Fred Dennin
Frances Eaton
Entries and Records
E C Paarman
E H Ford
Florence Potter
Marion Kimball
Construction
H L Garren
Rae Feather
Publicity
George M Lattimer
Howard Acton
Laura Munson
Frances Pomeroy
Lucy Faherty
Florence Eagan
Gladys Douglass
Marian Rowan
Gertrud Thoma
Tickets
Walter OConnor
Thomas Haynes
Florence Pitcher
A Lake Placid ski trail
Pierson Studio
7 7
78
Chart of Organization—III Olympic Winter Games
Chart of Organization—III Olympic Winter Games
From the beginning it was recognized that
assurance of a sound financial basis for the
conduct of the III Olympic Winter Games
was absolutely indispensable. Before Lake
Placids proposal to the International Olym-
pic Committee (pages 49-52) was formulated,
a careful study had been made of the his-
tory of past awards, and the budget of the
II Olympic Winter Games at St Moritz,
together with preliminary estimates of the
probable gate receipts and the minimum es-
sential expenditures.
It was recognized that a valid proposal to
receive serious consideration must be accom-
panied by a substantial cash guarantee. On
the assumptions that the indoor ice arena
would not be regarded as an essential obliga-
tion, that Lake Placid Club would provide
the Intervales ski-hill, requiring only added
stands for Olympic use, that New York state
would co-operate at least to the extent of
providing the necessary bob-run, and if nec-
essary a separate skeleton run, and that the
gate receipts would approximate $100,000,
an initial guarantee or underwriting of $50,-
000 was deemed sufficient for the proposal
to the International Olympic Committee-a
judgment which the event proved correct. A
preliminary canvass to assure this amount
was undertaken late in 1928 by a voluntary
committee working chiefly in Lake Placid,
and early in 1929 committees in Lake Placid
and Saranac Lake secured signed pledges for
$40,000 and $10,000, respectively, making
up the required guarantee.
First Bond Issue
Immediately following the award of the
Games to Lake Placid, the provisional
Olympic committee, elsewhere described,
made a thoro study of the essential expendi-
tures devolving upon the community, and
the most practicable means of meeting them;
having in mind not only the immediate
needs but the eventual necessity for spending
the gate receipts before they were received.
The outcome of this study was the first bud-
get of $200,000, reproduced herewith, sub-
Finance
mitted May 9, 1929, which was based, like
the original proposal, on the pledge of state
co-operation to the extent at least of the bob-
run, and the assumption that the indoor ice
arena would not be required.
FIRST BUDGET, MAY 9, 1929
Stadium
Stadium land & options....... $43.500
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30,000
Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000
$ 83,500
Ski-bill
Stands & other improvements
for 3,000 people. . . . . . . . . . .
3,000
Other Local Facilities
. . . . . . . . . .
5,000
Organization
Printing & publicity. . . . . . . . . $25,000
Office expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,000
Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000
Entertainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000
60,000
General
Medals, diplomas & badges $10,000
I O C payments. . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000
Decorations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000
Other local expenses. . . . . . . . . 10,000
40,000
$191,500
Reserve for contingencies. . . . . .
8,500
Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$200,000
$200,000 Bond Issue Voted
After careful consideration it was voted
unanimously to ask the taxpayers of the
Town of North Elba to authorize an imme-
diate bond issue of $200,000 to meet this
budget, on the pledge that the entire gate re-
ceipts of the III Olympic Winter Games,
then estimated at $100,000, should be turned
over to the town to be applied toward re-
ducing this bonded indebtedness; with the
further statement that the consequent in-
crease in local taxation would not exceed the
amount of the current health district tax (a
tax rate of about 2 mils, or an annual amount
of about $10,000). This proposition was
submitted to the voters on June 4, 1929, and
79
carried by a vote of over five to one, an un-
precedented majority.
Legal technicalities delayed the issue of
these bonds until March, 1930, following an
enabling act by the state legislature, thereby
compelling the committee to borrow locally
to meet its most immediate needs. These
consisted primarily of completing the op-
tions on the land for the stadium, and em-
ploying the German engineer, Stanislaus
Zentzytzki, to make surveys and plans for
the bob-run; for no regular paid organiza-
tion was
set
up until April, 1930, and legal
obstacles to the use of state land precluded
any possibility of building the Olympic bob-
run in time for the winter of 1929-30, as had
been first hoped.
First State Appropriation
In fulfillment of the pledge of co-opera-
tion contained in the concurrent resolution of
Jan 14, 1929, and superseding the further
tentative action taken in 1929 in support of
Lake Placids proposal to the I O C, the
legislature past and the governor signed on
April 22 an act (Chapter 677, Laws of 1930)
creating a temporary state commission, To
co-operate in preparing for., organizing, pro-
viding facilities for, and conducting the III
Olympic Winter Games at Lake Placid, in
the year 1932, and appropriating for that
commission $125,000. This appropriation
was intended primarily to cover the Olympic
bob-run and if necessary the separate skeleton
run, which was not eliminated from the offi-
cial requirements till the month following.
Meantime, however, in March, 1930, the final
Court of Appeals decision had eliminated all
possibility of locating the Olympic bob-run
on the most favorable site, on state land,
with the result of increasing largely the cost
of construction on the alternative site finally
selected on Mt Van Hoevenberg.
Relations With American Olympic
Association
It was recognized from the beginning as
not merely appropriate and desirable but
absolutely essential to appeal to the general
public, especially in the northeastern United
States, to bear a substantial portion of the
financial burden of organizing and conduct-
ing the III Olympic Winter Games. The
attitude of the Organizing Committee toward
this undertaking was exprest to the quad-
rennial meeting of the American Olympic
Association, held November 19, 1930, as fol-
lows:
While it would be possible to secure such sup-
port by an independent national subscription, our
Committee feels strongly that an independent na-
tional organized effort is hardly warranted by the
amount involved, and chiefly that to canvass the
country independently of the A O A in support
of any Olympic purpose would be an unwarrant-
able interference with the customary quadrennial
subscription of the A O A. The most reasonable
solution would seem to be that first suggested by
President Hammond last winter and since dis-
cust informally with several members of the ex-
ecutive committee: for the A O A to budget an
appropriate amount for the national support of the
III Olympic Winter Games, to be raised as a part
of the one general national Olympic subscription
under the general powers of the A O A. This
would be no more difficult a task than the usual
American Olympic subscription, for the holding
of the Olympic Games both winter and summer
in the United States reduces very largely the
amount required to finance the American participa-
tion only.
As the Organizing Committee is in princi-
ple the creation of the National Olympic
Committee, in those cases in. which the Na-
tional Olympic Committee does not itself di-
rectly organize and conduct the Olympic
Games, and, as such, had always in previous
Olympiads enjoyed the full support of the
parent organization, it was assumed that co-
operation to mutual advantage could be re-
lied upon. Much to the disappointment of
the III Olympic Winter Games Committee,
however, the American Olympic Association
and its executive body, the 1932 American
Olympic Committee, adopted a policy of
complete non-co-operation financially. The
quadrennial meeting was noncommittal; the
executive committee meeting on December
29, 1930, chiefly concerned with its primary
task of financing the American participation
in the 1932 Olympic Games, definitely dis-
approved of any financial co-operation or
assistance; and at the annual meeting of
the III Olympic Winter Games Committee,
held at Lake Placid January 3 and 4, 1931,
80
the principal officers and leading members
of the American Olympic Association, who
had been made either directors or active mem-
bers of the III OWG Committee for the
purpose of securing full understanding and
close co-operation on mutual problems, used
their influence to pass a restrictive resolution
which sought to limit the fund-raising efforts
of the Organizing Committee outside of New
York state to a selective canvass . . . ap-
proaching directly without general public-
ity a limited number of carefully selected
names.
General Fund Canvass
It had been determined from the beginning
to concentrate the principal effort to secure
funds from the general public during the
winter season a year before the Games. Had
the Games been scheduled for 1930, such a
canvass would have presented little difficulty,
but even if changed economic conditions
could have been foreseen, it was clearly out
of the question to arouse the active interest
necessary to such a campaign more than a
year ahead of the event. Definite plans for this
canvass, which should have been fully workt
out in the fall of 1930, were held back at
least two months beyond the latest desirable
date in the hope of effecting co-operation
with the American Olympic Committee. The
moment that this possibility was definitely
eliminated, tentative plans held in abeyance
were pusht to completion as rapidly as pos-
sible.
It seemed evident to the Organizing Com-
mittee that the need for immediate and in-
tensive effort under extraordinarily difficult
conditions required the assistance of an ex-
perienst professional organization, and after
careful consideration H H Railey & Co of
New York city were selected. In line with
the restrictive resolution adopted to meet
the views of the American Olympic Associa-
tion, it was determined to concentrate on an
appeal for substantial amounts from a limited
number of carefully selected names, chiefly
in and about New York state, commencing
with New York city, Philadelphia, and Bos-
ton, and extending to the larger cities of up-
state New York as circumstances might war-
rant or permit. The campaign was thoroly
organized on a high plane, emphasizing the
obligations of international hospitality and
the social values of aroused interest in win-
ter sports, and vigorously conducted, with a
total objective of $250,000 as the contribu-
tion of the general public toward a total
budget of $1,050,000 (reproduced on pages
82-83) ; but while the efforts of the commit-
tee met with general good-will and good
wishes, the total of funds actually secured
was extremely disappointing, being but little
more than 15% of the original objective.
Analyzed regionally, the returns from the
general fund canvass were:
New York city and vicinity. $18,939.93
Philadelphia and vicinity.. 12,825.00
Boston and
vicinity . . . . . . . . . . 3,712.00
All other territory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,100.00
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $38,576.93
Analyzed by amounts given, these same
returns were:
1 contributor of $5,000..$ 5,000.00
22 contributors of $1,000 22,000.00
4 contributors of $500 . . 2,000.00
142 contributors of lesser
amounts . . . . . . . . 9,476.93
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$38,576.93
These figures include the returns from a
continuation of this canvass in the fall of
1931, but do not include the so-called re-
gional subscriptions, which eventually yield-
ed $7,678.13 from Saranac Lakes pledge of
$10,000, and $500 from Plattsburg.
81
III Olympic Winter Games
INTERMEDIATE BUDGET
Revised to January 15, 1931
Construction & Equipment
EXPENDITURES
Stadium
Land ....................................................................................
$50,000
Grading & sodding.. ............................................................
71,500
Culvert & retaining walls.. ..................................................
15,500
Stands for 5,000..................................................................
10,000
Equipment ..........................................................................
8,000
Bob-run
Access road.. ........................................................................
$ 9,500
Earthwork ...........................................................................
95,000
Engineering ........................................................................
20,000
Water supply.. ......................................................................
18,000
Electric equipment.. .............................................................
5,000
Bus & trucks.. .......................................................................
22,000
Tractors, trailers & tools......................................................
6,000
Shelters ...............................................................................
25,000
Bobs ....................................................................................
14,500
Indoor Ice Arena
Construction ........................................................................
Ski-hill
Grading, tower & stands.. ....................................................
$25,000
Additional stands for 4,000 & grading.. ............................
10,000
Other Local Facilities
Ski trails.. .............................................................................
$ 1,500
Housing & feeding.. ............................................................
30,000
Locker rooms, etc................................................................
25,000
Sanitary & other facilities.. ..................................................
3,500
Maintenance
Stadium 1930-31..................................................................
$ 3,000
Stadium 1931-32.................................................................
4,000
Bob-run 1930-31 ..................................................................
12,000
Bob-run 1931-32.. ................................................................
10,000
Arena 1931-32.. ..................................................................
6,000
Other athletic facilities 1931-32.. .......................................
5,000
Housing & feeding subsidies.. ...........................................
20,000
Organization
Printing & publicity.. ..........................................................
$80,000
Office expenses...................................................................
60,000
Travel .................................................................................
17,500
Entertainment .....................................................................
12,500
General
Medals, diplomas & badges.. ..............................................
$10,000
I O C official payments.. ...................... ... ............................
5,000
Local transportation.. ...........................................................
5,000
Health & safety.. ..................................................................
5,000
Music ..................................................................................
5,000
Decorations .........................................................................
5,000
Other local expenses.. ..........................................................
10,000
Reserve for Contingencies ..........................................................
Total expense..............................................................
82
$155,000
215,000
210,000
35,000
60,000
60,000
170,000
45,000
$ 675,000
60,000
170,000
15,000
100,000
$1,050,000
RECEIPTS
Town of North Elba
bond issue, underwriting
Gate receipts, estimated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $100,000
Deficit,estimated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100,000
$200,000
50,000
County of Essex
(anticipated) ...... ...............................................
New York State
OWG Commission Chapter 677, Laws of
1930 ................................................................................
New -York State
1931 (anticipated) ..........................................
Lake Placid Club
(Ski-hill). .......................................................
Regional
subscriptions
Saranac Lake.. ......................................................................
$ 10,000
Other .................................................................................
15,000
General Fund
To be secured by public canvass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,050,000
Intermediate Budget
Unlike the first budget which confined
itself to the probable expenditure of the
funds to be raised by the Town of North
Elba, the revised budget, reproduced above,
which formed the basis of the general fund
canvass and of the commissions request
to the 1931 state legislature, sought to in-
clude the entire anticipated cost of carrying
thru the III Olympic Winter Games on a
high standard. This added to the original
budget the entire cost of building and main-
taining the Olympic bob-run, as increast by
the forst change of location, the entire cost
of the projected indoor ice arena, now recog-
nized as being of very great importance,
together with a reserve of about 10% for
contingencies. The arena was considered of
primary importance as insurance against un-
toward weather conditions, to maintain uni-
formly high standards of ice conditions,
especially for figure-skating and curling, and
as the only possible means of arranging the
ten - day program without double - header
events, by utilizing every evening as well as
the mornings and afternoons. The budget
also included such increast costs of construc-
tion and organization expenses as could by
this time be foreseen, together with an item
of $25,000 on both the income and outgo
sides, recording the co-operation of Lake
Placid Club in providing the Olympic ski-
hill, which saved the Organizing Committee
at least that amount-the Olympic ski-hill at
125,000
375,000
25,000
25,000
250,000
St Moritz having cost their organizing com-
mittee over $50,000. It is interesting to note
that altho certain expenditures inevitably in-
creast beyond the estimate budgeted at this
time, the Organizing Committee was able
by constant and careful retrenchment to hold.
the final budget down to slightly below the
same total, which the final expenditures ex-
ceeded by less than 3%.
Thru the efforts of the New York State
Olympic Winter Games Commission, with
the whole-hearted support of the legislative
leaders and the co-operation of Governor
Roosevelt, the state, recognizing the unprece-
dented per capita burden already assumed by
Lake Placid, appropriated as of February 26,
1931, the full $375,000 called for by the re-
vised budget. At this time it was the expec-
tation of all concerned that this would be
the final contribution which the state would
be askt to make.
Budget Control
By reason of the number of organizations
co-operating directly in the undertaking, in-
cluding the III Olympic Winter Games Com-
mittee, the New York State Olympic Winter
Games Commission, and the Town of North
Elba, as well as other related or subsidiary
boards or committees, it gradually became
increasingly difficult to exercise a rigid check
on all expenditures to assure that the com-
bined total should remain within the consoli-
dated budget. Accordingly on February 5,
83
1931, the Organizing Committee appointed
an audit committee, consisting of F B Guild,
president of the Bank of Lake Placid, Martin
Ryan, mayor of the Village of Lake Placid,
and J B Hurley, an influential business man
and former mayor, who should pass on all
bills before-they were approved for payment
by Olympic funds, from whatever source. At
the same time, they appointed Mr Guild as
controller, and appealed to all the co-operat-
ing organizations to subject themselves to
this unified control by incurring no obligation
of whatever nature till approved in writing
by the controller. In the absence of Mr Guild
from the community, Mr Hurley acted as
assistant controller. All organizations con-
cerned responded affirmatively, and a rigid
system of requisitions was set up, which pro-
vided effective check.
A finance committee, consisting of Willis
Wells, chairman, Irving Griswold, and F B
Guild, had been set up on April 21, 1930,
to study and report on the major financial
aspects of the task, but for about a year
thereafter direct supervision of expenditures
was retained by the directors and the execu-
tive committee. On April 18, 1931, this
finance committee was increast by adding T
Harvey Ferris and Basil Harris, and there-
after functioned much more actively in co
operation with the audit committee.
Second Bond Issue
The failure of the general fund canvass to
produce anywhere near the required amount
resulted in a critical situation which was
finally faced in mid-June, 1931, immediately
on Dr Deweys return from attending the
Congress of the International Skating Union
in Vienna. The latest date for commencing
construction on the Olympic arena, if it was
to be completed before 1932, was at hand,
and unless immediately available funds could
be secured to offset this deficiency, the Olym-
pic arena must be wholly abandoned. A
careful re-study of the budget, eliminating
all items deemed less important than the
Olympic arena, indicated that at least $l50,-
000 more would be required. The community
had already obligated itself for $200,000, of
which it expected to get back from the gate
receipts only about 50%. The next legisla-
tive session was more than six months away,
and the general fund canvass had already ex-
hausted all sources of appeal for private
funds. Time was too short for any but com-
munity action. In this dilemma it was de-
termined to ask the community to furnish
the immediate funds by authorizing a further
bond issue of $150,000, provided that assur-
ance could be obtained from the legislative
leaders and the governor that in this event
they would support at the next session a
deficiency appropriation to relieve the com-
munity of at least a part of this added bur-
den. The promise of the legislative leaders
of both parties in both houses, and of Gov-
ernor Roosevelt, to support such a deficiency
appropriation of $100,000 was obtained late
in July. The appeal was made to the com-
munity stressing the permanent local benefits
of the arena as a recreational center for re-
sort visitors and the community, a place of
assembly for the surrounding region, and a
headquarters for larger conventions than
could be elsewhere accommodated between
New York and Montreal, and on July 30, the
taxpayers of the park district of the Town
of North Elba voted to authorize a bond
issue of $150,000 for this purpose.
In order to make even this last-resort solu-
tion feasible, it was necessary for the Olym-
pic Committee to buy and to grade the site
finally determined upon by the majority, in
advance of the vote which was to decide
whether the arena could be built at all, and
this was done as a venture of faith, the site
being bought in June and graded during
July to the point where its level surface
would have provided valuable parking space
for the community in the event that the arena
had not been built.
Under the financial plan adopted it was
hoped to issue instead of the 30-year bonds
authorized, temporary certificates of indebt-
edness to run for six months, and to retire
these before maturity with the aid of the
state deficiency appropriation and a part of
the gate receipts. Unfortunately, however,
the increast expenditures resulting from the
uniquely unfavorable weather conditions be-
84
fore and during the Games, together with
the substantially reduced income due to this
unseasonable weather, even more than to the
unprecedented economic conditions, com-
pelled the use of all funds from all sources,
and altho the state leaders provided in due
course the full deficiency appropriation of
$100,000 which had been promist, the severe
demands on the state budget made it im-
possible for them to assume at that time any
share of the additional burden, which was
thus placed on the community.
Essex County Co-operation
As early as the fall of 1930 the supervi-
sors of Essex county initiated plans looking
toward recognizing the great and lasting
benefits to the whole surrounding region re-
sulting from the holding of the III Olympic
Winter Games at Lake Placid, in Essex coun-
ty, by contributing $50,000 to the Olympic
budget; and this prospective contribution
was taken into account in determining the
amount of the second bond issue. It became
available finally on October 31, 1931, just
when it was most needed to continue the
arena construction, and was thus of invalu-
able assistance in meeting one of the most
critical and important situations in the whole
project.
Final Budget
As soon as the principal contracts for the
construction of the Olympic arena had been
awarded, the finance committee and directors
made a final re-study of the whole Olympic
program of income and expenditures, result-
ing in the final budget, reproduced on pages
86-87, which was approved by the directors
on September 11, 1931. As compared with the
intermediate budget of eight months before,
the chief changes are in the reduction of re-
turns from the general fund canvass and re-
gional subscriptions by $230,000, in part
made good by the additional $150,000 pro-
vided by town and state, and by a reduction
of $50,000 in the reserve for contingencies,
justified by the closer estimates made possible
by the near approach of the Games. It will
be notist that this budget shows a deficit of
$75,000 unprovided for. This situation called
for the most careful study and control of all
expenditures prior to the Games, for the final
$100,000 from the state would not be avail-
able till after the Games, so that the full
$150,000 provided by the town was already
absorbed. The shortage was thus a real one,
and not merely a bookkeeping figure. The
situation was met by arranging to defer pay-
ment of as many last-minute obligations as
possible till after the Games, taking full ad-
vantage of all legitimate minor sources of
unbudgeted income, such as pre-Olympic
events at the bob-run, ski-jump, and arena,
and arranging with the Town of North Elba
to make temporary use of the advance gate
receipts pledged to them against the original
bond issue.
Olympic skaters make beautiful silhouette rounding the first turn in one of the heats of
the 10,000-meter speed-skating race
85
—International Newsreel
Final Statement
Receipts and Expenditures
The final consolidated statement of re-
ceipts and expenditures from all sources is
arranged substantially in the order of the
final budget and placed after it for con-
venient comparison. It will be noted that in
spite of the extraordinary difficulties en-
countered during the final weeks of the task,
the total expenditures exceed the budget es-
timate by less than 3%an achievement on
which the Organizing Committee may well
congratulate itself. On the other hand, as
compared with the reasonable expectations
of the committee at the time that the final
large commitments were made, the Town of
North Elba, as the final underwriter of the
whole project, finds itself with a deficiency
of about $235,000, which is $110,000 larger
than the $125,000 which it anticipated and
faced.
III Olympic Winter Games
FINAL BUDGET
Revised September 11, 1931
EXPENDITURES
Stadium
Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grading & sodding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Culverts & walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stands & waxing rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B o b - r un
Access road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Earthwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electric equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bus & trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tractors & trailers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shelters, control stations, safety rails and stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I c e Arena
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ski-hills
60-meter ski-hill (construction & equipment) ......................................
30-meter practice hill.. ............................................................................
Stands and necessary grading.. ................................................................
86
$ 48,750
77,500
10,750
11,000
9,000
$ 10,500
107,500
24,000
22,500
7,000
12,000
15,500
28,000
20,000
$ 25,000
2,500
8,500
247,000
225,000
36,000
$ 157,000
$
3,500
5,000
4,000
2,000
O t h e r L o c a l F a c i l i t i es
Ski trails.. ...............................................................................................
Housing & feeding ................................................................................
Locker rooms.. .......................................................................................
Sanitary facilities.. ...................................................................................
M a i n t e n a n ce
Stadium 1930-31-32 ................................................................................
Bob-run 1930-31-32 ................................................................................
Arena 1931-32.. ......................................................................................
Other facilities 1931-32 ..........................................................................
Housing & feeding subsidies.. ................................................................
Organization
Printing & publicity (including ticket distribution) ..............................
Office administration.. ............................................................................
Travel & entertainment.. ........................................................................
General
Medals, diplomas, & badges.. ................................................................
IOC payments.....................................................................................
Local transportation.. ..............................................................................
Health & safety.......................................................................................
Music .....................................................................................................
Decorations ............................................................................................
Other local expenses.. ...........................................................................
Reserve f o r C o n t i n g e n c i es ..............................................................................
44,000
50,000
Total ............................................ ................................................
$1,045,000
R E C E I P T S
Town of North Elba bond issue (1929) underwriting
gate receipts, estimated.. ..........................................................................
Town deficit, estimated ..........................................................................
Town of North Elba ( 1 9 3 1 ). ......................................................................
County of Essex.. ............................................................................................
NY State appropriation
(1930-31). .............................................................
N Y State deficiency appropriation (1932, anticipated) ............... ...............
Lake Placid Club (ski hill) ............................................................................
Regional subscriptions (Saranac Lake) ..........................................................
General Fund-secured by public canvass ....................................................
Total.. ..........................................................................................
Budget deficit.. ................................... .......................................
87
$ 9 , 0 0 0
45,000
8,000
5,000
2,000
$ 87,500
70,000
45,000
$ 4,500
3,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
16,500
$125,000
75,000
14,500
69,000
202,500
$ 2 0 0, 000
50,000
50,000
500,000
100,000
25,000
10,000
35,000
$ 970,000
75,000
$1,045,000
1 9 3 2
STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES
III Olympic Winter Games Committee
EXPENDITURES
Stadium
Land ....................................................................................................
$ 48,555.88
Culverts & walls ...................................................................
10,685.39
Grading & sodding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76,155.01
Stands, bleachers, and waxing rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18,392.55
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,090.94
1 9 3 2
$ 155,879.77
Bob-run
Access road .............................................................................................
Earthwork ................................................................................................
Engineering .............................................................................................
Water supply............................................................................................
Electrical equipment.................................................................................
Bus and trucks.........................................................................................
Tractor, trailers and tools........................................................................
Shelters, stands, safety rails, etc.
Club-house ...........................................................................................
Bob garage............................................................................................
Other construction................................................................................
Bobs and equipment................................................................................
$
11,159.99
105,273.40
22,319.91
23,477.38
4,727.30
11,590.55
15,645.16
16,500.00
5,000.00
9,570.12
18,420.47
Ice Arena
Land and preparation.. ............................................................................
$ 46,992.74
Construction of building..........................................................................
208,335.46
Refrigerating plant...................................................................................
29,325.79
Equipment ...............................................................................................
9,428.69
Ski-hills
Lake Placid Club hill...............................................................................
$ 25,000.00
30-meter practice hill................................................................................
4,210.12
Additional stands & necessary grading....................................................
8,510.80
Other Facilities
Ski trails....................................................................................................
$ 3,142.63
Housing & feeding.................................................................................
495.41
Locker rooms............................................................................................
2,968.48
Sanitary facilities......................................................................................
807.65
Public-address system...............................................................................
3,856.82
Maintenance
Stadium 1930-31......................................................................................
$ 3,579.50
Stadium 1931-32......................................................................................
7,275.17
Bob-run 1930-31......................................................................................
19,582.86
Bob-run 1931-32.. ....................................................................................
31,164.44
Arena 1931-32..........................................................................................
17,518.29
Other facilities, including materials and wages......................................
5,010.73
Gas and oil...............................................................................................
1,440.91
Housing subsidy.......................................................................................
3,068.90
88
243,684.28
294,082.68
37,720.92
11,270.99
88,640.80
Printing & Publicity
Publicity posters.......................................................................................
$ 5,709.09
Publicity and General Rules Books..........................................................
21,806.24
Publicity service and salaries....................................................................
22,009.99
General printing.. .....................................................................................
8,156.10
Printing tickets and advance sale...........................................................
2,756.65
Official report............................................................................................
7,371.61
Local publicity & photos..........................................................................
3,645.90
Printing daily programs..........................................................................
2,114.45
Stickers in 4 languages............................................................................
1,872.42
Art work...................................................................................................
2,409.91
News releases............................................................................................
1,057.30
Clipping service........................................................................................
1,077.19
Other expenditures.. .................................................................................
9,053.71
89,040.56
Office
Salaries (General Administrative)..........................................................
$ 49,121.62
Salaries (General Fund Canvass) ............................................................
15,575.00
Stationery & stamps..................................................................................
2,687.14
Telephone, telegraph & cable..................................................................
5,176.08
Office partitioning & alterations..............................................................
2,343.98
Office equipment......................................................................................
2,669.48
Other office expenses................................................................................
1,822.14
79,395.44
Travel and Entertainment
N Y State Commission hotel and travel..................................................
$ 12,536.99
III OWG Committee travel by officers, directors and executive staff ....
13,069.58
Entertainment visiting officials and athletes.. ..........................................
2,712.26
Living expenses officials and official guests during Games
III OWG Committee-technical delegates ......................................
1,279.60
N Y State OWG Commission..........................................................
3,330.24
Essex County Park Commission..........................................................
2,449.30
35,377.97
General Expenses
Medals and diplomas................................................................................
$ 3,187.70
IOC payments........................................................................................
2,400.00
Local transportation..................................................................................
3,835.01
Health and safety...................................................................................
783,18
Music .......................................................................................................
3,193.00
Decorations ..............................................................................................
2,540.88
Legal fees.. ...............................................................................................
9,094.30
Ticket distribution during Games..........................................................
6,177.43
Exhibitions, hockey games, and demonstrations......................................
2,740.78
Other expenses.........................................................................................
4,978.56
38,930.84
Total Expenditures..................................................................
$1,074,024.25
Cash and Fund Balance, May 31, 1932............ ..........................................
$145,203.95
Less
reserve for contracts and accounts payable..........................................
33,506.54
$111,697.41
Add
Accounts receivable, including estimated salvage ..............................
3,914.23
Total Balance.........................................................................
115,611.64
$1,189,635.89
89
RECEIPTS
Town of North Elba bond issue, June 4, 1929 (underwriting gate
receipts) ..................................................................................................
$200,000.00
Town of North Elba bond issue, July 30, 1931........................ $150,000
Less
anticipated N Y State deficiency appropriation........ 100,000
50,000.00
County of Essex appropriation, Oct 31, 1931............................................
50,000.00
N Y State appropriation, April 2 2 , 1930 (Bob-run)................................
125,000.00
N Y State appropriation, Feb 26, 1931 (General). ...................................
375,000.00
N Y State appropriation, Jan. 12, 1932 (Deficiency) (not available till
March, 1932)...........................................................................................
100,000.00
Lake Placid Club ski-hill..............................................................................
25,000.00
Regional contributions..................................................................................
8,178.13
General Fund Canvass..................................................................................
38,576.93
Total income f r o m budgeted sources..
............................................
$ 971,755.06
Other I n c o me
Incidental gate receipts (other than III Olympic Winter Games)
Arena ...................................................................................................
$ 8,897.79
Bob-run ................................................................................................
2,453.60
Other ...................................................................................................
520.70
Concessions
9581 daily programs @ 2 5 cents.................................... $2,395.25
5476 souvenir books @ 5 0 cents.. ...................................
2,738.00
$5,133.25
Less
20% sales commission & adjustments.. ..................
1,035.60
$ 4,097.65
Restaurants at town hall, stadium, arena, bob-run..............................
1,582.55
Miscellaneous sources
Sales of dirt from grading.. ..................................................................
Estimated revenue from salvage of minor equipment & supplies........
Other ...................................................................................................
2,032.88
2,500.00
2,380.06
24,465.23
Balance of 1931 Town of North Elba bond issue..................................
Net gate receipts III Olympic Winter Games..........................................
Grand Total f r o m all sources..
.........................................................
Audited and certified correct by III Olympic Winter Games Committee:
F B Guild
J B Hurley
Audit Committee
Martin Ryan
90
100,000.00
93,415.60
$1,189,635.89
Godfrey Dewey,
President
Willis Wells,
Vice-president
Ernest F Gamache,
S e c r e t a ry
Wm J OHare,
Treasurer
Liquidation-The Final Problem
The Organizing Committee, any Olympic
Organizing Committee, is not a permanent
organization.
Its powers expire with the
period of the Games. Assets and liabilities
remain, however, and must be so liquidated
as to fulfill its obligations and protect its
members from personal liability before the
committee can safely be dissolved.
In the case of the III Olympic Winter
Games Committee, because of the methods
of financing adopted, the procedure to be
adopted was evident from the start, and has
been adhered to as closely as the available
resources made possible, with the following
results.
The Olympic bob-run, built, equipt, and
maintained wholly by state funds on land
conveyed thru the town to the state by per-
petual easement, reverted on May
15, 1932,
to the control of the state, as contemplated
in the act creating the State Commission and
making the first appropriation, which pro-
vided that After the winter season of 1931-
32
such run or slide, if provision be made by
appropriation for its maintenance, shall be
maintained for the use of the public, under
the direction of the Conservation Depart-
ment, and subject to its rules.
The Olympic arena, built and equipt
chiefly by town and county funds, on land
bought for the purpose by the town, was
transferred on May
31, 1932, to
the Town of
North Elba.
91
The site of the stadium, owned or least
by the town, reverted, of course, to the town,
the temporary stands and enclosures being
removed and salvaged by the committee. The
Lake Placid Club ski-hill, merely placed at
the disposal of the committee for the Olym-
pic season, remained, of course, the property
of the Club following the Games. Other
minor equipment and supplies were either
salvaged and the proceeds included in the
final funds of the committee, or, where such
procedure seemed more advantageous, turned
over directly to the Town of North Elba.
Disposal
of
Funds
The procedure to be followed in disposing
of the funds remaining in the hands of the
committee was equally predetermined, but
the results, in spite of the utmost efforts of
the committee, fell far short of the promises
made in full good faith to the community
which underwrote their task. The original
bond issue of
$200,000
less the estimated
gate receipts of
$100,000,
which was intend-
ed to be the total financial contribution of this
little community of slightly less than
4,000
inhabitants, involved the assuming of a net
bonded indebtedness of over $25 per capita
-an enormously greater per capita burden
than ever before assumed by any community,
large or small, on behalf of the Olympic
Games, summer or winter. By contrast, the
$1,250,000
first provided by Los Angeles for
the Xth Olympic Games would represent,
even tho none of it came back thru gate re-
ceipts, only about
$1
per capita.
The second bond issue of
$150,000,
voted
by the community on the assumption that
the gate receipts would thereby be increast
about
$25,000
and that the state would later
relieve the community of an additional
$100,000
of other Olympic burdens, repre-
sented the voluntary increase of this net
Lake Placid high school, where dressing-rooms and
other facilities for the athletes were provided.
This building also contained the press and tele-
graph rooms, as well as several offices used for con-
ference purposes
bonded indebtedness to about
$31.25
per
capita certainly under present economic
conditions a striking evidence of gameness
and whole-hearted support of a task once
undertaken.
Thus, thru a combination of circumstances
largely outside the control of the Organizing
Committee-chiefly the most unseasonable
Adirondack winter weather in the whole 147
years history of the United States weather
bureau-the community received, to apply
against its obligations, instead of the $225,-
0 0 0 anticipated, about $115,000. If this
figure stands as the final settlement, it will
raise the net bonded indebtedness of the com-
munity assumed on account of the III Olym-
pic Winter Games to the staggering figure
of $58.75 per capita. If only half of the
final deficiency of $110,000 could be met
from any other source it would leave the final
net bonded indebtedness at $45 per capita
instead of the $25 originally assumed.
The disposal of the net fund balance re-
maining in the hands of the Committee is
shown herewith.
LIQUIDATION OF FUNDS
Fund Balance, May 31,
1932, as above.. . . . . . . . . . . . . $115,611.64
Net Gate Receipts III
Olympic Winter Games.
Paid Town of North
Elba May 31, 1932,
against $200,000 bond
issue underwriting . . . . . . . .93,415.60
Balance to be paid Town
of North Elba against
$150,000 bond issue . . . . $ 22,196.04
Paid Town of North Elba
May 31, 1932, on ac-
count to meet immedi-
ate interest payments.. . . 11,922.53
Balance held in treasury
until final settlement of
pending obligations......
$10,273.51
In closing their financial report, the Or-
ganizing Committee wish to bear witness to
the high courage, perseverance, and loyal
support with which the citizens of Lake
Placid have shouldered and carried, not
merely the normal burdens voluntarily as-
sumed by the community, but also those add-
ed burdens which highly abnormal circum-
stances seem to have forst upon them.
Lakes Mirror and Placid with Whiteface Mountain in the background
92
Publicity
Organized publicity for the III Olympic
Winter Games, naturally one of the most
important and ambitious parts of the entire
Games program, began on September 15,
1930, when Otis Peabody Swift, a represen-
tative of James F Newcomb & Co of New
York city, establisht his headquarters in Lake
Placid. Considerable preliminary publicity,
however, had been done during the preced-
ing year.
Prior to September 15, 1930, a contract
was signed between the Organizing Com-
mittee and the Newcomb Company whereby
the latter would handle Olympic publicity
from that time until the conclusion of the
Games in 1932. The Newcomb Company
was chosen for this work after months of
investigation on the part of the Organizing
Committee of firms competent to handle
Olympic publicity in all its ramifications.
The plan as originally projected and
eventually carried out entailed having two
publicity offices, one in Lake Placid at the
headquarters of the Organizing Committee
and the other in New York in the Newcomb
offices, where close contact could be estab-
lisht and continually maintained with news-
papers, magazines, and the major avenues
of distribution for O W G publicity material.
Charles E Prins, vice-president of James
F Newcomb & Co, was in charge of the
Olympic Winter Games account for his or-
ganization. He supervised the production
of various pieces of printed matter and
originated many of the plans subsequently
developt for merchandising the Games to
the public of both Europe and North
America.
Personal contacts with newspapers and
magazines and the release of spot news in
New York were handled by Howard Acton
of the Newcomb organization. An expe-
rienst newspaper man, Mr Acton greatly
facilitated the smooth flow of Olympic pub-
licity from the Organizing Committee to the
public.
Mr Swift directed the publicity program
from Lake Placid, which included getting
out spot news stories and the prepara-
tion of considerable publicity matter, until
he was transferred to New York on March
1, 1931, and was succeeded by George M
Lattimer. All Olympic booklets and printed
matter were prepared in Lake Placid under
the general supervision of the publicity
committee, F B Guild, chairman, and were
distributed from both New York and Lake
Placid.
This system of dual publicity headquar-
ters workt out with entire satisfaction to the
committee and to the public. It made pos-
sible the generation of news where it oc-
curred in Lake Placid and its release at the
best point of contact with publicity media
in New York city.
The Publicity Plan
The publicity plan for the III Olympic
Winter Games was divided into three major
divisions:
I Foreign Publicity September,
1930, to March, 1931
II Domestic PublicitySeptember,
1930, to February, 1932
III Publicity during the Games
February 4-13, 1932
I
Foreign Publicity
The work done abroad in publicizing the
Lake Placid Games will be considered first.
It was thought best to centralize the bulk of
this effort during the latter part of 1930 and
the first part of 1931 in order to have it
well under way and working approximately
a year prior to the beginning of the Games.
Foreign publicity had two main objects:
1 To arouse such interest in the
Games abroad that all countries
would send teams of maximum size
to Lake Placid and to arouse such
popular enthusiasm that the task of
raising funds to finance teams to
enter the Lake Placid Games would
be vastly simplified.
93
94
First Games poster
Second Games poster
95
2 To induce as many individuals as
possible to come to the United
States and to Lake Placid to attend
the Games.
The first step in carrying out this program
was the employment of Bjorn Blix as inter-
national secretary to travel in Europe estab-
lishing contacts with various Olympic and
winter-sports organizations, as well as na-
tional and international sports bodies and
co-operating organizations, during the period
when the general publicity program abroad
was at its height. Mr. Blixs work is dis-
cust in detail in the section of this book en-
titled
international Secretary.
Immediately upon the beginning of the
publicity program in 1930 a carefully se-
lected list of European newspapers and
magazines was made up. To these were sent
at frequent intervals news stories dealing
with the progress being made at Lake Placid
in preparation for the Games. These re-
leases were printed in English, French, and
German, and were distributed according to
the language preferred in the particular
countries to which they were sent. This part
of the foreign publicity continued up to the
beginning of the Games. Much space was
given in European periodicals to Winter
Olympic news. Interest was aroused and
maintained at high pitch even in spite of the
exceptionally bad economic conditions pre-
vailing thruout the world. Clippings sent
to the Lake Placid office from foreign news-
papers and magazines indicated the scope
and effectiveness of this publicity.
Photographs of Lake Placid winter scenes
and sports facilities being made ready for
the Games were in great demand abroad,
particularly in the nations that planned to
send large teams to the Games. Quantities
of these photographs were taken in Lake
Placid during the winter of 1930-31 and
were sent abroad. Magazines, newspapers,
and clippings coming to Lake Placid proved
how widely this photographic material was
used, and subsequent conversations with offi-
cials, competitors, and European spectators
at the Games indicated how productive this
publicity was in achieving the ends desired.
96
Distribution of Printed Matter Abroad
Publicity material prepared in the fall of
1930 primarily for use abroad was as fol-
lows:
1 Preliminary Program
2 Preliminary Information Booklet
3 First Games Poster
4 First Publicity Booklet
5 Sticker Stamps
Specific information with respect to the
distribution of these pieces of material is
given in the chart Distribution of III 0
W G Publicity Material, included in this
section. World-wide distribution of posters,
booklets, and stickers began in December,
1930. The first poster (3) and first pub-
licity booklet (4) were printed in English,
French, and German, while the sticker
stamps were produced in English, French,
German, and Spanish. Booklets 1 and 2
were printed in English only. Booklet 4 car-
ried full information as to the arrangements
for the Games perfected up to that time.
Approximately 15,000 posters, 200,000
booklets and a quarter of a million sticker
stamps were distributed thruout the world
before the spring of 1931. The distribution
naturally centered in Europe and was carried
out according to a systematic plan developt
prior to the beginning of the work. Effec-
tive assistance was rendered in the distribu-
tion of this material by the American Ex-
press Company, Thomas Cook & Son, Olym-
pic committees, sports federations, steam-
ship and railroad lines, and travel bureaus.
Many booklets carried on their back covers
the imprints of the travel agencies distribut-
ing them. The fact that this distribution
was accomplisht approximately a year in ad-
vance of the Games made it possible for
European nations to plan on full representa-
tion and for sports enthusiasts to make their
plans to attend the Games in person.
Reports coming to Lake Placid from such
far-away points as Japan, China, Australia,
and South Africa indicated that the publicity
program was truly world-wide in its appeal
and in its effect.
II
Domestic Publicity
The domestic publicity program-public-
ity thruout the United States and Canada-
as has been noted, began in September, 1930,
and continued until the opening of the
Games on February 4,
1932.
Naturally the
main abject of this part of the program was
to arouse the maximum interest in the
Games and insure as a result maximum at-
tendance at the various events.
Below are listed the major means used to
achieve this result:
1
Frequent releases to newspapers and
magazines
2 Request stories to newspapers and
magazines
3 Photographs
4 Distribution of printed matter
a Sticker stamps
b Second Games poster
c Second publicity booklet
d Essex County O W G booklet
e Bob-run booklet
f First Games poster
g First publicity booklet
5 Merchandising and advertising tie-
ups
G Cleveland
6 Motion-picture news reels
7 Special motion-picture reels
8 R a d io
a Special broadcasts on O W G
b Frequent mention of O W G
in regular broadcasts
9 United States O W G postage stamp
10
Meetings of newspaper publishers
Specific information with respect to quan-
tities and distribution of major publicity ma-
terial may be obtained by referring to the
chart Distribution of III O W G Publicity
Material (page
108) .
No Advertising Space Purchast
One of the first decisions made by the
Organizing Committee and its publicity
counsel was that no advertising space for
the Games would be purchast in any media.
George Hicks, National Broadcasting Company,
ready to broadcast the Games to a waiting world
Two major considerations caused this deci-
sion. The committees funds were too lim-
ited to enable it to reach effectively any great
part of the public by means of paid adver-
tising, and it was felt that there would be
more than enough legitimate news of the
Games to spread the story far and wide.
This decision once made was adhered to
strictly, and its wisdom was at all times ob-
vious to those concerned with the promotion
of the Games.
The first step in the publicity program
was to build up a file of foreign and do-
mestic newspapers and magazines that would
utilize regularly the Games news releases
that were to be sent out. To this end a
questionnaire and return card were sent to
a list of 1200 newspapers and magazines
thruout the world, the bulk of this list being
in the United States and Europe. From re-
plies to the questionnaire and subsequent
additions, this file was built up to 872 names.
Between October, 1930, and January,
1932, 69 general releases were sent to this
list. This figure does not include special re-
leases, request stories, or feature stories with
97
local angles sent frequently to newspapers
in the North Country section of New York
state. No general releases were sent out
after early January, 1932, since news writers
then began to gather in Lake Placid in
large numbers to cover preparations for the
Games for their own periodicals, and it was
not necessary for the publicity office to send
out any further material of its own.
Neither does the figure above include
spot news stories that were given to the
larger daily papers and the three major news
services, Associated Press, United Press, and
International News.
The publicity office subscribed to three
clipping services from November, 1930, to
December, 1931, two American and one
European. After December, 1931, all clip-
ping services were discontinued, as the vol-
ume of clippings became so great that the
expense of purchasing, mounting, and filing
them did not appear to be warranted.
While the number of clippings was so
large that no attempt was made to secure
figures on the exact lineage devoted to the
Games, it may be stated here with the utmost
conservatism that the III Olympic Winter
Games received millions of agate lines of
publicity.
Some figures on the distribution of Olym-
pic publicity, compiled on June 1, 1931, may
be of interest. After that date the volume
of clippings became so large that they were
no longer classified. Up to June 1, 1931,
domestic Olympic publicity had appeared in
46 states and in 739 different cities. On the
same date foreign publicity had appeared in
25 countries and in 87 cities. All clippings
received at the Olympic publicity office in-
cluding both news stories and pictures were
mounted or filed.
Stories Sent on Request
Following the initial distribution of pub-
licity material abroad and in the United
States, requests for special stories on the
Games began to reach the publicity office,
most of them coming from magazines and
asking for photographs as well as stories.
Hundreds of newspapers and magazines car-
ried these special stories and pictures.
98
Photographs
Probably no method of publicity carried
the story of the Games as effectively to so
many readers as did the photographs that
were sent in huge quantities all over the
world. Release of these photographs was
made on request by particular periodicals
and also thru the four major American news
picture services, Wide World Photos, Asso-
ciated Press Photo Service, International
News Photos, and Acme News Pictures.
International photographic coverage was se-
cured in this way.
Distribution of Printed Matter
Games printed matter was distributed in
two ways, to those making request for it by
letter or otherwise and thru larger channels
developt by the publicity organization.
As noted above, sticker stamps, the second
poster, the second publicity booklet, contain-
ing ticket, housing, and other important
Games information, Essex County O W G
Booklet, and a special booklet dealing with
the Mt Van Hoevenberg bob-run were the
major pieces of printed matter used in the
domestic publicity program. Quantities of
the first poster and the first booklet were
also distributed in the United States thruout
the winter of 1930-31. As will be noted
from the chart, major avenues of distribu-
tion for all this material included National
Olympic Committees, American Express
Company, sports organizations, transporta-
tion companies, tourist agents, clubs, hotels
and resorts, chambers of commerce, business
organizations, and newspaper and magazine
resort bureaus.
During December, 1930, and January and
February, 1931, posters and booklets were
distributed to large department stores thru-
out the country, in order that they might ar-
range window displays simultaneously with
pre-Olympic activities at Lake Placid. This
distribution was practically finisht in March,
1931. But during the spring and summer
a continuous stream of posters, booklets and
stickers-the latter for use on letterheads
and envelopes-was sent out to organiza-
tions that had exhausted their initial supply.
Many of the posters, both first and second
edition, were mounted in inexpensive frames
and were prominently displayed in hotels,
clubs, tourist agencies, and railroad stations
thruout the Lake Placid trading area.
The second phase of distribution began
in September, 1931, when the second poster
and second publicity booklet were received
from the printer. Most of this material was
distributed thruout Canada and the United
States, with smaller shipments to the larger
European centers.
Signs and R o a d M a r k e rs
As a means of stimulating additional in-
terest in the Games on the part of the thou-
sands of motorists using North Country
highways during the summer, fall, and win-
ter of 1931, four large signs urging travelers
to stop at Lake Placid and inspect Olympic
facilities were placed at strategic points on
main trunk-line highways leading into Lake
Placid. These signs were of metal in wooden
frames, each sign measuring 1 2 f e et
(height) by 6½ feet (width).
Several smaller signs and markers calling
attention to the Games were placed along
highways leading into Lake Placid. Attrac-
tive signs were also placed at each Olympic
facility.
The general color scheme employed on all
signs and road markers was blue lettering
on a white background.
Merchandising and Advertising Tie-ups
During November and December, 1931,
and January, 1932, publicity efforts were
concentrated on business organizations that
could give the Games resultful merchandis-
ing and advertising tie-ups with their own
products. In order to do this a four-page
broadside was prepared, listing the publicity
material available, with suggestions as to
how it could be used. 10,000 of these broad-
sides were mailed to transportation com-
panies, department stores, national advertis-
ers, sporting goods stores, and manufacturers
of winter-sports wear and equipment. As a
result of this mailing more than 500 requests
for Olympic publicity material were received.
Railroads were the principal users of this
material. The New York Central Lines
alone distributed more than 20,000 booklets
over their entire system; displayed over
2,000 posters on their station billboards; and
used more than 90,000 stickers on their cor-
respondence. The New York Central also
advertised the Games on dining-car and
restaurant menus, in time-tables, and on
blotters used in their club cars and station
offices.
Included among other railroads using
large quantities of publicity material were
the Delaware & Hudson, New York, New
Haven & Hartford, Pennsylvania, Great
Northern, Southern Pacific, Canadian Na-
tional, and Canadian Pacific.
Motor bus companies along the Atlantic
seaboard also received and used booklets and
posters.
Department stores in New York, Newark,
Philadelphia, Hartford, Rochester, Syracuse,
Buffalo, Chicago, Cleveland, Boston, and
Montreal rendered excellent co-operation in
publicizing the Games. All the larger de-
partment stores in New York, for example,
had at least one or two windows displaying
Olympic posters and photographs. Publicity
booklets were distributed in their sports-wear
and travel departments. Many stores fea-
tured the Olympic Winter Games in their
newspaper advertising. In addition, repre-
sentatives of the Organizing Committee gave
talks on the Games in the stores themselves
at the request of leading department stores
and specialty shops. In many cases these
talks were illustrated with motion pictures.
In the John Wanamaker store in New York
an audience of 2,500 heard the secretary of
the III O W G Committee speak.
Many national advertisers used the Games
as a basis for their 1931-32 winter advertis-
ing. Olympic booklets and posters were dis-
tributed to their dealers. Many Olympic
photographs were used in house organs that
also contained feature stories on the Games.
It may safely be said that advertisements
of national advertisers featuring the Games
and appearing in magazines of country-wide
circulation were among the most important
99
factors in making the Games publicity so
successful. This publicity was secured at
practically no cost to the Organizing Com-
mittee.
Motion Picture Publicity
The Organizing Committee was able to
reap the full benefits of motion-picture pub-
licity. During the winter of
1930-31,
news-
reel companies had their crews and sound
trucks in Lake Placid for an extended period,
photographing winter-sports scenes and gen-
eral pre-Olympic activities, particularly at the
Mt Van Hoevenberg bob-run, where the first
races ever held on a slide of international
specifications on the North American conti-
nent were being staged. These news reels went
all over the world and aroused markt in-
terest in what was going on at Lake Placid.
by the two major American broadcasting or-
ganizations, National Broadcasting Company
and Columbia Broadcasting System. The
broadcasts listed below were devoted exclu-
sively to the III Olympic Winter Games, and
the time was donated by the broadcasting
companies. There was no charge to the com-
mittee for this coast-to-coast radio publicity.
The schedule of special broadcasts fol-
lows :
October 15, 1930 Station WEAF National
Broadcasting Company
Dr Godfrey Dewey, president III O W
G Committee
November 29, 1931 Station WABC Co-
lumbia Broadcasting System
Dr Godfrey Dewey
Representatives of the major news-reel
companies of the United States were in Lake
Placid during the winter of
1931-32,
practi-
cally all the time from Christmas until the
conclusion of the Games in February. Thou-
sands of feet of film were shot and imme-
diately releast thruout the United States and
Europe. Footage taken included Olympic
athletes training in Lake Placid for the
Games, general winter scenes, and competi-
tions and practice sessions at the various
Olympic facilities. This thoro news-reel cov-
erage was a powerful factor in stimulating
interest in the Games during the few weeks
immediately preceding the opening day.
Radio
100
December 16, 1931 Station WEAF Na-
tional Broadcasting Company
Dr Godfrey Dewey
January 16,
1932
Station WABC Columbia
Broadcasting System
Gustavus T Kirby, past president A O C
January
22, 1932
Station WABC Columbia
Broadcasting System
Two reels of 35-mm film, one sound and
one silent, were made up by the publicity
department during the spring of 1931. These
reels showed Lake Placid winter scenes,
Olympic facilities, and preparations being
made for the Games. They were used in
talks on the Games given by members of the
executive staff. Dr Godfrey Dewey, presi-
dent of the III O W G Committee, took them
abroad with him in May and showed them
on the boat going over and coming back.
January
27, 1932
Station WEAF National
Broadcasting Company
A series of ten fifteen-minute broadcasts
in the form of interviews with prominent
American Olympic officials and prospective
members of the American Winter Olympic
team was given from station WABC, New
York City. One broadcast a week was put
on the air during the ten weeks immediately
preceding the Games.
Millions of radio listeners learned of the
III Olympic Winter Games by means of a
series of special broadcasts. Excellent co-op-
eration was given the Organizing Committee
Avery Brundage, president American
Olympic Committee
Rufus J Trimble, chairman A O C
Hockey Committee
Jay OBrien, chairman A O C Bobsleigh
Committee
Dr Godfrey Dewey interviewed by Ted
Husing
Gustavus T Kirby interviewed by Grant-
land Rice
In addition to all this special radio pub-
licity the Games were mentioned frequently
in many station and commercial programs
during the winter of 1931-32. Radio pub-
Reverse of broadside sent to national advertisers and others
102
licity during the Games themselves is not in-
cluded in any of the preceding sections.
United States O W G Postage Stamp
To mark the III Olympic Winter Games
the United States Post-office Department is-
sued a special III O W G two-cent postage
stamp.
The edition totalled 25,000,000.
400,000 of these stamps were placed on sale
in the Lake Placid post-office on January 25,
1932. They went on sale thruout the coun-
try on the next day. So great was the de-
mand for these stamps in Lake Placid that
the entire 400,000 allotment was exhausted
on the first day, and an additional 400,000
were ordered and disposed of shortly after-
ward.
U S postage stamp to commemorate
III Olympic Winter Games
The central design of the stamp, which
was printed in red, showed a ski-jumper in
full flight against a background of snow-cov-
ered mountains.
The stamps carried the
legend United States Postage-III Olympic
Winter Games-Lake Placid, New York,
February 4-13, 1932-2 Cents 2.
Meetings of Newspaper Publishers
Much valuable publicity was given the
Games as a result of annual meetings of the
New York State Publishers Association held
in Lake Placid in January, 1931, and in Jan-
uary, 1932. The delegates were afforded
every opportunity to inspect Olympic facili-
ties and learn about the Games. Their in-
terest was further increast by round-table dis-
cussions and personal conferences. The co-
operation of the publishers was willingly
given; the results of this co-operation were
far reaching.
III
Publicity During the Games
Publicity during the Games themselves will
be considered under the following headings:
1 Press
3 Motion Pictures
2 R a d i o
4 Still Pictures
Press
While every effort was made prior to the
Games to find out the exact number of press
representatives who would attend, informa-
Metropolitan window display with Olympic Winter Games motif
103
tion a few days before the opening was still
meager. But on the first day it was seen that
the number in Lake Placid to cover the sports
was far in excess of the most optimistic esti-
mates of the publicity organization. Ar-
rangements, however, were so elastic that all
were taken care of. Sections for the work-
ing press, with tables for typewriters, were
set aside at the various facilities, and, in ad-
dition, other press representatives were allo-
cated bleacher and grandstand space. Each
press representative filing regular stories was
given a press ticket admitting him to the
press box at all events.
Press and wire rooms were on the main
floor of the Lake Placid high school directly
in the rear of the press box in the stadium
grandstand. A separate section of the pub-
licity department was set up in one of these
rooms with Howard Acton in charge, assisted
by several young ladies. This section tabu-
lated all results as fast as the various events
were run off and maintained a complete file
of information in regard to Olympic officials
and contestants, immediately available to
press representatives and others working in
adjoining offices. By having this clearing
house for Games information much time and
work on the part of the correspondents were
saved, and accuracy of facts was assured.
Tables and typewriters for the use of cor-
respondents were available in the press room.
Two large offices immediately adjoining this
publicity section were utilized by the cor-
respondents and the two telegraph com-
panies, Postal and Western Union, which had
their own direct wires (23) into the building
and a large force of operators constantly on
hand to flash the news of the Games to a
waiting world.
In addition to providing special telegraph
arrangements in the high school, both com-
panies enlarged the facilities of their regular
village and Lake Placid Club offices.
An idea of the vast amount of publicity
sent out during the Games will be gained by
noting the fact that the two companies han-
dled a total of 1,250,000 words of domestic
press and 85,000 words of foreign cable
press. In addition, a substantial proportion
of this material was syndicated, and on arriv-
al at the various syndicate headquarters was
re-transmitted to the various member news-
papers, thus frequently multiplying the dis-
tribution several hundred-fold. The two
companies had on duty at Lake Placid during
the Games a total of 88 men, including sup-
ervisors, operators, engineers, clerks, and
messengers. An instance of the means taken
to have Olympic pictures in newspapers of
the far corners of the earth as promptly as
possible is seen in the fact that Games pic-
tures for the Japanese newspapers were sent
by airplane from Lake Placid to New York,
flasht by telephoto service from New York
to San Francisco, taken from there to Seattle
by train, and rusht to Japan by boat.
The public-address system, which was used
to announce the progress of each event on
the program to the crowd, was connected
with loud speakers in the main press room at
the high school, so that correspondents there
could follow the progress of the events at
each facility, such as the Mt Van Hoeven-
berg bob-run and Intervales ski-jump. This
saved considerable time in filing. The tele-
graph companies also had wires run into the
arena and operators on duty there to take the
files of correspondents during the late evening
events.
Press headquarters during the Games were
establisht at the Hotel Belmont. Here most
of the correspondents, telegraph executives,
motion picture and radio men, and still
photographers were quartered.
Radio
Practically every event on the III O W G
program was broadcast from Lake Placid by
announcers for the National Broadcasting
Company and the Columbia Broadcasting
System.
A large booth at the top of the stadium
grandstand was set aside for the use of each
company. Other events on the program were
broadcast from the various facilities where
every possible convenience was provided to
enable the announcer to view the sports, get
the results immediately, and thus paint a
word picture of the Games for his radio pub-
104
lic. Both companies had their best-known
sports announcers, together with a full corps
of executives, engineers, and assistants at
Lake Placid during the Games.
Many of the events were broadcast by
short wave to European and other countries.
Information coming back from those who
listened to the III O W G broadcasts indi-
cated how much this part of the Olympic
publicity was appreciated. The broadcasts
of the bob races proved particularly success-
ful in conveying a vivid picture of this thrill-
ing sport, and aroused great enthusiasm
everywhere they were heard. As far south
as Georgia and out to the Middle West
radio listeners thrilled to the reports of the
announcers.
The German team is approaching Zig-
zag-theyre taking the curveriding high
theyre through, and the rest of the bob jar-
gon became as familiar to thousands who
had never seen a bob-run as to the other
thousands who thronged the course at Mt
Van Hoevenberg as the riders sped by on
their great sleds of wood and steel.
Last-minute changes in the day-by-day pro-
gram and weather conditions for the day
were broadcast every morning from Station
CKAC in Montreal at 7:30 and from Station
WGY in Schenectady at 7:15.
Motion Pictures
Prior to the opening of the Games arrange-
ments were concluded thru the office of Mo-
tion Picture Producers and Distributors of
America, Inc, with the four major news-reel
companies of the country whereby they would
be given exclusive motion-picture rights at
the Games in return for supplying the com-
mittee with a complete film record of the
Games for its archives. These companies
were Movietone, Paramount, Pathé and
Universal.
A plan was also set up whereby all 35-mm
footage was made available for reproduction
by the Eastman Kodak Company into 16-mm
size for home and club use.
This arrangement, which restricted the
news-reel companies working at the Games
to four, made it easy to provide excellent
working facilities for all the operators and
eliminated the possibility of duplication of
effort and interference with the Games. Each
company was allocated a stand or stands at
each facility from which to take its pictures.
Thru their international affiliations the four
news-reel companies distributed the Games
pictures thruout the world.
Still Pictures
Arrangements similar to those made with
the four news-reel companies were concluded
with the four major news-photo services: As-
sociated Press Photo Service, Wide World
Photos, International News Photos, and
Acme News Pictures. In addition, Lake
Placid professional photographers and a lim-
ited number of newspaper and magazine staff
photographers were permitted inside the vari-
ous facilities, where stands and locations
were arranged. The news-photo companies
and Lake Placid photographers, for these
privileges granted them, agreed to supply the
Organizing Committee with photographs for
its permanent files and for its official report.
All radio, telegraph, motion-picture, and
still-picture men were provided, in addition
to tickets, with designating arm bands which
gave them easy access to any Olympic facility.
As a result of these various plans the mo-
tion-picture and photographic coverage at the
Games was all that could be desired, and the
Games were run off with smoothness and dis-
patch. There was no prohibition as to the
use of portable 16-mm motion-picture cam-
eras or other cameras from seats in the stands.
But for obvious reasons the general public
was not permitted to crowd around the finish
lines or other places where such crowding
could easily become a nuisance.
General Printed Matter
Reference to the summary chart accom-
panying this section will show a list of the
major pieces of printed matter put out by the
III O W G Committee.
Report of III O W G Committee to A O
A
The report of the Organizing Committee
in booklet form as given to members of the
American Olympic Association at the meet-
105
ing in Washington, D C, on November 19,
1930.
General Fund Canvass Booklet
Used in
the solicitation of funds for the committee
during the spring and summer of 1931.
Official O W G Rules Book
Sent in ac-
cordance with usual Olympic practice to all
Olympic committees, sports federations, and
I O C officials several months in advance of
the Games. Also distributed in large num-
bers to contestants, officials, and others dur-
ing the Games. This booklet contained offi-
cial Olympic rules, lists of committees and
governing sports bodies, charts of facilities,
the official program, and other pertinent in-
formation.
Official Information Folder
Sent in the
fall of 1931 to all countries likely to take
part in the Games. Contained full informa-
tion with respect to travel arrangements, en-
try into the United States, rate concessions by
transportation companies, hotel headquarters
in New York City, living arrangements for
athletes at Lake Placid, and other data neces-
sary for competitors and officials.
Identity Cards
Sent with the official in-
formation folder. Issued in co-operation with
the United States government. Used by
Olympic officials and contestants instead of
the ordinary passport and to secure special
courtesies accorded by United States customs
and immigration authorities.
Steamship Transportation Forms
Sent to
officials and contestants coming from abroad
to enable them to secure rate concessions
granted on steamship lines of the North-
Atlantic conference.
Railroad Transportation Forms
Sent to
officials and contestants coming from abroad
to enable them to secure rate concessions
granted by the New York Central Lines.
Entry Forms
Printed in three languages,
English, French, and German, and sent to
Olympic committees of all nations, members
of the I O C. For full information see sec-
tion of this book,
Entry Forms.
Automobile Windshield Stickers
Used on
windshields of cars driven by Olympic offi-
cials, contestants, radio and motion picture
men, and news correspondents during the
Games, so that police officers would afford
them special courtesies in the way of parking
and passing thru police lines. Stickers were
printed in three colors: red, green, and yel-
low, red stickers being given first preference;,
green, second; and yellow, third. Stickers
were numbered consecutively and a record
kept by number of those given out, to avoid
transfer to others by holders.
Ticket Application Blanks
Forms sent
with letters and mailings of booklets to be
returned filled out with information indicat-
ing number and type of tickets desired.
Souvenir Book
On sale during the Games.
Contained program and interesting informa-
tion about the Olympic sports and individual
athletes competing. Also contained advertis-
ing. See section
Souvenir Book
for further
details.
Daily Programs
Put on sale each morning
during Games. Contained results of the com-
petitions to date, detailed results of the pre-
ceding day, detailed program for the day,
general program for the remainder of the
Games period, the table of honor to date, and
general information concerning the Games.
Since the results of such evening competi-
tions as hockey and figure-skating were not
known until a late hour, these daily pro-
grams had to be printed at night. General
information on the Games on the inside front
and inside back covers was printed in three
languages, English, French, and German,
while the body of the program, except for the
headings of some of the sports summaries,
was printed in English only. Programs were
sold at the Olympic office, and by boys on the
streets and at the different Olympic facilities.
The price was 25 cents each.
Summary O W G Results
Publisht short-
ly after the close of the Games. Contained
table of honor and summary of all results.
106
Reverse of press ticket
Obverse of press ticket
III O W G GENERAL PRINTED MATTER
Name
Report of III O W G Committee to America
Olympic Association. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Fund Canvass Booklet. . . . . . . . . . .
Official O W G Rules Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Official Information Folder. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identity Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steamship Transportation Forms. . . . . . . . . .
Railroad Transportation Forms. . . . . . . . . . .
Entry Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automobile Windshield Stickers. . . . . . . . . .
Ticket Application Blanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Souvenir Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daily Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary O W G Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number Printed
English
2,000
1,250
6,000
5,000
600
*2,250
*2,250
21,000
375
35,000
6,000
26,750
3,000
French
German
2,500
2,500
500
*English and French on each form. Printed in triplicate, 750 each.
Printed in triplicate, 7,000 each.
107
Total
2,000
1,250
10,000
9,000
1,500
2,250
2,250
63,000
375
35,000
6,000
26,750
3,000
PUBLICITY MATERIAL
DISTRIBUTION OF III O W G
National Olympic Committees.
American Express Company. . . . . . . .
Thomas Cook & Son. . . . . . . . . . . .
Sports Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . .
Transportation Companies. . . . . . .
Tourist Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous from New York. . . .
C l u b s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hotels and Resorts. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chambers of Commerce.
Business Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous from Lake Placid.
Distribution from Lake PlacidDur-
ing Games. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Publication Resort Bureaus. . . . . . . .
Selected Lists .........................
Distribution at Bob-run
. . . . . . . . . .
GRAND TOTAL
108
Local Arrangements
Housing
Housing and Finance were the two most
difficult problems facing. the community of
Lake Placid in its ambitious plan to stage the
III Olympic Winter Games of 1932. While
Lake Placid has been known for generations
the world over as a summer resort of un-
rivalled excellence, its development as a win-
ter resort goes back only about a quarter of a
century. As a result, while in summer it could
easily house all the visitors expected at the
III Olympic Winter Games, doing the same
thing in winter presented a problem to the
community that only careful investigation
and organization succeeded in solving. For-
tunately, it may be said here without fear of
contradiction, a solution was reached satis-
factory to all concerned, both visitors and
competing athletes.
Lake Placid with a permanent population
of something less than 4,000 has a housing
capacity in summer roughly estimated at
10,000. Many of the larger hotels and cot-
tages, however, are not suitable for winter
occupancy. One of the first problems of the
Organizing Committee was to devise ways
and means of housing the 10,000 visitors ex-
pected to attend the most important events of
the Games.
It was necessary that definite assurance be
given the International Olympic Committee
that Lake Placid was capable of properly
housing and feeding athletes and spectators
before it was possible for the committee to
consider awarding the Games to this resort.
Preliminary Problems and Surveys
In the summer of 1928, about nine months
prior to the award of the Games to Lake
Placid, winter capacity of the village was de-
termined at approximately 2,415. This origi-
nal survey was made by a temporary housing
committee, headed by Judge T A Leahy, and
consisting of J Hubert Stevens, Benjamin
Bull, J B Hurley, Edward Hart, Dura Jenney,
William Lamb, C J Ortloff, and John F
White.
109
Following the award of the Games to
Lake Placid on April 10, 1929, immediate
steps were taken to perfect the organization
of the Olympic Housing Committee, to make
a survey of Lake Placid and adjacent commu-
nities, and to establish fixt rates for contest-
ants and officials.
At a meeting of the III Olympic Winter
Games Committee on May 9, 1929, President
Dewey read a letter from Count de Baillet-
Latour stating that it was essential that spec-
ial rates for accommodations for contestants
and officials relatively as low as those charged
at St Moritz in 1928 be immediately estab-
lisht. It was agreed at this time that. rates
per person of not more than $4-5-6 a day
should be fixt for contestants and officials.
Following the plan successfully used at the
St Moritz Games, hotels and boarding houses
were requested to reserve 20 per cent of their
capacity for these groups.
Second Survey Made
In the spring of 1929, the same housing
committee made a second survey of Lake
Placid and also included Saranac Lake and
Montreal in its investigation. Because of
plans that had been made in the meantime
by property owners to winterize hotels and
cottages, the capacity was somewhat increast
over the preliminary survey with results as
follows:
Lake Placid . . . . . . . . . 3,347
Saranac Lake . .. . . . . . . . . 1,500
Montreal . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,000
6,847
Between the time of this survey and the
spring of 1930 plans for winterizing proper-
ties in this village and adjoining communities
went forward steadily. Further co-operation
by means of additional winterizing was urged
by the Organizing Committee at a meeting of
the board of directors April 17, 1930. At a
meeting of the executive committee on the
same date, decision was reacht to organize a
Agreement with hotel and cottage owners
permanent Olympic Housing Committee and
to incorporate in the general housing plan
neighboring communities within a radius of
100 miles of Lake Placid by asking them to
appoint their own housing committee chair-
men to co-operate with the Lake Placid Hous-
ing Committee.
April 21, 1930, the board of directors ap-
proved the following as members of the
Olympic Housing Committee which served
until the conclusion of the Games:
Judge T A Leahy, Chairman
Benjamin R Bull
Edward Hart
James B Hurley
Dura Jenney
William Lamb
C J Ortloff
Martin T Ryan
William Ryan
J Hubert Stevens
Cities and villages in the Lake Placid ter-
ritory got squarely behind the movement
to provide housing facilities for the Olympic
visitors and began at this time the close co-
operation with the Lake Placid housing au-
thorities which was so essential to the latter
in the project which they had undertaken. By
means of the co-operation of the chambers of
commerce in these communities, the follow-
ing agreed to serve as chairmen of the hous-
ing committees in their own cities and vil-
lages:
Ausable Valley. . . . . . Fred C Torrance
Saranac Lake. . . . . . Francis H Leggett
Malone . . . . . . . . . . . .Dr John E White
Montreal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J C Owen
Tupper Lake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P J Hickey
Plattsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HL Booth
Wilmington . . . . . . . . . . James C Wolfe
Pullman Housing Plan
Officials of the New York Central Lines
met with Dr Dewey and other members of
the N Y State O W G Commission in New
York city on May 7, 1930, to discuss trans-
portation and housing problems. It was sug-
gested at this meeting that the railroad might
provide sidings for Pullman cars to be used
as sleeping quarters during the Games. Sub-
sequent study brought out the fact that the
cost of housing any considerable number of
visitors in Pullmans would be out of propor-
tion to the quality of accommodations pro-
vided.
Third Housing Survey
Early in May, 1930, members of the hous-
ing committee made a third survey of the
village and adjacent communities in order
to prepare data for Dr Deweys report be-
fore the Olympic Congress in Berlin later
that month.
The report as submitted by Dr Dewey at
that time follows, figures showing capacities
of the different communities:
Lake Placid Club. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500
Hotels and boarding cottages . . 1000
Private homes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
Pullman cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
Montreal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
Saranac Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
Regional towns, including Ma-
lone, Keene, Elizabethtown,
Jay, Wilmington, Ausable
Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7500
At a meeting of the housing committee
on September 23, 1930, it was decided, in
view of the low rates to be charged con-
testants and officials at the Los Angeles
Games and the rates charged at St Moritz
in 1928, to reduce the agreed daily rate per
person of $4-5-6 to $3-4-5, and that, if neces-
sary, means of reimbursing hotel proprietors
for the difference be provided by some sort
of subsidy in the budget of the III O W G
Committee.
At this meeting it was also decided to
draw up a contract between the III O W G
Committee and hotel and cottage owners
that would be legally binding on the latter,
in order to give the housing director more
specific information concerning the maxi-
mum and minimum rates to be charged, to
assure the proper distribution of contestants,
and to do away with the possibility of profi-
teering.
Because of the amount of time necessary
to make the next housing survey, it was de-
111
cided by the housing committee on Septem-
ber 29, 1930, to engage a temporary paid
worker on a full-time basis to complete the
survey which had been started by the com-
mittee a short time before. William E Feek,
a Lake Placid business man and former
mayor of the village, was chosen for this
work. Mr Feek conducted an extensive sur-
vey of the housing and feeding facilities in
Lake Placid, prepared a detailed summary,
and reported to the committee that by 1932
Lake Placid should be able to accommodate
approximately 3,898 visitors. This com-
pleted Mr Feeks work for the committee.
OHare Named Housing Director
In February, 1931, the Organizing Com-
mittee found it necessary to add to the Olym-
pic executive staff some one to have charge
of housing arrangements under the general
direction of the committee. Accordingly, at
a meeting of the board of directors, Feb-
ruary 16, 1931, William J OHare of Lake
Placid was named housing director and be-
gan his duties on February 20th.
Mr OHares first task was to bring all
housing information up to date for inclu-
sion in the second Games publicity booklet
which was then being prepared. It was de-
cided that all hotels and boarding cottages
able to accommodate 10 or more people for
rooms and board be listed in the second pub-
licity booklet. At a meeting on February
26, all hotel and boarding-house proprietors
agreed to care for contestants up to 25 per
cent of their capacity if necessary.
Temporary Real Estate Board Formed
A temporary real estate board was organ-
ized under the direction of Mr OHare on
March 20, 1931, to care for the rental of
cottages. Members of this temporary board
included all the real estate agents in Lake
Placid, with Mrs Jennie M Isham as chair-
man. The commissions charged owners for
rentals thru this board or thru the office of
the housing director were to be divided
among the members of the board.
In the spring and summer of 1931 the
housing director made a final survey of the
accommodations in nearby towns and vil-
lages, which served as a basis for the allo-
cation of Olympic guests up thru the Games.
In addition to accommodations personally in-
vestigated in North Country cities and vil-
lages, listed further on in this section, space
was available and utilized to some extent in
the following places:
Peru, NY
Harkness, NY
Paul Smiths, NY
Rainbow Lake, NY
Vermontville, NY
Cranberry Lake, NY
Mt Arab, NY
Bloomingdale, NY
Ticonderoga, NY
Middlebury, Vt
Arrangements were made at this time to
house at least 1000 visitors in Montreal,
which, under the special railroad schedule
planned during the Games, would be only
3½ hours distant from Lake Placid.
On October 7, 1931, the board of direc-
tors, in an effort to extend the fullest co-
operation to participating nations in over-
coming the extraordinary economic condi-
tions obtaining all over the world including
a pronounst difference in exchange, announst
a final reduction in rates for board and lodg-
ing to $2-3-4 daily per person for contestants
and officials. The rates of $3-4-5 establisht
following the Berlin Congress were the low-
est at which suitable accommodations could
be provided. The difference between the
two rates was to be taken care of by a $1
per day per person subsidy payment by the
committee.
As a matter of fact, the housing subsidy
never assumed any large proportions, as the
housing director was able to lodge practi-
cally all the contestants in places where the
regular rate corresponded to the rates agreed
upon for contestants and officials by the III
O W G Committee, and less than 50 per
cent of the amount allotted for subsidy was
used.
During the summer and fall of 1931 plans
for housing visitors, contestants, and officials
were further perfected in the office of the
housing director, and machinery was defi-
nitely set up so that every request, whether
from a nation or an individual, could be
handled with dispatch and to the satisfaction
of the applicant. As early as May, 1931, rep-
resentatives of nations expecting to partici-
pate in the Games began to come to Lake
Placid to inspect accommodations for their
teams and to conclude the necessary arrange-
ments.
Office Procedure
As soon as the first specific requests for
accommodations began to reach the office of
the housing director, a definite procedure
was establisht to operate up thru the Games,
altho naturally during the period immedi-
ately preceding the Games and during the
Games themselves certain short-cuts had to
be resorted to, in order to handle the great
number of requests that poured into the
office.
As a result of the several surveys made,
all the specific information
concerning each hotel, cot-
tage, and rooming house
was tabulated on a card
8½ x 12, containing such
data as name of hotel or
boarding house, rooms
with and without bath,
rooms with single and
double beds, whether or
not meals were served,
rates per day with and
without meals, total ac-
commodations, and tele-
phone number.
These
cards were filed by towns
and villages and were ar-
ranged according to capac-
ity and according to wheth-
er or not meals were served.
Late in December, 1931, it was found nec-
essary to increase the housing staff to 4 per-
sons, and a short time later to 5, in order
to take care of the mass of correspondence
and other details incident to the task. About
two weeks prior to the Games all correspond-
ence had to be eliminated because of the
huge number of reservations being made,
and all requests were answered either by day
telegrams or night letters. Beginning Feb-
ruary 1, 1932, practically all reservations
were made by long-distance telephone. Calls
came in daily from all parts of the United
The housing of all con-
testants and officials was
handled by the Olympic
housing director. Visitors
to the Games either made
their reservations directly
with the hotels and board-
ing houses or thru the hous-
ing office.
Pierson Studio
As early as the winter of
Young lady members of the staff in corner of main executive office.
Standing left to right:
Laura Munson, Rae Feather, Marcellyn Donivan,
Mary Landon.
Seated:
Hazel K Wharton
1930 inquiries regarding housing accommo-
dations were received at the Olympic office.
Each inquiry was handled individually, and
all possible information was given the pros-
pective guest. It was the aim of the housing
office to make it possible for every person to
secure accommodations in accordance with
his desires.
113
States, including Philadelphia, New York
city, Cleveland, Buffalo,, Rochester, Milwau-
kee, St Paul, Chicago, Detroit, Springfield,
Boston, St Louis, and Charleston, South Car-
olina.
The housing office was open from eight
oclock in the morning until midnight, and
during the last week of the Games when
special trains were coming into Lake Placid
at all hours, the housing director and his staff
were on duty 18 hours a day, taking care of
those who had made no reservations. In
spite of the fact that crowds on several days
of the Games exceeded all expectations, many
coming without any advance reservations, it
may be said here that all were satisfactorily
taken care of.
Actual Housing Arrangements
Officials
All officials and officers of various Olympic
bodies, members of the International Olym-
pic Committee, international sports federa-
tions, members of the American Olympic
Committee, the New York State Olym-
pic Winter Games Commission, the Essex
County Park Commission, and the III Olym-
pic Winter Games Committee were housed
at the Lake Placid Club and various hotels,
arrangements for all these groups being
made thru the housing office.
Contestants, Managers, and Coaches
Most of the nations entered in the Games
reserved entire hotels or cottages for their
use. Most nations made their arrangements
for these accommodations well in advance of
the beginning of the Games. The following
nations occupied separate cottages or hotels
by themselves:
Czechoslovakia
Norway
Finland
Poland
France
Sweden
Italy
Switzerland
Japan
United States
The other nations were quartered either in
clubs, hotels, or boarding houses, but did not
occupy the accommodations exclusively.
Austria
Great Britain
Belgium
Hungary
Canada
Roumania
Germany
Many of the larger delegations quartered
in cottages brought their own food, their own
cooks, and their own servants, in order that
their pre-Games training might be done un-
der conditions closely approximating those
obtaining in their own countries. This plan
was of great advantage in conditioning the
groups of athletes affected by it.
Press
Thru special arrangements made by the
Organizing Committee, the Belmont hotel on
Saranac avenue was set aside for use by press
representatives, telephone and telegraph offi-
cials, radio announcers and engineers, and
motion picture and still photographers.
From February 1 to February 15, 1932, the
Belmont was filled to capacity with these
groups, totalling approximately 100 persons,
and no other guests were accommodated.
Band
The 21 members of Adamss Empire State
band, which furnished music for the Games,
were housed by themselves in a cottage on
South Main street from February 3 to 14.
State Troopers
The 53 state troopers stationed in Lake
Placid during the Games were given accom-
modations in a house on Main street near
the town hall.
Summary of Accommodations
Below is given a summary of the highest
house count of Lake Placid clubs, hotels, and
boarding houses during the Games, together
with the maximum accommodations available
in nearby communities.
Lake Placid hotels and boarding
houses (capacity of 10 or more) . . 1638
Boarding houses, capacity less than
10, with meals served . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Rooms only, with meals at restau-
rants, located in village proper. . . . . 1133
Suburban districts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Private homes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Lake Placid Club. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1604
Total for Lake Placid . . . . . . . . . . . . 5337
Accommodations in nearby villages
Ausable Forks, Elizabethtown,
Jay, Keene, Keene Valley,
Keeseville, Malone, Platts-
burg, Saranac Lake, Tupper
Lake, Upper Jay, Wilmington..4650
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9987
Praise for Housing Arrangements
Attaches of Olympic teams, visitors, press
representatives, and others stated that one of
their happiest recollections of the Games
was the fact that hotel proprietors in Lake
Placid adhered strictly to their publisht rates
and made no attempt to profiteer or to charge
anything other than what was fair or specifi-
cally agreed upon. Widely-syndicated stories
appeared in the press of the United States
commenting in the most favorable terms on
the accommodations provided the press and
the fair rates charged for rooms and board.
Naturally these comments were a source of
much gratification to the housing director
and his co-workers who had striven so hard
to make certain that all who came to Lake
Placid for the Games should be fairly treated
during their stay.
Transportation
Transportation matters in connection with
the III Olympic Winter Games were handled
by Lewis Crane of Utica, district freight and
passenger agent for the New York Central
railroad and also general chairman of the
III O W G transportation committee; Earle
McDevitt of Lake Placid, local chairman;
and Ernest Gamache, secretary of the Or-
ganizing Committee.
Transportation to Lake Placid
Thru the efforts of Sir George McLaren
Brown of London, member of the I O C for
Canada and European general manager for
the Canadian Pacific Railway, a 20% reduc-
tion from off-season rates was secured from
the steamship lines of the North-Atlantic
conference for accredited officials and con-
testants coming to the Lake Placid Games.
A special rate of $15 for the trip from
New York to Lake Placid and return was
secured for the same group (foreign officials
and contestants) from the New York Central
Lines.
During the Games, trains were run on a
special 3½-hour schedule between Montreal
and Lake Placid. These trains were run to
Lake Placid in the morning, arriving before
the first event on the program, and returned
that same night.
Arrangements were also concluded where-
by all personal baggage of officials and con-
testants and sports equipment for use at the
Games were transported free of charge by the
steamship companies and the New York
Central.
The New York Central railroad built a
special siding at Lake Placid to accommodate
Pullmans and coaches at the time of the
Games, with a 25-car capacity, and also en-
larged the regular railroad yard so that it
could accommodate eight full trains, at a
total expenditure of approximately $92,000.
Transportation at Lake Placid
Transportation details at Lake Placid were
under the supervision of Earle McDevitt and
Secretary Gamache.
A central headquarters was establisht on
Main street, thru which all calls for taxicab
and bus transportation cleared. This office
was open 24 hours daily.
Bus transportation about the village and
between the village and the bob-run and ski-
jump was handled by Adirondack Stages,
Inc, which had 20 buses in operation during
the Games period. Bus fares were as fol-
lows: ski-jump, round trip $1; bob-run, round
trip $1.50.
The transportation system set up in Lake
Placid workt with the utmost smoothness in
spite of the fact that the bob-run was 8
miles from the village and the ski-jump 2
miles, and the roads were covered with snow
and ice. The huge crowds were moved
quickly, comfortably, and on time. There
were no traffic accidents of any sort.
Health and Safety
Health and safety measures at the Games
were in charge of a special committee, of
which Martin T Ryan, mayor of Lake Placid
village, was chairman.
115
After a thoro study of conditions that it
was felt would obtain during the Games, the
co-operation of the New York State depart-
ment of health was secured. This depart-
ment undertook the responsibility of approv-
ing and overseeing health conditions at the
various Olympic facilities and thruout the vil-
lage during the Games period. Many tempo-
rary comfort stations were installed for the
convenience of the thousands of visitors.
Three weeks before the Games, Dr Eliot
H Luther, Dr William L Munson, and Dr
Charles A Holmquist, officials of the state
health department, came to Lake Placid and
surveyed all the Olympic facilities and the
entire village. Their recommendations to
the Organizing Committee with respect to
changes in arrangements and new construc-
tion needed were carried out promptly.
Dr Luther was assigned to Lake Placid
for the period of the Games. Several minor
changes were made at various facilities at his
recommendation just before the Games be-
gan. Dr Luther approved health conditions
in the village and commended the Organiz-
ing Committee on the work it had done.
Safety Measures
After a conference with Major John A
Warner, head of the New York state police
and a member of the III O W G health and
safety committee, Mayor Ryan secured Major
Warners complete co-operation in special
safety measures to be instituted. It was de-
cided at this conference that the state would
send a large detail of troopers to Lake Placid
to care for traffic and other conditions that
might arise.
Lieut H C Herrick of Troop B, state po-
lice, Malone, with a detail of 53 troopers, 3
automobiles, and 4 horses, was assigned to
Lake Placid. 15 of this detail came on Jan-
uary 20, and the remainder on February 1.
The entire detail stayed in Lake Placid until
February 22.
116
The detail of 53 troopers was made up as
follows:
Troop B, Malone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Troop G, Troy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Troop C, Sidney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Troop D, Oneida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
A central office was establisht for the
troopers adjoining the Olympic executive
offices on the second floor of the North
Elba town hall. The office was completely
equipt with telephones, maps, teletype, and
necessary state records, and was open 24
hours daily.
During the period of the Games the troop-
ers supervised all police activities in the vil-
lage and at the Olympic facilities. It was
because of their efforts that an unprecedented
volume of traffic was handled without delay
and congestion, and confusion at the different
sports events reduced to the minimum. One-
way traffic was maintained on many village
streets and stringent parking regulations rig-
idly enforced.
As a token of appreciation to the state
officers for the excellent job they did, the
Organizing Committee tendered them a ban-
quet at the Lakeside Inn, Monday evening,
February 15, 1932. Supervisor Willis Wells
acted as toastmaster. Other speakers in-
cluded Dr Godfrey Dewey, Lieut H C Her-
rick, J B Hurley, F B Guild, and Ernest
Gamache.
The Organizing Committee committed it-
self early to the policy of a clean town during
the Games. This policy was rigidly adhered
to, and results completely bore out its sound-
ness. The decision was good policy and
good business as well, as shown by the ab-
sence of vice and crime. Few arrests were
made by the troopers during the Games.
There were no accidents and no major dis-
turbances at any time. The troopers object
was to prevent criminal acts just so far as
possible. Their record shows that they were
more than successful.
Special Sections
Office Lay-out
All executive offices of the III O W G
Committee were on the second floor of the
North Elba town hall which is located at the
village civic center directly across from the
Olympic stadium. All offices were connected
by an inter-communicating telephone system
and were also connected thru the switch-
board with all Olympic facilities, bob-run,
ski-jump, stadium, arena, and rooms in high
school.
State troopers room
15 x 33. Tables,
chairs, teletype, and other special equipment.
Large lobby
28 x 45. Tables and chairs.
All necessary office equipment was either
purchast or rented on advantageous terms.
A brief description of the various execu-
tive offices follows:
Ernest Gamache
Private office 12 x 13. 1
desk, table, and chairs. Outer office and re-
ception room, 15 x 17. Telephone switch-
board, desks for 3 secretaries, filing cabinets.
George M Lattimer
Office 16 x 17. 2
desks, filing cabinets, racks and tables for
display of publicity material.
William J OHare
Office 14 x 18. 2 desks,
bookkeepers table, filing cabinets.
H L Garren
Office 12 x 16. 2 desks, filing
cabinets, and draftsmans table.
E C Paarman
Office 11 x 18. 1 desk, ta-
bles, and filing cabinet.
Walter OConnor
Ticket office 14 x 18. 2
desks, files, ticket storage racks, safe, and
table.
During the Games there were ten trunk
lines coming into the central Olympic office
switch-board and 38 extensions connecting
with all Olympic facilities and branch offices.
An idea of the immense volume of tele-
phone traffic clearing thru the Lake Placid
village central office during the Games pe-
riod is gained from the figures which follow:
Peak Day, Feb 12
Local calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,502
Toll calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,402
Games Period, Feb 4-13
Local calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104,895
Toll calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7,945
The telephone switch-board in the Olympic
office was covered by experienst operators
from seven in the morning until two the fol-
lowing morning during the period of the
Games.
February 12, 1932, according to officials of
the Northern New York Telephone Corpor-
ation, was the biggest day from the point of
view of telephone traffic ever experienst in
the Lake Placid office.
Mimeograph room
12 x 15. Mimeograph
machine and necessary supplies. This room
also used as an emergency store-room.
Small board room
12 x 14. Long table
with chairs. Used for meetings of small
committees.
65 public telephones were maintained by
the Northern New York Telephone Corpor-
ation at strategic points thruout the village
and at Olympic facilities.
Board room
11 x 16. Large oak table
with matching chairs. Used for directors
and other meetings.
Storage room
10 x 15. Large table and
racks for storage of entry blanks, booklets,
and other material.
Small storage room
4 x 13. All office
supplies and blueprints.
The entry forms for the five official and
three demonstration sports on the program
of the III Olympic Winter Games were
divided into three classes: individual, team,
and national. There were 19 individual, 5
team, and 7 national entry forms, each
printed in three languages: English, French,
and German. The sled-dog entry form, used
only in the United States and Canada, was
printed in English only.
117
Telephone Service
Entry Forms
Each of the 31 English, 30 French, and 30
German entry forms was printed in three
units, original, duplicate, and triplicate. All
three forms were sent to member nations of
the I O C. The original and duplicate forms
when filled out and signed by the proper
officials were returned to the Organizing
Committee. The triplicate copy was retained
by the nation making the entry.
Entry forms were 8½ by 14 inches in size.
A distinctive color of paper stock was used
for each sport in order to facilitate identify-
ing and handling.
The sports and the color of paper stock
used for each follow:
Ski . . . . . . Canary Yellow
Speed-skating . . . . Green
Figure-skating . . Cherry
Hockey . . . . . . . . Blue
Bobsleigh . . . . . Salmon
Dog Derby . . . . . . . . Buff
Curling . . . . . . . . . . Grey
Womens Speed-
skating
. . . . .
.Pink
As a further aid to the
easy and proper handling
of the entry forms each
sport was designated by a
letter and the several events
of each sport were num-
bered.
Below is given the com-
plete system of numbering
the entry blanks:
Ski
A
50-km race . . . . . . . . . A-1
18-km race . . . . . . . . . A-2
Combined event . . A-3
Jumping . . . . . . . . . A-4
Speed-skating
B
500-m race.....B-1
1500-m race.....B-2
5000-m race....B-3
10,000-m race . . . . .B-4
Figure-skating
C
Men ............................C-1
Women ......................C-2
Pairs ........................... C-3
Ice hockey
D
Bobsleigh
E
4-man bobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-l
2-man bobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-2
*Sled-dog racing
F
*Curling
G
*Womens speed-skating
H
500-m race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-l
1000-m race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-2
1500-m race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-3
* Demonstrations
Pierson Studio.
Secretary Ernest F Gamache at desk
118
III Olympic
Winter Games
I
Lake Placid 1932
I
I
February
4-13, 1932
Individual Entry Form
(Original and Duplicate to be returned)
Extract from the General Rules applicable to the celebration of the Olympic Games
(§ IX Entries): b)
The names of the competitors must be received by the Organizing Committee at least a fortnight before
the date of the first event in each sport and
no
variation from this can be permitted.
This entry form (in duplicate) must be in possession of
III Olympic Winter Games Committee
Lake Placid, N Y, U S A
Before JANUARY 21, 1932, Midnight
Cable Address: Placolymp
Ski
50-kilometer Race
DECLARATION: According to the laws applicable to the celebration of the Olympic Games, we declare
that the information given above is correct and certify that the athlete is an amateur according to the
definition drawn up by the Governing International Federation and meets the minimum requirements set
forth in the amateur regulations of the I O C.
Signature of the representative of the National
Olympic Committee or of the representative of
the International Olympic Committee:
Individual entry form
121
A set of entry forms in one language suffi-
cient to enable a nation to enter the maxi-
mum number of contestants including re-
serves in all the events of the five official
Olympic sports contained 145 forms in tripli-
cate. This complete set, additional copies to
allow for spoilage, and entry forms for the
demonstration sports were sent to each of the
countries that could possibly be represented
at the III Olympic Winter Games. Other
nations, members of the International Olym-
pic Committee but not included in this list,
were sent a complete set of national entry
blanks.
Each country received the entry forms and
other printed material (see page 70 for list)
in the official language of that country with
the exception of the Spanish speaking na-
tions to which either English or French-lan-
guage material was sent.
National entries closed at midnight, De-
cember 24, 1931, and individual entries at
midnight, January 21, 1932.
364 Enter Games
Following receipt of the completed entry
forms in duplicate of the 17 nations declar-
ing their intention to participate and nom-
inating 364 entrants for the Games, the
original and duplicate forms were separated.
Originals were filed according to events and
sports for ready reference and subsequent in-
spection by the technical delegates for each
one of the Olympic sports. Duplicates were
filed according to countries.
After the classification of the entry blanks,
a file of 4 x 6 cards was set up, divided into
three sections. Each entry received was re-
corded on a card of the same color as the
entry form for that sport. These cards were
filed according to the alphabetic order of
the contestants name. Each one of these
cards carried the contestants full name,
country represented, and events in which the
contestant was entered. In a second file,
cards containing the same information were
groupt according to the nations represented,
and in a third file according to sports.
As will be noted by referring to the III
O W G organization chart, a separate depart-
122
ment was set up for the handling of all
Games entries, in order that needed infor-
mation with respect to national and individ-
ual participation might be at all times at the
disposal of the Organizing Committee and
all others to whom this information was im-
portant and necessary. The entry office was
of great assistance to the publicity depart-
ment and press representatives at the Games
in making instantly available facts and fig-
ures with respect to Olympic participation.
All entry files were kept up to the min-
ute so that when individual entries closed
at midnight, January 21, 1932, the Organiz-
ing Committee was in a position to and did
announce to the world a complete list of
those men and women participating in the
events of the III Olympic Winter Games.
Tickets
The chart below lists the prices charged
for tickets at the 28 events comprising the
III O W G program.
It will be noted from this chart that stand-
ing-room tickets were $1 each, and grand-
stand seats $3 each, except at the opening
and closing ceremonies and the 2 ski-jumps;
bleacher seats $2 each, with the same excep-
tions.
FEBRUARY
Morning Afternoon
Evening
1932
G B
St-rm
G B St-rm G B
St-rm
Thursday, 4th . . . .
$5 3 2
$3 2 1
$3 2 1
Friday, 5th . . . . .
$3 2 1
$3 2 1
$3 2 1
Saturday, 6th. . . . .
$3 2 1
$3 2 1
$3 2 1
Sunday, 7th . . . . .
.
$3 2 1
$3 2 1
Monday, 8th. . . . .
$3 3 1
$3 2 1
$3 2 1
Tuesday, 9th. . . . . .
$3 3 1
$3 2 1
$3 2 1
Wednesday, 10th . .
$3 2 1
$3 2 1
$3 2 1
Thursday, 11th . . .
$3 3 1
$5 3 2
$3 2 1
Friday, 12th. . . . . .
$3 3 1
$5 3 2 $3 2 1
Saturday, 13th. . . . . .
$3 2 1
$5 3 2
Season tickets, admitting to all events............ $45 30 15
EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS
GGrandstand
BBleachers
St-rmStanding-room
As indicated, season tickets admitting to
all events were priced as follows: grand-
stand $45; bleacher $30; standing-room $15.
A saving of over 50 per cent was effected
by buying season tickets as contrasted with
buying separate tickets for all the events.
Tickets for children under 16 years of age
were sold at
½
of regular adult prices in all
classes.
School children in groups of 20 or more,
accompanied by an adult leader, were sold
tickets at
¼
the adult price in each class for
the period from February 5 to 10 inclusive.
After a thoro study of the lay-out and re-
quirements at the various facilities, the con-
tract for printing the single-session tickets
was awarded. The number of single-session
tickets printed was 279,440.
Season tickets were printed on celluloid so
that they would be of lasting quality and
could be retained by the holder and used at
the different sessions. 2500 season tickets
were printed.
Tickets were sold in advance-sale booths
at the stadium entrance, in the main ticket
office at Olympic headquarters, and in booths
at the different facilities.
Attendance
Attendance at the III Olympic Winter
Games was adversely affected, not only by
the unfavorable weather conditions at vari-
ous times during the Games themselves, but
also by the continued bad weather during
the month preceding the Games, which con-
vinst thousands of prospective visitors that
it would be impossible to hold the Games
successfully. In addition, the unsettled weath-
er conditions during the Games, involving
postponement of several events and transfer
of others to different locations, especially
from the stadium to the arena, made im-
possible any accurate analysis of attendance
or gate receipts for each individual event,
as tickets issued in advance for a given time
or place had naturally to be honored for the
postponed or transferred event along with
those sold at the new time or place. The
total figures are, however, accurate, and ap-
proximate analysis for the more important
events will be of interest.
The net total paid attendance for the
whole period of the Games, assuming that
all holders of the 491 paid season tickets
attended each event, was 58,343. The grand
Pierson Studio
Ticket department. Walter OConnor, Thomas Haynes
123
Standing-room season ticket
Bleacher season ticket
Grand-stand season ticket
Reverse of season ticket
Standing-room single-session ticket
Bleacher single-session ticket
Grand-stand single-session ticket
Reverse of single-session ticket
124
total recorded attendance, not including ath-
letes or active officials admitted by badge, on
whom no check was practicable, was about
80,000. This larger figure includes, in addition
to the press, radio and telegraph representa-
tives and official photographers, the members
and official guests of the III Olympic Winter
Games Committee, the State Commission, the
County Commission, and the local governing
bodies; members of the International Olympic
Committee, the American Olympic Commit-
tee, and the winter-sports governing bodies;
the National Host Committee, made up of the
larger contributors to the general fund can-
vass, each of whom received two complimen-
tary tickets; those members of the executive
staff not actively engaged with their duties;
and about 1900 miscellaneous complimen-
tary admissions. Adding to this recorded
total the unrecorded attendance of the many
officials and contestants admitted by badge,
and the very substantial number who evaded
payment at the two ski-jumping events by
remaining on the new state highway as de-
scribed below, it is certain that the total at-
tendance figure for the III Olympic Winter
Games was well in excess of 100,000.
To this figure must, of course, be added
the vast invisible audience running into the
millions who followed the progress of the
Games in newspapers, motion-picture news-
reels and in radio broadcasts, as explained in
detail in the section of this book devoted to
Publicity.
The largest single attendance was at the
first two heats of the four-man bob race,
postponed to the morning of February 14,
which totalled over 14,000. The next largest
was unquestionably at the two ski-jumping
events on the afternoons of February 11 and
12, but the unfortunate re-location of a state
highway within plain view of the ski-hill
made it possible for thousands to witness the
jumps from a distance without payment, so
that the net admissions were only about 6,000
and 6,500 respectively, altho the total num-
ber of actual spectators undoubtedly approx-
imated double these figures.
Of all the Olympic facilities, the invalu-
able arena carried the heaviest load. On four
successive evenings, for the mens and
womens free figure-skating, February 9 and
10, the exhibition hockey game between the
combined Canadian and United States teams
and the Lake Placid Athletic Club, February
11, and the pair figure skating, February 12,
the arena was filled to its estimated capacity
of 3,200, including standing-room. For the
final hockey game between Canada and the
United States on the afternoon of February
13, 4,200 people, 1,000 more than the totaI
estimated capacity, jammed every available
foot of space, 500 more to whom tickets had
been sold before the game was transferred
from the stadium to the arena had to be re-
fused admission, and at least 1,000 more
who wisht to buy tickets were turned away.
The stadium was used more often than
any other of the Olympic facilities, but be-
cause of weather conditions, the crowds ex-
cept for the opening and closing ceremonies,
were far below its capacity. If, however, it
had been possible to hold the final hockey
game between Canada and the United States
in the stadium, as originally scheduled, its
full capacity would unquestionably have been
overtaxt.
Gate Receipts
For reasons already explained above, no
accurate segregation of gate receipts to each
event is possible. Accurate figures are, how-
ever, available for the receipts from season
tickets and at each of the four principal loca-
tions, as follows:
Season
tickets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $17,625.00
Stadium
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,764.00
Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,147.00
Ski-jump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,708.00
Bob-run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23,835.50
Gross total gate receipts...... $95,079.50
Refunds and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,663.90
Net total gate receipts . . . . . . . . $93,415.60
* This extraordinarily low figure is due to the transfer
of 7 events from the stadium to the arena and elsewhere
because of weather conditions.
125
Diplomas, Medals, and Badges
Place medals were given the winners of the
first three places in each event.
Diplomas were given to senior officials
and to contestants winning the first six places
in each event.
Commemorative medals were given to all
contestants and all officials.
In addition, a large number of badges
were given to groups and individuals taking
part in or helping to conduct the Games.
The names of the 14 first-place winners
in the Olympic events are inscribed on a
tablet on the walls of the Olympic arena.
The summary below is self explanatory.
Diplomas
Given to contestants winning first six
places and to senior officials. Number ordered,
500.
Place Medals
Number
To Whom Given
O r d e r e d Description
First-place winners 35
Silver-gilt
Second-place winners 35
Silver
Third-place-winners *45 Bronze
* Additional supply ordered to insure samples for the
official archives of the I O C and the Organizing Com-
mittee.
Commemorative Medals (Bronze)
Given to all contestants, officials, and
others who aided in the conduct of the
Games. Number ordered, 700.
Official Badges without Ribbons (Bronze)
N u m b e r
To Whom Given O r d e r e d
Inscription
Contestants 450
Contestant
on red enamel
background
Officials 250
Official
on green enamel
background
I O C Members
20
I
O
C
on black enamel
background
Courtesy Badges with Ribbons (Bronze,)
Inscription on
Number red, white, and
To Whom Given O r d e r ed
blue ribbon
Members
III O W G
III O W G
Committee 100
Committee
N Y State O W G
N Y State
Commission
15 O W G Comm
National Hosts
Contributing $1000
each to general
Games fund
45 National Host
Honor Guests
25 Honor Guest
Officials
140
Official
Obverse and reverse of commemorative medal
1 2 6
III O W G Diploma
127
International Secretary
During the summer of 1930, following
the Olympic Congress at Berlin, it became
evident to the Organizing Committee that in
the absence of extraordinary measures the
severe world-wide economic depression was
likely to discourage many nations from mak-
ing necessary preparations for adequate rep-
resentation at Lake Placid. In view of this
apparent situation, plus the added difficulties
of furnishing accurate information promptly
by trans-Atlantic correspondence, the com-
mittee determined on the unprecedented
step of sending a personal representative to
III O W G badge without ribbon, Official
place before the Olympic committees and
sports governing bodies of the principal win-
ter sports countries the facts concerning liv-
ing costs in Lake Placid, expenses en route,
facilities for training and for the Olympic
competitions, and similar matters-in short,
to help them to solve their real difficulties
and to dismiss the imaginary ones.
The
committee selected for this service Bjorn
III O W G badge without ribbon, I O C
III O W G badge without ribbon, Contestant
Blix, a native of Norway, who had previous-
ly spent two winters in Lake Placid in the
promotion of winter sports, and who as an
ardent and active winter sportsman seemed
well qualified for this position of interna-
tional secretary.
Mr Blix sailed early in December, 1930.
His visits carried him to Norway, Sweden,
Denmark, Germany, Holland, England,
France, Italy, Jugoslavia, Bulgaria, Rouman-
ia, Poland, Lithuania, Latvia, Esthonia,
Czechoslovakia, Austria, Hungary, Switzer-
land, and Finland. In these countries, he
distributed photographs, gave talks to inter-
ested groups, information to sports organi-
zations, newspapers, and magazines, and
generally spread the gospel of the III Olym-
pic Winter Games.
While the rules of the I O C expressly re-
quire each nation to finance fully its own
participation in the Olympic Games, the Or-
ganizing Committee recognized that under
the prevailing economic conditions some of
these countries would wish to call on their
nationals living in the United States for
financial assistance.
Before and after his
European trip, Mr Blix was delegated by the
Organizing Committee to co-operate with
these national groups, chiefly in and around
New York city, in organizing their efforts
to raise funds, but it was clearly recognized
on both sides that this service was rendered
as a courtesy and not as an obligation.
Because of the contacts which he had
formed while in their service abroad, Mr
Blix was also selected by the Organizing Com-
mittee to act for them in receiving the vari-
1 2 8
ous national delegations on their arrival in
New York city, and aiding in their housing
and travel arrangements en route to Lake
Placid.
Souvenir Book
Since by rule no advertising space could
be sold in the official day-by-day program
and since it was desired to develop an attrac-
tive publication to serve as a souvenir of the
Games, the Organizing Committee entered
into negotiations with several firms and in-
dividuals interested in producing such a book,
with the idea that the book could be sold
at no cost to the committee and some profit.
It was planned that the book should carry
the complete program for the Games, in ad-
dition to other material, and should also con-
tain advertisements. The committees deci-
sion to have this book produced by an out-
side firm was influenced by the fact that its
funds were limited, that no income from ad-
vertising space in the daily program could
be secured, and that a similar book, contain-
ing advertising, had been sold at previous
Games. Under the arrangement subsequently
entered into, the committee did not have the
control over the solicitation of advertise-
ments that might have been desired.
After extended consideration of various
propositions, Clayton E Brooke of New York
city was designated as the publisher of the
Souvenir Book of the III Olympic Winter
Games. Mr Brooke agreed to produce and
turn over to the committee 6,000 copies of
the book and, in addition, to pay a fee of
$500; the books to be the property of the
committee and Mr Brooke to retain all the
receipts from advertising space sold.
The souvenir book was an attractive pub-
lication, measuring
9¾x12½
inches and con-
taining 60 pages and cover. An excellent
quality of coated stock was used which re-
produced most effectively the half-tone cuts
with which the book was profusely illus-
trated. The illustrations included photo-
graphs of Olympic officials and contestants
and Lake Placid winter-sports scenes.
The cover was of unique design in four
colors showing a ski-runner with a display
of the flags of the 17 nations competing in
the Games against a mountain background
of white. The book contained statements on
the Games by President Herbert Hoover and
Governor Franklin D Roosevelt, together
with their photographs.
Sections were devoted to the various sports
on the Games program and the list of nations
and individuals entered.
5,565 copies of the book were sold during
the Games at 50 cents each. Sales were han-
dled by boys on the streets and at the vari-
ous facilities, as well as thru local stores and
hotels.
More books could have easily been sold,
but negotiations with Mr Brooke were con-
cluded too late to insure delivery by the
printer much before the opening date of the
Games. Certainly if the book could have
been available for sale as early as the Christ-
mas holiday season many more copies could
have been disposed of.
After the Games, a copy of the book was
sent to each member of the New York State
legislature.
Obverse and reverse of place medal
129
Concessions
To handle the granting of concessions for
such activities as the Organizing Committee
did not wish to handle itself, a special con-
cession committee was organized as follows:
James B Hurley, chairman, Judge Thomas A
Leahy, F S Leonard.
Following the advertising for bids, those
received were sent to the secretary who ob-
tained all possible information on the bidders
and details of their, bids before submitting
the information to the concession committee.
After studying each bid the committee formu-
lated its recommendations and placed them
before either the directors or the executive
committee, who made the final decision.
Concessions were sold in each instance to
the highest bidder after his qualifications
were found to be satisfactory to the com-
mittee.
Concessions granted by the committee fol-
low:
1
Operation of restaurant in bob-run
club house.
2 Sale of food at stadium.
3 Sale of athletic equipment in arena.
4 Sale of Olympic flags.
5 Production and sale of souvenir book.
6 Operation of central shop for display
and sale of photographs taken by lo-
cal photographers at Games.
Ushers and Information Service
All ushering at the Games was done by
boy scouts, members of the Adirondack
Council, Boy Scouts of America, under the
supervision of scout leaders from Lake
Placid and Saranac Lake. The boys were
given instruction for several days prior to
the opening of the Games on the handling
of tickets, seating lay-out of each facility, the
various entrances, and the proper way to di-
rect the crowds to their seats. A crew of
from
25
to
50
boys was used daily during
the Games.
The Organizing Committee furnisht trans-
portation from Saranac Lake to Lake Placid
and return for scouts living in the former
village and purchased the noon meal each
day. Scout leaders were paid a nominal sum
for their services. In accordance with the
scout law the boys themselves were not paid.
Two information booths were set up out-
side the town hall and one at the arena.
Two girls were on duty each day and eve-
ning, and one German interpreter was em-
ployed on a part-time basis. Information
was supplied in English, French, and Ger-
man as needed. Quantities of posters, book-
lets, stickers, maps, and other Games pub-
licity material were distributed without
charge.
Naturally Games information was also
available at many other places in the village,
Huge tractor plow clears Lake Placid highway on March 29, 1932, following
Pierson Studio
heaviest snowfall of winter
1 3 0
including Olympic facilities, hotels, restau-
rants, transportation headquarters, and stores,
but most of the information was given out
at the information booths above mentioned
and at the executive offices of the Organizing
Committee in the town hall.
Feeding
One of the greatest problems confronting
the committee was that of providing the fa-
cilities necessary for feeding the thousands
who would come to the Games, particularly
those who would attend daily sessions, re-
turning to their homes at night. To accom-
modate these latter it was necessary to pro-
vide facilities far in excess of those sup-
plied by the villages hotels, clubs, boarding
houses, and restaurants.
Following a thoro survey made by the
housing director, it was found that the total
capacity of the village for meals, including
double tables, was approximately 6,650.
Local church and other organizations were
encouraged by the Organizing Committee to
enlarge their existing dining arrangements or
to make plans to provide dining facilities.
As a result, the following organizations made
provision to serve 2 meals dailydinner and
supperduring the period of the Games as
indicated:
Womans Club
Lake Placid Grange
Catholic Church
Episcopal Church
Community Church
Masonic Lodge
The Organizing Committee also opened
restaurants in the basement of the town hall
and in the Olympic arena, where large num-
bers were fed.
The restaurant concession at the Mt Van
Hoevenberg bob-run clubhouse was sold.
Refreshments of all kinds were provided here
by the concessionnaire, including regular
meals, both table dhote and a la carte, and
lunches at all hours. It was here that the
luncheon to Governor Roosevelt and officials
present at the opening ceremony was given
at noon on February 4. From 12,000 to
14,000 people were fed at the bob-run club
house during the winter season.
As a result of these various arrangements,
either those made by the Organizing Com-
mittee or by other groups at their suggestion,
the feeding problem was satisfactorily solved.
On the morning of February 12, when an un-
usually large crowd was augmented by sev-
eral thousand day excursionists from New
York, the feeding arrangements received
their severest test. At that time many restau-
rants were forced to close their doors tem-
porarily while those inside were eating their
breakfast. When they finished, another
group was admitted, and so on throughout
the morning. This was done to avoid jam-
ming the restaurants and to give the wait-
resses room in which to serve their patrons.
On February 12, which was the high day
of the Games from the standpoint of at-
tendance, 9,842 noon-day meals were served.
This takes no account of the thousands at-
tending the Games from Lake Placid and
nearby places who ate at home or carried
their lunches.
Music
It was decided to secure a band of from
20 to 25 pieces to play at all events on the
Games program including the opening and
closing ceremonies.
Following receipt of specifications, 5 bands
submitted bids, which were gone over care-
fully by the board of directors. Adamss
Empire State Band of Albany was finally
awarded the contract. This band consisted of
21 members including the leader.
At the stadium and arena, special stands
were built, from which the band played dur-
ing the competitions. At the bob-run and
the ski-jump, space was set aside for the
band in the regular stands.
When wanted, additional music was sup-
plied at the arena by means of phonograph
records reproduced thru the loud speakers of
the public-address system.
Decorations
The special committee in charge of deco-
rations consisted of Mayor Martin T Ryan,
chairman, J B Hurley, and William Lamb.
Secretary Gamache worked closely with the
committee. J B Hurley was in charge of
131
flag decorations, and William Lamb of the
ice decorations.
Plans developt by the committee included
the stringing of flags across all principal
streets at distances of approximately 50 feet
between strings; decoration of business
houses and private homes in the village and
the town hall and all Olympic facilities.
Frank S Leonard was granted the exclu-
sive concession to sell to the O W G Com-
mittee and to individuals and business houses
flags and bunting to be used in decorating
for the Games.
Village in Gala Dress
Lake Placid village did its own decorating,
using flags, colored lights, ice, and strings of
evergreen. The Organizing Committee sup-
plied all the flags and paid the village for
decorating the Olympic facilities. Ice arch-
ways were built at the entrance of the arena,
stadium, bob-run, and ski-jump and other
places across village streets. In the general
decorative scheme flags of all nations rep-
resented at the Games were interspersed with
Olympic flags at about every third place.
Sizes were 4 x 6 and 9 x 15, while a few
larger flags were also used.
In the stadium the large Olympic flag
18 x 25used in the II Olympic Winter
Games at St Moritz in 1928, flew from the
center pole, while the prize award flags were
run up on three other poles on the eastern
side of the stadium. Flags of the nations
also flew all during the Games from poles
surrounding the stadium.
The arena was attractively decorated in-
side and out with national and Olympic flags
and bunting.
The general decorative scheme was de-
velopt to emphasize the international char-
acter of the Games by means of the flags of
the nations and to bring out an Adirondack
mountain effect by means of ice and ever-
greens.
Residents of the village co-operated whole-
heartedly in the move to have all homes and
business blocks in gala dress. Lake Placid
was a riot of color during the day, and at
night was a mountain fairyland of sparkling
snow, glittering ice, and soft lights twink-
ling in the darkness from home, business
block, and street.
All decorations were put up between Jan-
uary 10 and January 20, so that everything
was in readiness when the Games opened on
February 4.
Medical Attention
Arena
A doctor was constantly on call
at the arena during the Games. A first-aid
kit was kept in the office.
Ski-jump
A doctor was in attendance at
all ski-jumping competitions, and a first-aid
kit was kept on hand.
Bob-run
A doctor, nurse, and two am-
bulances were in attendance at all competi-
tions. A nurse and one ambulance were in
attendance at practice sessions. Medical
equipment at the bob-run included stretchers,
first-aid equipment and appliances, medicines,
and an ambulance bob to bring any injured
riders quickly to the bottom.
Cross-country ski races
A physician ex-
amined all contestants for heart condition
and blood pressure prior to each race. First-
aid kits were available.
Sled-dog races
All dogs were examined
by a veterinary surgeon before the competi-
tion started.
Social Affairs
Four social affairs were given during the
Games period.
1 Luncheon for Governor Roosevelt and
his party at the bob-run clubhouse,
noon, February 4.
2 Dinner for official groups to meet Gov-
ernor Roosevelt and Mrs Roosevelt at
Lake Placid Club, evening, February 4.
3 Reception following dinner at Lake
Placid Club Agora, evening, February
4.
4 Tea in Lake Placid Club Agora, after-
noon, February 7, given by Dr and
Mrs Dewey for officials, contestants,
and visiting dignitaries.
Thirty attended the luncheon for Gov-
ernor Roosevelt and his party at the bob-run
clubhouse, February 4. These included Mrs
Roosevelt, members of the governors staff,
132
D
I N N E R F O R
G
O V E R N O R
R
O O S E V E L T A N D
O
F F I C I A L S A T
L
A K E
P
L A C I D
C
L
U
B
Steadman
Governor Roosevelt directly below the Olympic circles. On the governors right: Lady Fearnley of Oslo; Dr Godfrey Dewey, president, III O W G
Committee; Mrs Roosevelt; Count de Baillet-Latour, president, International Olympic Committee; Mme Thenault, wife of Major Georges Thenault, of
the French Embassy, Washington; William May Garland, president, Organizing Committee, Games of the Xth Olympiad, member of the International
Olympic Committee for the United States. On the governors left: Mrs Garland, Sir Thomas Fearnley of Oslo, member of the International Olympic
Committee for Norway; Mrs Dewey; Avery Brundage, president, American Olympic Committee; Mrs Gustavus T Kirby of New York
Roger L
Moore
States chief executive bares head as Star Spangled Banner is played at opening of Games. Front row,
left to right:
Dr Godfrey Dewey, president of
III Olympic Winter Games Committee; Count de Baillet-Latour, president of the International Olympic Committee; Governor Franklin D Roosevelt;
Guernsey Cross, secretary to the governor; Ernest F Gamache, secretary of the III Olympic Winter Games Committee
—International Newsreel
Huge tractors pull trailers with sleds and racers back to the start of the Mt Van Hoevenberg Olympic bob-run
The southern range of mountains.
Left to right
—Stedman
the highest peaks are Tahawus (Marcy), the highest in the state, Colden, and MacIntyre
and members and officials of the Inter-
national Olympic Committee, III O W G
Committee, and New York State O W G
Commission. There were no speeches at this
luncheon, and the whole affair was markt by
an informality in keeping with the Adiron-
dack mountain background at the bob-run.
The distinguisht guests were given an op-
portunity to inspect the bob-run before and
after the luncheon.
Governor Honored at Dinner
96 attended the dinner in honor of Gov-
ernor Roosevelt at Lake Placid Club on the
evening of February 4. Included among
those attending, in addition to the Governor
and Mrs Roosevelt and members of his staff,
were members of the International Olympic
Committee, delegates from international
sports federations, heads of national Olympic
delegations, III O W G directors, members
of the New York State O W G Commission,
officers of the American Olympic Associa-
tion, and members of the National Hosts
Committee. Many of these officials were ac-
companied by their wives.
Immediately following the banquet a re-
ception was held in Lake Placid Club Agora
to which various other officials, committee
chairmen, and members were invited.
Dr Godfrey Dewey, president of the III
O W G Committee, and Mrs Dewey enter-
tained all Olympic officials, contestants, their
wives and friends at tea in Lake Placid Club
Agora, Sunday, February 7.
Dr Dewey Speaks
Remarks by Dr Godfrey Dewey, president
of III Olympic Winter Games Committee, at
dinner for Governor Roosevelt, Thursday
evening, February 4, 1932:
As chairman of the Organizing Committee of
the III Olympic Winter Games, it is my duty, as
well as a privilege and a pleasure, to speak to you
briefly at this time. Merely to acknowledge my
indebtedness to those both present and absent who
have co-operated so splendidly in our common task
would take more than the allotted period. May I
be pardoned, therefore, for confining myself to
just one thought-the significance, as I see it, of
the III Olympic Winter Games of Lake Placid.
Forty years before the first Olympic Winter
Games at Chamonix, the Swiss began that pro-
gressive development of winter sports which has
made Switzerland one of the great winter play
grounds of the world.
Twenty years before the Chamonix Games,
Lake Placid Club pioneered the development of
winter sports in the Adirondacks, and laid the
broad foundation of facilities and experience, added
to climate and terrain, which made the present occa-
sion possible. Today, eight years after the I Olym-
pic Winter Games in Chamonix, fours years after
the II Olympic Winter Games at St Moritz, the
III Olympic Winter Games are being held at Lake
Placid.
What does this event signify? What has been
accomplisht?
First, of course, comes service to the Olympic
ideal, the inspiration to a sound mind in a sound
body, leadership in friendly rivalry, and inter-
national fellowship and good will.
Next should be placed the raising of the
standard of winter-sports athletic achievement
thruout the world by the inspiration and the ex-
ample of the Olympic Games as the supreme goal
of international amateur athletic competition.
Scarcely less important is the influence in de-
veloping the physical facilities for winter sports,
especially where the Games themselves are to be
held. Thanks to this influence, Lake Placid has
today the most complete and perfect facilities for
winter sports ever before brought together in one
place in the whole world.
Fundamentally important, also, is the effect of
the Olympic Winter Games in changing the psy-
chological attitude of the general public of the
United States toward winter sports. Until very
recently, the term winter sports in the metropoli-
tan press of this country has meant chiefly indoor
sports-basketball, boxing, and wrestling, indoor
track and swimming, handball and squash. Even
hockey has followed the crowds indoors. No less
unfortunately, the term winter resort in this coun-
try quite generally implies the assumption of es-
cape from winter rather than a welcoming of its
unique and delightful opportunities; a flight to the
Mediterranean or West Indies instead of a joyous
journey to the realms of ice and snow; the com-
paratively enervating relaxion of Florida and Palm
Beach, rather than the stimulating activities of the
Adirondacks and Lake Placid. Surely the term
winter sports should stand first of all for the sports
which only winter makes possible, including es-
pecially the invigorating major sports of the Olym-
pic program-ski racing and jumping, speed and
137
figure skating, hockey and bobbing-and the term
winter resort should be broad enough to cover
first of all those resorts offering the distinctive
opportunities of winter.
It is our hope that thru the holding of the III
Olympic Winter Games in the United States the
general interest and participation in winter sports
on this side of the Atlantic, especially thruout the
northeastern United States, may be set forward by
at least a decade, if not a generation.
To all these purposes, we dedicate our united
efforts to make the III Olympic Winter Games at
Lake Placid worthy of the highest traditions of the
modern Olympic Games.
Address by Count de Baillet-Latour
Speech by Count de Baillet-Latour, presi-
dent of the International Olympic Commit-
tee, at dinner for Governor Roosevelt:
Mr Chairman, Mr Governor, dear colleagues,
ladies and gentlemen:
I feel rather uneasy in deciding who deserves
to be congratulated more, Lake Placid for having
organized the III Olympic Winter Games, or those
countries who have so keenly responded to the in-
vitation of the United States of America. But one
thing is certain, neither of them would have been
able to carry on if, on both sides of the Atlantic,
a gigantic effort had not been made to provide,
under very difficult circumstances, the necessary
funds. The generosity shown is due to the fact
that in the whole world enthusiasm and faith in
Olympic ideals are increasing every day. The com-
petitors in winter sports, newcomers in 1924, have
joined with heart and soul the athletes of those
other sports which have been part of the Olympic
program since the early days of the revival of the
Games in 1896. They have been conquered by the
same ideals and we rejoice, especially in these days
when it is obvious that a free trade of blows in
sporting contests is one of the best ways of bring-
ing in closer touch the youth of every nation, that
those who will be rulers of the morrow understand
that competition does not mean death for the op-
ponent, and that the goal of peace has to be
reacht between the countries in international af-
fairs as in competing teams, by co-operation and
not by strength-and, above all, by fair play.
I have met very often with the opportunity of
expressing to our American friends, when they
were over in Europe, the gratitude of the Inter-
national Olympic Committee towards the Ameri-
can Olympic Association for the way in which it
has spread all over America the Olympic ideals;
but it gives me still greater pleasure to repeat it
again tonight at this meeting where so many more
members of that Committee are present, and to
tell them the price at which we value the splendid
participation of the American Olympic teams in
the Olympic games held every four years. It has
been the best propaganda, and both factors have
undoubtedly largely contributed to the success of
the Games of 1932 in Lake Placid and Los An-
geles. The interest in those Games will, by no
means, have to suffer if, for reasons of economy,
the teams will be smaller in number than antici-
III O W G badge with ribbon
138
pated. Anyhow, they will not lack in quality be-
cause in every event the best men of every country
will be present and will put up a hard fight.
My duty tonight is not an easy one to fulfill.
I have to convey to all concerned the thanks of the
International Olympic Committee, and I feel sure
that if I only attempted to quote the names of
those whom I have personally seen at work, I
would overstep the time the Chairman has given
me, and these are a very small portion of those
who have devoted their time and energy for the
same purpose. Therefore, I beg you all to under-
stand that if I only refer individually to a few,
my gratitude goes nevertheless from the president
of the III Olympic Winter Games Committee to
the last workman who, under heavy pressure, did
his bit to make sure that the Arena would be
ready on time.
Our thanks to you Franklin Roosevelt, Gover-
nor of the State of New York, and to the legis-
lature of the state, who have seconded the efforts
of Senator Warren Thayer and Assemblyman Fred
Porter, chairman and vice-chairman of the New
Could we, Sir, expect anything else from you who
bear the name of the man who was at the same
time a great statesman as well as a great sports-
man?
Our thanks to the National Hosts who contrib-
uted by generous gifts.
Our thanks to you Dr Godfrey Dewey who,
after leaving no stone unturned before this town
had been selected by the International Olympic
Committee, have given the best of your time and
of your ability to face the obligations you had so
gamely taken on. You shared this hard task with
members of the Olympic staff, who all found use-
ful help from the board of directors, selected
amongst the best men available in Lake Placid and
in the whole country.
Our thanks also to the Lake Placid community
which has taken a greater burden than any other
community of its size, and proved itself to be, in
every sense of the word, really sporting and de-
voted to that Olympic cause so dear to the heart
of Pierre de Coubertin, who revived the Games
and whose name must be remembered and wor-
York State Olympic Winter Games Commission.
shipt forever.
Invitation to dinner in honor of Governor Roosevelt
139
140
The ice surface of the Olympic stadium was 74 meters by 191.46 meters. The speed-skating track was 400 meters long and 12 meters wide, with
two 180-degree turns of 25 meters radius
The Olympic Facilities at Lake Placid
Summary Chart of Seating Capacities at Olympic Facilities
Places
Ski-hill
Stadium
A r e na
Bob-run
Grandstand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,600
2,875
1,360
Bleachers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,600
3,600
1,000
2,500
Standing-room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,000
1,000
1,000
10,000
9,200
7,475
3,360
12,500
Intervales Ski-hill
When its invitation to hold the III Olym-
pic Winter Games of
1932
in Lake Placid
was presented to the International Olympic
Committee, Lake Placid was fortunate in pos-
sessing as part of its winter-sports equipment
one of the outstanding ski-jumps of the
world. This was the Intervales 60-meter
jump, owned by Lake Placid Club, and made
available to the community in bidding for
the Games.
Intervales had for years been the scene of
many of the best-known ski-jumping com-
petitions in the United States.
Refined and perfected over a long period,
with no effort to build a jump of record-
breaking length but with every effort to build
the best possible hill for championship com-
petitions, Intervales is today as nearly per-
fect a hill for jumps of from 40 to 60 meters
as it is possible to build.
It is interesting to trace the history of In-
tervales hill and ski-jumping at Lake Placid
to the time when both were so well known
that they played an important part in the de-
cision of the International Committee to
award the III O W G to this community.
Lake Placid Club as early as the winter of
1904-05 began to foster winter sports among
its members, and, to encourage ski-jumping
proficiency, a series of hills of varying re-
quirements in skill was built. From the pro-
verbial soap-box take-off upward, it was
decided that hills to be known as 5, 10, 20,
30, and 50-meter jumps were desirable. A
series like this made possible steady progress
of each skier, as greater skill was developt.
It was soon learned, however, that a be-
ginner could practice on a l0-meter as well
as on a 5-meter hill, so the smallest hill was
abandoned. As noted later, the 50-meter hill
was subsequently converted into a 60-meter
jump.
A 20-meter jump, originally built in 1917,
still stands on Golf hill near the main build-
ings of Lake Placid Club.
In addition to the two smaller jumps, the
10
and 20-meter, on Golf hill, the Club also
maintains a 30-meter jump at Intervales,
while the Lake Placid Athletic Club has both
a
15
and a 30-meter jump overlooking the
Olympic stadium in Lake Placid village.
It is with the development of the 60-meter
jump, now known as Intervales Olympic ski-
hill, however, that we are primarily con-
cerned. This hill is about two miles south-
east of Lake Placid village.
Original Intervales Hill Built in 1920
The first design was made in 1920 as tour-
nament ski-jumping began to prove popular,
and construction was finisht in time for the
winter of
1920-21,
with the first tournament
held on February 21, 1921. Ten amateur and
three professional jumpers competed. The
longest standing jump was 118 feet, made by
G Michelson, Nansen Ski Club, amateur class;
and 124 feet by Antony Maurer, professional
class.
As built in
1920,
the hill, known as a 35-
meter jump, had the following dimensions:
length of upper slope above take-off 142 feet;
lower hill 280 feet; grade of upper hill 28
degrees 50; lower hill, 31 degrees 30; length
141
of take-off 15 feet; slope 6 degrees. Cost of
building this hill was $1736.
After prolonged study of profiles in North
America and Europe, Intervales was rebuilt
in 1923, and by this reconstruction became a
50-meter hill with the following dimensions:
total vertical elevation from top of tower to
level at foot of lower hill, 254 feet; horizon-
tal dimension from point directly under top
of tower to level ground at foot of lower hill,
660 feet; length of upper slope including
tower, 267 feet; length of lower slope from
take-off to level ground at foot of hill, 440
feet, or a total of 707 feet from top to bot-
tom. The run-out on the flat was 300 feet in
length. In this reconstruction the take-off
was lengthened, the grade of the upper hill
decreast and lengthened, and the 10-foot
tower lengthened to 30 feet. On this hill
the longest jump recorded was 40 meters
(131 feet) by Rolf Monsen on February 22,
1927.
Becomes 60-meter Hill
Finally in 1927 the present Intervales 60-
meter jump was developt. The grade of the
lower hill was increast to 39 degrees at the
170-foot mark. The upper hill was length-
ened and the tower rebuilt in steel, 12 feet
wide and 66 feet high, with two starting plat-
forms. In 1928 the tower was lengthened by
a new section increasing its vertical height to
75 feet. The take-off as now designed was
also completed in 1928. Vertical height of
the upper hill from the take-off to the tower
was thus made 36.5 meters or 120 feet.
The total investment in the present 60-
meter hill is approximately $35,000.
Two stands at Intervales hill, one on each
side of the take-off, are of unique design,
built on a slant to give the maximum number
of spectators (approximately 100 on each
side) an unobstructed view of the entire hill
from the top of the tower to the end of the
run-out at the bottom. From all other seats
an unobstructed view of the entire lower hill
is obtained. Total seating capacity of the
stands on either side of the take--off and land-
ing hill is 1,022. Total seating capacity at
the time of the III
O
W G was 6,200, made
possible by new horseshoe stands at the end
Olympic ski-hill plan and elevation
142
143
Seating plan at Olympic ski-hill
of the run-out and additional bleacher seats
along either side. Ample standing-room is
available. About 10,000 spectators stood and
watcht the Olympic ski-jumping competi-
tions on the afternoon of February 12, 1932.
Wooden stairs running up at a gradual in-
cline extend from the foot of the lower hill
to the take-off on both sides, and from the
take-off to the summit on one side.
No Tangent before Take-off
The most distinctive feature of Intervales
hill, contrasted with the majority of other
slides, is the elimination of the tangent pre-
ceding the actual take-off. It was felt by the
designer that a carefully-graded curve of uni-
form and ample radius extending from far up
the hill all the way to the actual take-off
would enable each jumper to time his spring
by eye exactly as he might wish, with no dis-
turbing shock. Loss of velocity is minimized,
and every jumper has the advantage of a
slight but constant and steadying sense of
pressure all the way to his actual spring.
This feature is not original or untried. It
has been used with great success, among other
places, at the Chamonix 1924 Olympic jump
and the Bernina jump at Pontresina, which
held the worlds record for distance in 1928.
Not more than three or four hills in North
America or in Europe have a lower slope with
39 degrees maximum grade or more. Hills
with records of longer jumps differ from In-
tervales chiefly in lengths of upper and lower
slopes and grade of the lower slope with
suitable adjustment of the take-off.
Speed, grade and length of lower hill, to-
gether with adjusted grade of take-off, are the
primary factors determining distance. In de-
signing Intervales it was aimed to secure a
maximum distance of 200 feet under normal
snow conditions, with take-off about 14 inches
lower and at least 2 degrees steeper than used
in the official Olympic events. Illustration of
the correct engineering design of the hill is
found in the fact that when the take-off was
raised 14 inches the lower hill was outjumpt
when skiers started at the top of the tower.
For this reason contestants in the main Olym-
pic jump were started about 12 feet below the
top and, with the added factor of unusual
skill, the record standing jump was 71.5
meters (235 feet), made by Hans Beck of
Norway on February 12, 1932.
Intervales hill was designed by Dr Godfrey
Dewey, president of the III O W G Com-
mittee.
It slopes to the northeast, which in the
Adirondack winter climate has been found to
be the most desirable exposure.
Parking space for thousands of automo-
biles is provided in the rear of the horseshoe
stands at Intervales and in a large plot almost
directly across the highway from the main en-
trance.
During the Games bus and taxi service was
provided to and from the jump.
Announcements of the results during the
III Olympic Winter Games were carried over
a public-address system to the main press
room in the high-school building in the vil-
lage, and the same results were also broadcast
to the crowds at the jumps thru loud speakers
located at strategic points in the stands.
Ski-jumping Has Rapid Growth
From the time the first ski-jumping com-
petition was held at Intervales February 21,
1921, with 3,000 attending, the sport has had
an almost mushroom-like growth in popu-
larity. Formal organization of the Sno Birds
at Lake Placid Club in 1921 had a great deal
to do with that growth.. This group co-op-
erated with Club officers in planning winter
programs and tournaments. Annual tourna-
ments, open to all skiers belonging to mem-
ber clubs of the National Ski Association of
America and the Canadian Ski Association,
have been held annually on Washingtons
birthday from 1921 until the present time. In
the period between Christmas and New Years
of each winter, beginning in 1921, a College
Week tournament has been staged. This Col-
lege Week program has been the means of
developing interest in winter sports among
the colleges of the United States and Canada
and has also brought to the fore many col-
lege jumpers who have given good accounts
of themselves in the larger tournaments and
even in Olympic competition.
144
Cross-country skiing has been enjoyed in
Lake Placid for 30 years or more. Most of
the skiing is thru wooded trails, many miles
of which have been prepared and built es-
pecially for this sport. Altho several miles
of suitable trails are maintained by private
organizations, the largest part of the system
is supervised by the New York State Con-
servation Department. There is afforded a
large variety of terrain. Some of the trails
are suited to the novice, some to touring,
while still others are built particularly for
the expert competitive skier.
Trail maintenance in the Lake Placid sec-
tion of the Adirondacks was first started by
the New York State Conservation Depart-
ment on public land areas in the summer of
1920. These paths were prepared mainly
for summer hiking and camping. It was
not until 1929 that the Conservation De-
partment, recognizing the need of trails suit-
able for the cross-country ski races in the III
Olympic Winter Games, co-operated with
the III Olympic Winter Games Committee in
an extensive trail-building program which in-
cluded the construction of 70 miles of new
trails as well as the widening for skiing use
of many miles of existing trails.
It can be stated conservatively that within
a radius of 10 miles of Lake Placid, 250
miles of good ski trails are now available.
Some of these trails are particularly suited
for inclusion in 18 and 50-kilometer races
of Olympic standards, while others furnish
excellent touring for the rank and file of
skiers.
Trails Radiate from Lake Placid
Suitable ski trails extend in all directions
from Lake Placid, altho construction of new
trails has been mostly to the north, east and
south. While there are several good ski runs
to the west of Lake Placid, they are not as
popular as the trails in the other directions.
After the award of the III Olympic Win-
ter Games to Lake Placid, the president of
the Organizing Committee appointed George
W Martin the official trail supervisor to plan
suitable trails for the Olympic 18 and 50-
kilometer races. In co-operation with the
Conservation Department of New York
state, and especially W G Howard, superin-
tendent of lands and forests, J H Hopkins,
district forest ranger, and Abe Fuller, the
local ranger, 70 miles of trails were scouted
and eventually built, adapted particularly to
ski touring and racing. The work involved
31 days of preliminary scouting and mark-
ing, while two months were spent by a crew
of 10 to 14 men in actually building the
trails. Wherever possible they were con-
structed in such a fashion as to furnish com-
paratively easy running in one direction for
the less experienst skier, while affording a
severe test of ski technique if taken in the
opposite direction.
In order to furnish the necessary climbing
height for the 18-kilometer race in the Mt
Whitney section a number of smaller con-
necting trail links were built so that several
suitable combinations could be made, offer-
ing a varied choice of Olympic ski race
courses.
A 30-mile trail was built around White-
face mountain. This without doubt repre-
sents the hardest single 50-kilometer race
course, and in respect to terrain approaches
the ideal test of skiing for the long race.
Of distinct value to the ski-tourer, as well
as furnishing excellent ski race terrain, is the
loop known as the Hart lake loop, another
addition to the system.
The trails on the Sentinels, improved and
increast in length, comprise valuable addi-
tions to the net-work.
Trails Measured with Steel Tape
The 70 miles of new trails built and also
the other existing trails which were planned
as part of the Olympic race courses were
accurately measured by steel tape. Both the
18 and the 50-kilometer race courses sub-
mitted to the International Ski Federation
for use during the Olympic Games were thus
measured within a fraction of a kilometer.
Cross Country Ski Trails
145
All the new trails as well as many of those
already in existence for a number of years
are fully described in New York State Con-
servation Circular No 10, issued in the spring
of 1931. This circular includes a map of the
complete trail system.
The New York State Conservation De-
partment, recognizing the growing need of
ski trails, has built several purely for touring
purposes. The outstanding ones include an
excellent ascent of Whiteface mountain from
the north side, known as the Franklin Falls
trail. The path to the top of Tahawus
(Marcy), which is the highest peak in New
York state, has also been greatly improved
for ski use.
Four different 18-kilometer ski race courses,
fully described and mapt, were submitted to
the Jury of Terrain of the International Ski
Federation prior to the Olympic competi-
tions. Altho poor snow conditions necessi-
tated special preparation of trails for this
race, it was possible to use the course se-
lected by the committee, and the race was
satisfactorily held as scheduled.
The total rise of these 18-kilometer courses
varied from 460 to 500 meters. The course
selected is known as the Mt Whitney route.
The start and finish were at the Olympic
stadium. From the stadium the route went
over the Lake Placid Club golf course to
Cherry Patch pond, thence to Mud pond,
to Connery pond, and to East Bay of Lake
Placid. From there Mt Whitney was as-
cended, the highest point being reacht at
13 kilometers. The descent led past the
Lake Placid village reservoir to Mirror lake,
and followed a winding route over the lake
to the Olympic stadium. The exact distance
of the course was 18.214 kilometers.
Five 50-km Courses Submitted
Five 50-kilometer ski race courses, each
over terrain different from the others, were
submitted to the Jury of Terrain of the In-
ternational Ski Federation for the selection
of one Olympic course.
The total
from 1375
rises in these courses ranged
meters to 1800 meters. The
146
course selected was the Clifford Falls route,
the exact length of which was 49.947 kilo-
meters.
This course went from the Olympic sta-
dium to the AuSable river, over the North
Notch Sentinel trail to Clifford Falls, near
which an auxiliary feeding station was
placed. It continued running thru the South
Sentinel notch to the ski jump, where the
main feeding station was located at 31.6
kilometers. From there the course went over
Tablelands farm on the lower Hart lake
loop, cutting across to the upper Hart lake
loop, to the Bear Cub, where the second
auxiliary feeding station was located. The
route led from there over Top of Heaven
to the Olympic stadium.
All preparations were made to hold the
Olympic 50-km race on this course, but the
severe thaw which set in 2 days before the
race made it necessary to give up the route
as planned. Instead, a 23.77-kilometer loop
was run twice with a .685 extension at the
finish, which made the exact distance 48.239
kilometers. The loop was part of the origi-
nally-selected 50-kilometer course and ex-
tended from the AuSable river thru the North
Notch trail to Clifford Falls, returning by
way of South Notch trail. The start was
at the junction of South Notch trail and the
River road, where the main feeding station
was also located. After running this loop
twice, the contestants continued along the
River road to the finish.
In spite of bad weather and snow condi-
tions, especially for the 50-kilometer test, the
cross-country ski-runners at the III Olympic
Winter Games turned in excellent times.
Stanislaus Zentzytzki, designer of Mt Van
Hoevenberg Bob-run
payers, by a vote in excess of five to one,
past the measure.
Additional Property Purchast
In order to secure the acreage essential for
the construction of the stadium and in order
to centralize control and ownership, it was
found that it would be necessary to purchase
four adjoining pieces of property totalling
435 acres. The high-school campus itself
contained 2.8 acres. This was eventually
least by the North Elba Park Commission
from the Lake Placid Board of Education
for a period of 99 years. Thus the site of
the stadium contained in all 7.3 acres.
Following the favorable vote on the bond
issue, plans were initiated for acquiring the
necessary acreage. This was all finally se-
cured.
First Construction for Games Begins
Early in December, 1929, the first con-
struction in preparation for the III Olympic
Winter Games began-work on the drainage
culvert to run diagonally across the campus
under the stadium.
Shortly after New Years Day, 1930, work-
men began tearing down the seven buildings
that stood on the property to the north of
the high-school campus. These buildings
included two old hotels, one of them unused,
dwelling-houses, and a garage. None of
these buildings were modern, and tearing
them down and utilizing the land as part
of the stadium site added greatly to the at-
tractiveness of the village civic center, where
the Olympic stadium was to stand. Thus
building the stadium served a dual purpose
-it provided an essential Olympic facility
and it improved markedly the appearance of
the heart of the village.
After Governor Roosevelt, early in March,
signed the bill legalizing the $200,000 bond
issue, the issue was quickly disposed of, con-
tracts were let, and work on the excavation
for the stadium site began on April 7, when
the first shovelful of earth was turned in the
presence of a large crowd. Work went for-
ward on schedule all thru the summer, and
When it was decided that Lake Placid
would ask the International Olympic Com-
mittee for the award of the III Olympic
Winter Games, it was realized that one of
the first facilities that the local committee
would have to provide would be a stadium
for the speed-skating, opening and closing
ceremonies, and other events on the official
program.
Fortunately Lake Placid possest a site al-
most perfect for the purpose, the high-school
campus, directly across from the North Elba
town hall, where it was planned to establish
Olympic headquarters. In addition to an
ideal natural location, the campus adjoined
the high-school building, in which it was de-
cided to utilize class-rooms and other facili-
ties as dressing-rooms for the athletes and
for a variety of other Olympic purposes. In
this tentative plan the Lake Placid Board of
Education exprest a willingness to co-op-
erate to the fullest extent. The north and
northwestern ends of the campus ran into
sloping ground which, when properly ex-
cavated and graded, would help to form a
natural amphitheatre.
As soon as the award of the Games was
made to Lake Placid on April 10, 1929, im-
mediate steps were taken to proceed with
plans for the stadium.
At a general meeting of Lake Placid civic
groups, held on May 6, 1929, official senti-
ment favored the construction of the stadium
on the site described above. The next step
had to do with the raising of the necessary
funds.
At a meeting on May 15 it was voted to
recommend to the North Elba Town Board
that a proposition to raise $200,000 by a
bond issue for the stadium and other Olym-
pic expenses be put before the voters of the
North Elba parks and playgrounds district
at an early date. Incidentally, this district
includes all that portion of the Town of
North Elba not lying within the corporate
limits of the village of Saranac Lake.
The special election on this $200,000 bond
issue was called for June 4, 1929, when tax-
The Olympic Stadium
147
both grading and excavation were completed
in November of that year.
The general plan of getting the stadium
site ready for the erection of the stands and
other facilities included excavation on the
property acquired at the northern end, the
necessary removal of dirt, raising the south-
ern end of the site, and leveling the stadium
floor. In this way much of the dirt dug from
one end of the stadium was hauled to the
other for grading and leveling, an ideal ar-
rangement.
In all, 151,840 cubic yards of dirt and
rock were excavated. 75,964 cubic yards
were used for a fill around the western shore
of Mirror lake in the village, where it was
planned to build a walk or promenade. The
rest of the dirt was moved to the other end
of the stadium or was utilized for grading
in various parts of the village.
Stadium Track Is Built
As soon as the excavation job was finisht
and before cold weather set in, a quarter-
mile (440-yard or 1320 feet) track was laid
out on the stadium floor for the use of the
high-school students, and everything was put
in readiness for flooding and icing this track,
which was to be made an official 400-meter
(1312 feet) speed-skating course in the win-
ter. The track was built of cinders and gravel
and was carefully under-drained.
As soon as permanent winter set in and
the track was flooded and iced, a hockey box
was built inside the skating course. In this
box all the hockey games of that season in
Lake Placid were played. The stadium, even
with the stands not yet built, was used dur-
ing the winter of 1930-31 for general skat-
ing, for the North American speed-skating
championships, and for the semi-final try-
outs for the United States Olympic speed-
skating team.
The following spring, 1931, sodding of
the entire stadium floor, with the exception
of the cinder track, was finisht, and the whole
area was seeded.
Begin Work on Stand
Work on the grandstand began September
15, 1931, and was finisht on November 26.
This stand was at the western side of the
stadium at the point nearest to the high-
school in order to have it convenient for
spectators, newspaper men, and competitors
who used rooms in the high school for a
variety of purposes during the Games.
After a careful study of the most desir-
able wood for the stand, Douglas fir was
chosen. 105,000 board feet of this fir were
shipt from the State of Washington via
Panama Canal to Lake Placid.
Seating accommodations for 2,875 specta-
tors were provided in the grandstand. The
southern half of the two top rows was used
by newspaper men as a press-box. At the
northern end of the press-box were built
three booths for the radio broadcasting com-
panies and the announcer on the stadium
public-address system. Both the press-box
and the radio booths had a direct, private
stairway down to the rear of the stadium.
The press and telegraph rooms in the high
school were only a few yards distant.
Underneath the grandstand were toilets, a
large store-room, public telephone room, and
two skating and ski waxing rooms, all heated
by oil stoves. Ten dressing-rooms for the
Olympic athletes and four committee-rooms
were provided in the high school.
149
Stands for motion picture operators and
still cameramen were built at the top of the
grandstand above the press-box, while others
were located at strategic points around the
stadium. In the grandstand were also sec-
tions set aside for the judges and other offi-
cials.
Total seating capacity of the stadium, in-
cluding, in addition to the grandstand several
sections of portable bleachers, was 6,475
Standing-room for 1,000 spectators was also
provided, making total capacity of the sta-
dium 7,475. Portable bleachers were put
up at either end of the grandstand and along
the eastern margin of the skating track, and
were moved to the ski-jump on the days of
the two Olympic competitions there.
During the Games the stadium was en-
closed with canvas, eight feet high, attached
to poles, from the top of which flew the
flags of the competing nations.
The table of honor was near the main
entrance facing the street.
Cost of the Olympic stadium, including
property purchast, excavation and grading,
stands, and equipment was $155,879.77.
Following the Games the grandstand was
taken down and the wood salvaged. The
portable bleachers were stored away and will
be used for such community functions as
swimming meets, horse-shows, carnivals, and
the like.
The stadium was the scene of the opening
and closing ceremonies of the Games, all
speed-skating events, start and finish of the
18-kilometer cross-country ski race and the
sled-dog competitions, and part of the hockey
schedule. The site remains as a permanent
addition to Lake Placids sports facilities.
It is a beautiful athletic field in spring, sum-
mer, and fall, for use by the high school and
the entire community. In winter it will be
utilized for speed-skating, outdoor hockey,
and other sports.
For a detailed description of the Olympic
stadium as it appeared on the morning of
the opening day of the Games, see section
of this book entitled
The Opening Day.
The Olympic Arena
During the III Olympic Winter Games of
1932, for the first time in Winter Olympic
history, the figure-skating competitions, the
curling demonstration, and part of the hockey
schedule were held indoors, where inclement
weather could not interrupt the program.
This was because Lake Placid provided a
huge indoor ice arena for the Games. No
resort in the world, outside the larger cities,
can boast of such a building. Never before
had any part of a Winter Olympic program
been held under a roof.
Dr Godfrey Dewey, president of the III
Olympic Winter Games Committee, first pro-
posed an indoor arena for Lake Placid and it
was his vision, his faith, and his tenacity of
purpose in the face of obstacles that would
have discouraged most men that finally made
the arena possible. Dr Dewey pointed out
that the program of the II Olympic Winter
Games at St Moritz was suspended for a
consecutive day and a half, and interfered
with before and after that time, by an un-
precedented thaw, while the Olympic pro-
gram at Chamonix in 1924 was immediately
preceded and followed by severe thaws. Lake
Placid could not afford to take these chances
on unusual weather conditions, he empha-
sized again and again.
While the arena was mentioned by Dr
Dewey in several of his public addresses
prior to the award of the Games to Lake
Placid, and while its necessity was frequently
strest in subsequent statements, it was not
until work was actually begun on the Olym-
pic bob-run late in the summer of 1930, and
other Olympic construction projects were
moving along speedily that plans to erect
this structure were given serious considera-
tion. An indoor ice arena was not promist
by Lake Placid as one of the facilities that
it would supply for the III Olympic Winter
Games, altho its advantages were frequently
pointed out.
During a visit to Lake Placid in September,
1930, Count de Baillet-Latour of Brussels,
150
Belgium, president of the International
Olympic Committee, said:
On a
matter
of real local interest may I suggest
that when the Games are over something tangible
and physical must remain in Lake Placid as a sort
of memorial to the Games.
Therefore, I venture to suggest that it would
be a great utility should an indoor rink be built in
the village of Lake Placid.
Whether or not this may be possible, I know
that the existence of such a rink would be a source
of comfort and great encouragement to contestants
coming here. They would know that in case of
inclement weather there would still be a place
where figure-skating and ice hockey could be un-
dertaken.
By this time sufficient interest had been
aroused in the arena project to warrant a
public meeting of local citizens to consider
it further. Accordingly on Monday evening,
September 29, 1930, a mass meeting was
held in the town hall under the auspices of
the Lake Placid Chamber of Commerce. At-
tending this meeting, in addition to chamber
of commerce members, were representatives
of such Lake Placid organizations as the
North Elba Park Commission, Lake Placid
Board of Education, North Elba Town
Board, Kiwanis Club, Lake Placid Athletic
Club, and others.
At this time it was hoped that the State
of New York, thru the Olympic Winter
Games Commission, would aid in building
the arena. Later, this idea was abandoned.
Arena Sites Considered
As a result of this first mass meeting, a
committee was appointed to consider several
proposed sites for the arena, and William
Pierson Studio
The Olympic arena floor before the concrete was laid. Over nine miles of these steel
pipes carry the freezing mixture to make the huge ice sheet
151
G Distin, an architect of Saranac Lake, was
instructed to prepare preliminary plans for
the building and have them ready for a later
meeting. The site favored by the committee
for the location of the arena was in the vil-
lage park, south of the outlet brook near the
municipal bathing-beach. Other sites con-
sidered were the plot in the rear of Lake
Placid high school and the upper level to
the northwest of the stadium.
All that fall and the next winter the in-
door arena project was argued pro and con.
While there was pretty general agreement on
the need for such a structure in Lake Placid
for the Games and during the years to fol-
low, two questions could not be answered
by any convincing majority--How is the
arena to be finanst? and Where is the
best site to build it?
Finally after many official and unofficial
meetings, and after discussions probably con-
suming enough time for a trip around the
world, in April, 1931, a joint meeting of
Lake Placid, civic and Olympic groups voted
to build an arena. The Olympic directors
were also askt to inspect the suitability of
the site on the property owned by the Grand
View hotel on Main street across from the
village fire-house. This site had been re-
ceiving more and more consideration by the
proponents of the arena project after it was
found that the village park site, at first fav-
ored, would not be satisfactory to a majority
of citizens.
Secure Option on Arena Site
Early in May, the III Olympic Winter
Games Committee secured an option on the
Grand View property, good until June 1.
Included in the parcel were approximately
nine acres of land. The site was considered
ideal for the arena, since it was centrally sit-
uated on the main street of Lake Placid and
was only a short distance north of the Olym-
pic stadium and Olympic headquarters in the
town hall at the civic center.
In June, 1931, the North Elba Town Board
purchast this property. The cost was $20,-
000. The next step remaining in the project
to have an indoor arena in Lake Placid by
the time of the III Olympic Winter Games
was that of financing the construction of the
building itself. Plans and specifications had
been prepared by the architect. In the mean-
time necessary excavation on the newly-pur-
chast plot was practically completed. The
state would not build the arena. State offi-
cials realized the advantages of an arena but
felt that it would be primarily a permanent
benefit to the Lake Placid community and
that for this reason state funds should not
be used for its erection. The project was
squarely up to the voters in the North Elba
park district. Could the voters be made to
see the advantage of voting the necessary
funds?
Funds for the land purchase came from
the North Elba park district budget. Cost
of the building itself was originally esti-
mated at approximately $200,000. After a
careful study of all the facts in the situa-
tion had been made, a special election was
called for July 30. Voters were askt to ap-
prove a bond issue of $150,000 for the con-
struction of an Olympic arena. The balance
of $50,000 was to be taken from the Olym-
pic budget and Essex County Park Commis-
sion funds. (Note: This and other financial
matters are discust in detail in the section
of this report devoted to
Finance.)
Preceding the special election a campaign
of publicity was carried on by the Olympic
Committee to acquaint the voters thoroly
with all the advantages of the arena and to
show by means of tables and charts just what
the additional bond issue askt for would cost
the individual taxpayer per thousand of as-
sest valuation.
State leaders of both parties and Governor
Roosevelt were appealed to in this emer-
gency. While, as has been indicated above,
they felt that state funds should not be used
for the erection of the arena, they did prom-
ise a deficiency appropriation of $100,000 to
be made available by the 1932 legislature
and to be used for other Olympic expenses.
This would make possible the application of
other funds in the budget toward the cost of
building the arena. This promise of the
state, which was kept to the letter, naturally
had a strong influence on the taxpayers and
152
was undoubtedly one of the greatest single
factors in bringing about a favorable vote.
Enthusiasm for the arena was voist in
many quarters. Members of the New York
State Olympic Winter Games Commission
called it One of the most important projects
in the history of this region.
Arena Funds Voted
Results of the special election on July 30,
1931, follow: For arena bond issue, 386;
against, 263.
Construction of the arena was placed in
charge of a special building committee con-
sisting of Willis Wells, supervisor of the
Town of North Elba, chairman; William
Lamb, representing the North Elba Park
Commission; and Dr Godfrey Dewey, presi-
dent of the III Olympic Winter Games Com-
mittee.
Work on the foundation for the Olympic
arena began on August 22, the excavation
job having been completed earlier that
month. 28,500 cubic yards of earth and
stone were moved in making the excavation.
The different contractors workt from plans
prepared by Distin & Wilson, architects of
Saranac Lake, with whom were associated
Olympic arena floor plan winter and summer
153
Funk & Wilcox of Boston, leading specialists
in ice arena construction.
Speed was the keynote on the arena job,
as it was necessary to have the building fin-
isht in January, well in advance of the open-
ing of the III Olympic Winter Games on
February 4. Ideal weather conditions were
of great assistance to all concerned in the
construction of the arena, and work went
forward without a hitch.
Arena Dedicated January 16, 1932
On Saturday night, January 16, 1932, the
Olympic arena was formally dedicated with
impressive ceremonies before a crowd that
jammed every available foot of space. The
dedicatory address was delivered by Gustavus
T Kirby of New York, past president of the
American Olympic Committee and a member
of the III O W G board of directors. Mr
Kirby spoke in a New York radio studio,
and his address was broadcast from there,
coming to the thousands gathered in the
Lake Placid arena over a public-address sys-
tem, part of the permanent equipment of the
building.
In closing Mr Kirby said:
Therefore in the name of international sport,
in the name of the III Olympic Winter Games
Committee of which the governor of the great
state of New York is honorary president and God-
frey Dewey its indefatigable head and prophetic
organizer; in the name of the Adirondack region,
and especially of the Town of North Elba and the
village of Lake Placid; in the name of the world
brotherhood of sportsmen and especially of the
athletes of America, I dedicate to the uses and
purposes of this countryside, to the profit and en-
joyment of the people now and hereafter to be
gathered together for friendly sports competition,
for the consideration and solution of problems of
state, of professions and business, this splendid
arena.
Other speakers at the dedicatory ceremo-
nies were Dr Godfrey Dewey, president of
the III Olympic Winter Games Committee;
Supervisor Willis Wells, chairman of the
arena building committee; Supreme Court
Justice 0 Byron Brewster; Senator Warren
T Thayer, chairman of the New York State
Olympic Winter Games Commission; and
Frank S Leonard, a trustee of Lake Placid
village.
Following the dedication, the first athletic
contest to take place in the arena got under
way, a hockey game between the St Nicholas
Club of New York and the Lake Placid
Athletic Club. The St Nicks, with five
players of the American Olympic hockey
squad in their line-up, downed the Lake
Placid sextet 3 to 2.
Arena Saves the Day
The arena now stands as one of Lake
Placids greatest permanent assets as a sum-
mer and winter resort. It proved its worth
during the pre-Olympic period and during
the Games themselves.
Unprecedented weather conditions during
the weeks immediately preceding the Games,
when high temperatures and lack of snow
and ice outdoors made it difficult for Olym-
pic athletes to get in preliminary work-outs,
found the Olympic arena ready to fill the
breach. The arena certainly saved the day,
was the comment frequently heard.
It provided facilities for the figure-skaters,
the curlers, the hockey teams, and even the
speed-skaters to practice. It was crowded
with contestants and spectators morning, af-
ternoon, and evening, all during the last part
of January and early February.
During the III Olympic Winter Games
themselves the Arena was the scene of all the
curling matches, the figure-skating competi-
tions, and it prevented any postponement of
the hockey schedule on account of weather.
Of the 12 hockey games on the Olympic pro-
gram, 10 were originally scheduled for the
stadium and two for the arena. Bad ice con-
ditions on the stadium rinks caused four
games to be transferred to the arena, so that
half the Olympic hockey schedule was held
indoors. If it had been impossible to do this,
in other words if the arena had not been
available, the Olympic program would have
been seriously disrupted-in fact it might
have been impossible to complete the hockey
schedule at all.
154
Scale inch=1 foot
Indoor ice arena stands-III Olympic Winter Games
155
Roger L Moore
Hockey in the Olympic arena
Facts and Figures on the Arena
The cost of the Lake Placid arena, includ-
ing site and equipment, was $294,082.68.
The arena is a handsome structure of brick,
steel, and concrete, dominating the village
main street and adding greatly to its attrac-
tiveness. It will accommodate 3,360 specta-
tors in winter, 2,360 seated and 1,000 stand-
ing; but in summer, when the ice sheet is
not in use, over 5,000 can be taken care of.
238 feet long by 143 feet wide, the arena
stands with the narrow end and head-house
facing Main street. The building is reacht
by a drive and a flight of steps running up
from the sidewalk. The entrance and ticket
offices are on the first, or basement, floor.
One end of the basement floor of the head-
house is given over to the heating plant and
ice-making machinery. Between the head-
house and the arena proper on the floor
above is a promenade, separated from the
arena by a plate-glass partition. Along the
street side of the promenade are offices,
check-rooms, and concession spaces.
The ice sheet measures 30 x 60 meters, or
about 98½ x 197 feet, including a curling
sheet at the south side of the hockey box.
The entire ice sheet may be used for figure-
skating, curling, or speed-skating when de-
sired. The ice sheet is one of the largest in
the world. Along either side sloping tiers
of seats run down to the rink itself, .with a
row of boxes at the rink-side. Dressing-
rooms for the men run along the south side
of the building underneath the stands while
those for the women are on the north side.
On the top floor of the head-house is a
balcony, with club-rooms at either end. This
balcony, when not used for seating, is ideal
for parties and dances, in fact for almost any
kind of community social activity. At the
time of the III Olympic Winter Games this
space was converted into a restaurant. Plate
glass separates this balcony from the main
part of the arena.
156
Over nine miles of steel pipe carry the
freezing mixture to make the arena ice-sheet.
These pipes are an inch and a quarter in
diameter and are imbedded in a mixture of
steel shavings and concrete. Over this the
ice sheet is frozen. During the hockey
games and figure-skating competitions the
arena is maintained at a constant temperature
of approximately 50 degrees. Spectators are
therefore comfortable at all times.
In the Lake Placid rink the ice can be
tempered for figure-skating by changing the
temperature of the brine. This gives the
figure-skaters just the right kind of ice needed
at any time. European figure-skaters who
competed in the III Olympic Winter Games
stated that the arena ice was consistently of
the finest quality.
The south side of the arena is practically
one huge sheet of plate glass, which affords
a magnificent view of the high Adirondack
mountain peaks a few miles south of Lake
Placid village.
A public-address system is part of the per-
manent equipment of the arena. Loud-
speakers at the western end of the auditorium
bring phonograph music to the skaters and
announcements of the progress of any ath-
letic event in the arena to the crowds.
Lake Placids winter season, which nor-
mally lasts from early December until well
into March, is expected to be extended by
the arena to include the period from Octo-
ber to April. It is planned to have the ice
sheet on the arena floor during that entire
time, so that the huge building may be used
for hockey, speed-skating practice, figure-
skating, curling, ice pageants, and similar
activities. These pageants, incidentally, at-
tracted capacity crowds during the 1932
winter season.
During the spring, summer, and early fall
the arena will be utilized for convention
meetings, horse-shows, automobile shows, in-
door baseball, indoor tennis, roller-skating,
badminton, horseshoe pitching, play periods
for children in bad weather, and a variety of
community activities.
Lake Placid is now the only resort in the
United States, situated in the country, where
artificial ice is available all winter long, so
that when weather conditions outdoors are
too severe the many sports activities which
the arena provides may be enjoyed indoors
regardless of rains, sub-zero temperatures, or
raging storms. Now no visitor to Lake
Placid need fear that weather conditions will
interfere with the enjoyment of his holiday.
This combination of rural and urban sports
advantages places Lake Placid in a class alone.
It is confidently expected that the arena
will bring in many thousands of dollars
yearly to Lake Placid. From facts available
up to the time this report is written, includ-
ing a highly successful automobile show held
early in May, 1932, that expectation will be
amply fulfilled.
The Mt Van Hoevenberg Bob-run
Included in Lake Placids proposal to the
forward month by month in the face of ob-
International Olympic Committee that the III
Olympic Winter Games be awarded to this
stacles which tested to the limit the courage
resort was the express promise that if such
of those promoting the Games. The story
award should be made, Lake Placid would
of events leading up to the actual construc-
provide a bobsled run for the international
tion of the Mt Van Hoevenberg slide is in-
competitions equal to any of the famous
teresting and will be told briefly here.
European slides.
State Promises Co-operation
The Games were awarded to Lake Placid
Prior to the extension of the invitation to
in April, 1929, by the International Olympic
the International Olympic Committee to
Committee, meeting in Lausanne, Switzer-
award the III Olympic Games of 1932 to
land, but work on the bob-run project began
Lake Placid, unofficial conferences with Gov-
early that same year. It was carried steadily
ernor Franklin D Roosevelt and other state
157
leaders disclosed the fact that the state was
willing and anxious to co-operate with Lake
Placid in its ambitious project to stage the
international Games. This promist co-opera-
tion was an essential factor in Lake Placids
submitting a formal bid to the Lausanne
meeting. Without this co-operation of the
state the Games could never have been staged
in Lake Placid.
State political leaders of both parties
promist that the states initial assistance
would be in the form of funds with which
to build a bobsled run, since construction of
the bob-run at that time appeared to be one
of the largest items of expense in the pro-
posed Olympic budget, and with the best
sites for the run on state land it was quite
appropriate that state funds be used for this
purpose.
In February, 1929, the New York state
legislature past a bill authorizing the build-
with state funds, if and when they should
be available, and provided the III Olympic
Winter Games were finally awarded to Lake
Placid. Governor Roosevelt signed this bill
on February 21, 1929, and it became Chap-
ter 23 of the Laws of 1929. A copy of this
bill became part of Lake Placids proposal
for the Games as submitted by Dr Dewey at
the meeting of the International Olympic
Committee at Lausanne in April. This con-
crete evidence of state support of Lake
Placid in its plans for the Games helpt
materially to secure the award. This was
the first Olympic bob-run legislation to be
past at Albany. Much more followed, as
will be seen.
Sections of this first state act follow:
AN ACT
To authorize the construction, equipment, and
maintenance of a bobsleigh run or slide in the
Town of North Elba, Essex county, for use in
ing of a bob-run on privately-owned lands
connection with the III Olympic Winter Games.
Olympic Bob-run
158
The People of the State of New York, repre-
sented in Senate and Assembly, do enact as follows:
Section 1. When moneys shall be available
therefor by appropriation, the conservation com-
missioner is hereby authorized to construct, equip,
and maintain, for use of the public in connection
with the III Olympic Winter Games to be held
January and/or February of nineteen hundred
thirty-two, a bobsleigh run or slide, including a
way for returning such sleighs to the top, on lands
in which any necessary easement may be provided
without cost to the state, in the Town of North
Elba, Essex county. This authorization, however,
shall not be effective unless and until it shall ap-
pear to the satisfaction of the commissioner, and
he shall have so certified to the comptroller, that
the organization known as the International Olym-
pic Committee has determined to hold the III
Olympic Winter Games at the times above stated
at or in the vicinity of Lake Placid . . . When
completed, such run or slide shall be maintained
for the use of the public under the direction of the
conservation department, and shall be used and
operated subject to its rules.
Section 2. This act shall take effect imme-
diately.
The foreign copies of Lake Placids pro-
posal for the III Olympic Winter Games
went forward on February 22.
Second Bill Introduced
Before the close of the 1929 session of the
legislature another bill was introduced pro-
viding for the construction and maintenance
of a bobsleigh run or slide on state lands on
the western slope of Sentinel range in the
Adirondack forest preserve and contemplat-
ing an appropriation of $75,000. This
measure was past by both assembly and
senate and was signed by Governor Roose-
velt, becoming Chapter 417 of the Laws of
1929.
This second bill was introduced because
it was felt by state leaders and proponents
of the Olympic Winter Games project that
undoubtedly many of the best sites for the
building of the bob-run would be found on
state land in the Adirondack forest preserve,
and the state constitution provides as fol-
lows:
The lands of the state now owned or hereafter
acquired, constituting the forest preserve as now
fixed by law, shall be forever kept as wild fores:
lands.
T h e y s h a l l n o t b e l e a s t , s o l d o r e x -
changed, or taken by any corporation, public or
private, nor shall the timber thereon be sold, re-
moved or destroyed.
It was thought advisable to make a test
case of the constitutionality of building the
run on state land before actual construction
should be far advanst, in order that a last-
minute injunction, by interests opposed to
the construction of the bob-run on such land,
might not seriously hamper the work of hav-
ing the run ready for use a year before the
Games. If it should be ruled that the Olym-
pic run could not be built on state-owned
land in the forest preserve, leaders planned
to know it well ahead of time and proceed
to the selection of a site on privately-owned
land near Lake Placid.
The matter of the construction of the bob-
run rested there during the spring of 1929.
State co-operation was assured, and plans
were matured for finding out just where the
Olympic slide could legally be built.
Games Awarded to Lake Placid
On April 10, 1929, the III Olympic Win-
ter Games were awarded to Lake Placid.
The III Olympic Winter Games Committee
was immediately organized.
On June 4, 1929, Hamilton Ward, attorney-
general of New York state, advised Con-
servation Commissioner Alexander Macdon-
ald that it would be proper for him to pro-
ceed with the initial steps leading to the
construction of the bobsled run. This opin-
ion was advanst merely to bring before the
courts of the state the question of whether
the run could, or could not, be built on state
land.
The last paragraph of Attorney-general
Wards letter to Commissioner Macdonald
is as follows:
Therefore for the purpose of bringing this
matter before the Courts I advise you that in my
opinion it is proper for you to proceed under
Chapter 417 of the Laws of 1929 until restrained
by appropriate action.
This letter was written by Attorney-gen-
eral Ward following receipt of a communi-
159
G Cleveland
Crowd in the stands at Zig-zag curve
cation from John G Agar, president of the
Association for the Protection of the Adiron-
dacks, stating that if the attorney-general
ruled that Chapter 417 of the Laws of 1929
was constitutional, he (Mr Agar) had been
directed to test the question in the courts.
Initial Surveys Are Made
While this legal sparring was going on the
III Olympic Winter Games Committee had
not been idle. Early in the summer of 1929
following the award of the Games to Lake
Placid, it began to make preliminary surveys
of possible bob-run sites on both state and
private land.
To do this work it brought to Lake Placid
Stanislaus Zentzytzki of Berlin, engineer of
the famous Schreiberhau run in Germany
and other well-known European slides. Mr
Zentzytzki, one of the foremost bob-run de-
signers of the world, was askt to make the
study at Lake Placid since the proposed slide
presented many unique engineering problems
as the first major run ever to be constructed
on this continent. The sport of bobsledding,
known for decades abroad, was something
new for American engineers.
Immediately upon his arrival in Lake
Placid, Mr Zentzytzki lost no time in get-
ting out into the mountains surrounding the
village to study the possibilities for the con-
struction of a championship run, possibilities
that had already been thoroly analyzed by
Dr Dewey and those associated with him.
There were plenty of mountains. Some, how-
ever, were almost inaccessible. Still others
lackt the steep slope necessary for the con-
struction of the type of run that he had in
mind.
After weeks of study, three sites had been
chosen as the most desirable, all within easy
driving distance of Lake Placid, and all pos-
sessing in greater or less degree the necessary
characteristics. These three sites were as fol-
lows: west slope of the Sentinel range, Scar-
160
face mountain, and Mt Jo. The first two
sites were all, or practically all, on state land;
the last on privately-owned property. The Mt
Jo site was considered because it was feared
that it would be declared unconstitutional
to build the run on state land.
Mr Zentzytzki surveyed and staked routes,
made his preliminary report to the commit-
tee, and then returned to Berlin to prepare
his blueprints and submit his final report
and recommendations.
Before leaving Lake Placid, however, he
laid out the Intervales practice bob-run for
the Lake Placid Club on a steep hill adjoin-
ing the Intervales ski-jump. This run was
projected by Club officials in order to test
thoroly the design of American-built sleds
and to train American drivers and workmen
on the run. It was seen that the Olympic
run could not be finisht for the season of
1929-30 because of impending litigation, and
it was considered necessary to have a bob-
run in use at least two years prior to the
O W G for the reasons given above and also
to familiarize Lake Placid residents with the
sport of bobsledding and to arouse further
interest in the construction of the Olympic
slide itself. The Intervales run was finisht
before winter, the first technically-engineered
run in the western hemisphere.
Intervales bob-run, the predecessor of the
Mt Van Hoevenberg Olympic slide, was ap-
proximately a half mile in length, main-
tained a grade of from 7 to 8 per cent, con-
tained 7 curves, and cost $6,600. A de-
tailed description of this slide is given in
the section of this book entitled
History of
Winter Sports in Lake Placid.
In operation during the winter of 1929-30,
the Intervales run proved exceedingly popu-
lar. Two major bobsled competitions were
held here. Americans resident in the Adiron-
dack section of New York state, as well as
those who past part of that winter in Lake
Placid, came to know bobsledding as enjoyed
in Europe and were keen for its continuance
and further development in the United
States.
Legal Mills Grind On
In January, 1930, the Supreme Court of
New York, Appellate Division, Third De-
partment, before which an action was brought
by the Association for the Protection of the
Adirondacks, found the bobsled bill, known
as Chapter 417 of the Laws of 1929, uncon-
stitutional.
Recourse was now had to the Court of
Appeals to declare the bill constitutional so
that the Olympic slide could be built on state
land.
The bobsled case was argued before the
Court of Appeals on February 11. On March
18 this court affirmed the decision of the Ap-
pellate Division, namely that it was uncon-
stitutional to build a bobsled run on state
land.
Another Site Found
Shortly after the adverse decision of the
Court of Appeals, Dr Godfrey Dewey, presi-
dent of the III Olympic Winter Games Com-
mittee, after much study and personal inves-
tigation discovered an excellent site for the
bob-run on the north slope of what had been
called South Meadow mountain. This site
was on land owned by Lake Placid Club, so
that no conflict with the court ruling was
possible. South Meadow mountain, which
was later officially named Mt Van Hoeven-
berg, is situated eight miles from the village
of Lake Placid, one mile off the main high-
way. Its summit rises 2,960 feet above the
sea, and its north slope was found to have
the grade needed for the construction of the
run.
Late in April Mr Zentzytzki, the German
engineer, arrived in Lake Placid for the
second time to make the final survey for the
Olympic run. Decision to build the slide
on the north slope of South Meadow moun-
tain (Mt Van Hoevenberg) was reacht
shortly after his arrival in Lake Placid. His
judgment confirmed that of Dr Dewey and
other committee members that no better site
convenient to Lake Placid could be found.
State Votes Funds for Run
In the meantime the New York state leg-
islature before the close of the 1930 session
voted to create a State Olympic Winter
161
Games Commission and appropriated $125,-
000 for the express purpose of constructing
a bobsled run for the III Olympic Winter
Games and for other expenses incident to
the conduct of the Games. This act became
a law April 22, 1930, and is known as Chap-
ter 677, Laws of 1930.
With this concrete evidence of the support
of the state, and with the funds placed at the
disposal of the State Olympic Commission,
Olympic groups prosecuted the plans for
building the Olympic slide with the greatest
diligence.
Mr Zentzytzki left Lake Placid early in
June after completing his survey of the Mt
Van Hoevenberg site and preparing his plans.
Henry Homburger of Smith, Golder & Hom-
burger, engineers of Saranac Lake, workt
with Mr Zentzytzki during his survey and
took over the task of supervising construc-
tion details after Mr Zentzytzkis departure.
Legal details in connection with clearing
of title to the land on which the run was to
be built were cleared up as rapidly as pos-
sible. A perpetual easement over this prop-
erty was given to the State of New York,
said easement to lapse, however, in case the
state fails to maintain the run for two con-
secutive winters. In that event title to the
property will revert to the Town of North
Elba.
Actual Construction Begins
Contracts were let late in July, all neces-
sary preliminary details were settled, and
actual construction work on the Mt Van
Hoevenberg Olympic bob-run began. The
access road, one mile in length, leading from
the main highway to the foot of the moun-
tain, was started a few weeks earlier. As
has been indicated the run was built by the
New York State Olympic Winter Games
Commission, Senator Warren T Thayer of
Chateaugay, chairman. It represents an in-
vestment of nearly a quarter of a million
dollars. Necessary additional funds for its
construction were taken from subsequent
state appropriations.
First Shovelful of Earth Turned
The first shovelful of earth was turned on
August 4, 1930. On Christmas Day, that
162
same year, the run was opened to the public.
It was a great construction record, but the
run had been promist a year in advance of
the Games, and it was ready as promist.
The Mt Van Hoevenberg Olympic run is
2,350 meters, or approximately 1½ miles, in
length and maintains an average drop of
about 10 per cent, with a minimum grade
of 8½ and a maximum of 15 per cent.
27,374 cubic yards of earth and rock were
moved to build the run, which was literally
dug and blasted out of rock and forest. On
the straightaways the run is 2 meters or 6½
feet wide, while on the curves the width
varies from 10 to 22 feet. Some of the
curves are 22 feet high, their towering banks
of stone running up almost at right angles
to the bottom. Unlike most of the European
slides the Lake Placid run has a pronounst
drop in the curves.
In many of the European runs the curves
are flatter than the rest of the slide, while
the curves of the Mt Van Hoevenberg run
have steeper grades than most of the straight-
aways. This makes for steadier driving,
pilots frequently stating that but little steer-
ing is necessary on the bankt turns of the
Olympic slide at Lake Placid. The drop in
the curves serves as an offset to the normal
loss of speed and is of immeasurable assist-
ance to the driver.
The Mt Van Hoevenberg run contains 26
curves, the most thrilling being named as
follows in order from the top: Whiteface,
Shady Corner, Zig-zag. The first two are
hairpin turns, and the latter is shapt like the
letter S.
The straightaways are of earth construc-
tion, while the highest curves are built of
stone. The surface of the run in winter is
of glare ice, made by freezing a mixture of
snow and water, and is covered in the
straightaways with a thin frosting of snow
so that the sled runners may bite in and hold
the track.
8,000 feet of pipe run 4 feet underground
from the bottom to the top to carry the water
used in spraying the run each day after it is
closed in the late afternoon. About 20,000
gallons of water are needed every 24 hours
for this purpose. This water, which is pumpt
into the pipe line by a gasoline engine, is ob-
tained from a huge storage reservoir at the
bottom and from streams adjacent to the run.
Bobs and riders are carried from the bot-
tom to the top in large open sleds, drawn by
crawler-drive tractors.
For the convenience of those who do not
wish to take the long ride from the top an
intermediate starting-house is maintained at
the half-mile mark at Shady Corner.
7 telephone booths, located at strategic
points along the run, control its operation.
Three telephone circuits run from the top
to the bottom. One is a direct circuit. One
is a way circuit connecting the intermediate
control booths. The third is a special cir-
cuit for operating the electric timing device.
Other Bob-run Facilities
At the finish line just south of the Mt Van
Hoevenberg run stands the bob-run clubhouse.
This building is a two-story structure 60 x 80
feet, finisht in rustic Adirondack logs. In
the basement is room for four tractors, trucks,
a boiler-room, workshop, and the Delco light-
ing system.
The timing-room, from which the electric
timer is operated, is on the first floor of the
clubhouse, directly above the finish line.
The second floor is taken up with a restau-
rant and lounge. Both counter and table
service were available here during the III
Olympic Winter Games, and thousands took
advantage of the opportunity to dine in com-
fort and watch the races thru the big win-
dows. At one end of the lounge is a huge
fireplace, built of native Adirondack stone.
The side of the lounge that parallels the run
is of plate glass, which affords an unob-
structed view of the finish line and the last
curve in the run.
At the foot of the run stands the bob
garage, a one-story frame structure with
space for 60 bobs. An overhead carrier is
used to take the sleds to and from their com-
partments. A large crane at the finish line
hoists the bobs from the track to the trailers
waiting to take them up the mountain.
The main ticket booth is just north of the
finish line, directly opposite the clubhouse.
During the Olympics, stands were provided
for spectators at the three best vantage points,
Whiteface, Shady Corner, and Zig-zag curve.
These accommodated approximately 2,500.
Standing-room was practically unlimited.
During the Olympic races spectators roamed
up and down the entire course of the run.
By means of a public-address system re-
ports of the progress of the bobs during the
racing were carried thru loud-speakers to all
stands, to the clubhouse at the foot of the
run, and to the press-room in the high school
in Lake Placid village. The announcer was
stationed in a booth on the ground floor of
the clubhouse at the foot of the run and re-
ceived his reports, as the bobs took each
curve, from the telephone operators in the
booths along the slide. This information
he translated into his own story of the races
and relayed thru the public-address system.
Scoreboards were placed at the three stands
along the run and at the start and the finish
line.
Transportation to and from the bob-run
during the III Olympic Winter Games was
provided by buses and taxicabs. Many, how-
ever, drove their own cars.
Parking space for several thousand cars
was provided along either side of the access
road.
An idea of the great interest in the bob
sport may be gained from knowing that ap-
proximately 14,000 attended the first day of
four-man racing during the Olympics.
Bob-run button
163
Worlds Record Made
A worlds speed record for a major run
was made on February 7, 1931, when the
Red Devil team of Saranac Lake flasht
down the mountainside in one minute, 52
seconds, making an average speed of over
76 kilometers or 46 miles an hour. On some
of the higher curves a speed of 100 kilome-
ters or 65 miles an hour has been attained.
In unofficial time trials before the III
Olympic Winter Games the record of one
minute, 52 seconds, was broken, but never in
formal competitions.
European teams competing on the Mt Van
Hoevenberg run in the III Olympic Winter
Games were loud in their praises of its de-
sign, construction, and speed, many asserting
even that it was the greatest run in the
world.
The Olympic Bobs
The bobs used on the Mt Van Hoevenberg
Olympic run are built of steel and wood of
American design and construction, altho in-
corporating many of the best features of the
Swiss and German sleds. Foreign bob ex-
perts at the Games voist in no uncertain
terms their approval of both design and con-
struction of the Olympic bobs.
During the winter of 1929-30 the first bob
of its kind ever constructed in this country
was designed in Lake Placid by Lake Placid
residents, built at a factory nearby, and given
a thoro test on the Intervales slide. With
only minor changes, the design was found
to be exceptionally satisfactory, and the fol-
lowing winter a fleet of 14 bobs, built from
the same design and in the same factory,
was in constant use on the Mt Van Hoeven-
berg run. During the winter of 1931-32, 31
bobs were added to the fleet.
Each four-man bob weighs 485 pounds;
each two-man, 352 pounds. The four-man
sleds are 11 feet, 7 inches long; the two-
man, 9 feet. The bobs are l0½ inches above
the ground and steer like an automobile.
They cost from $500 to $600 apiece, depend-
ing on the size.
Popularity of Run Proved
During the first winter of its operation,
the Mt Van Hoevenberg run was open from
Christmas Day to the first of the following
March. In that period 1,974 different per-
sons rode the run, and 4,680 individual rides
were taken.
The great slide has proved as popular with
visitors in summer as with riders in winter.
All during the summer of 1931 a corps of
trained guides was on duty constantly at the
run to take visitors up and down the course
and to explain the many interesting details
of construction and operation. Records were
kept from June 22 to September 30, 1931.
During that time, 8,453 people visited the
run. They came in 2,596 automobiles from
33 states and 20 foreign countries.
Statistics for the winter of 1931-32, the
Olympic winter, show that 1,715 different
persons rode the run and 7,640 individual
rides were taken. Because of weather con-
ditions and the number of Olympic contest-
ants using the run for practice purposes it
was not open to the public for as many days
as it would be in the ordinary winter season.
On May 15, 1932, following the III
Olympic Winter Games, maintenance and
operation of the run were taken over by the
Waiver signed by riders at Olympic bob-run
164
New York State Conservation Department.
The run will be kept open winters for pub-
lic riding, and several championship races
will be held each year. During the summer,
experienst guides will be on duty to explain
to visitors how the run was built and how
it is operated.
From the experience of two winters it can
definitely be prophesied that the Mt Van
Hoevenberg Olympic bob-run will prove to
be one of the most popular of New York
states recreational attractions.
In 1931 two racing championships were
held on the Mt Van Hoevenberg slide, the
North American and A A U National cham-
pionships on February 6 and 7, and the Lake
Placid A C Novice Bobsleigh meet on Feb-
ruary 23 (from Shady Corner). 16 teams
competed in the North American races, and
14 in the Novice meet. It is interesting to
note that a team composed entirely of girls
finisht fifth in the latter competition. The
following winter the Novice meet, with con-
testants racing from Shady Corner, was held
on February 21. 23 teams participated and
a girls team took second-place honors. The
Adirondack A A U Junior Bobsleigh cham-
pionships were staged on March 2 (racing
from Whiteface Curve). 14 teams entered
and a girls crew placed seventh. No acci-
dents occurred during any of these races,
proving again the technical soundness of the
runs construction, since in all the meets, ex-
cept the North American championships in
1931, the drivers were practically without
racing experience.
The appetite of the people for bobsled
riding and for bobsled racing has been
keenly whetted by the III Olympic Winter
Games. That appetite will increase annually.
International Newsreel
Roumanian team rounding Shady Corner: Lieut Al Papana, driver, Capt Al Ionescu,
Lieut Ulysse Petrescu, Capt Dumitru Hubert, brakesman
165
International Newsreel
United States team No 1, winner of Olympic Q-man bob crown. William L Fiske, driver, Edward F
Eagan, Clifford B Gray, and Jay OBrien, brakesman
Roger L Moore
United States bobsled team No 2, second-place winner in 4-man race.
Left to right:
Edmund C Horton,
brakesman, F Paul Stevens, Percy D Bryant, and Henry A Homburger, driver
166
III Olympic Winter Games
Summary of All Sports
The pages that immediately follow contain a detailed report of the III
Olympic Winter Games, held at Lake Placid, New York, U S A, February 4
to 13, 1932.
After the description of the opening ceremony, including the traditional
March Past, the reader will find a brief account of each sports competition
on the program, lists of entries and officials, and complete summaries of each
event.
Every event on the program was held on the day scheduled with the follow-
ing exceptions, the shifts being necessary on account of unsatisfactory weather
conditions: 2-man bob racing, originally scheduled for Feb 8 and 9, was held
on Feb 9 and 10; 4-man bob racing, originally scheduled for Feb 11 and 12,
was held on Feb 14 and 15. Preliminary heats of the 10,000-meter speed-
skating race were re-skated on Feb 6, in accordance with a ruling of the techni-
cal committee, and the final was skated on Feb 8.
The formal closing ceremonies, including final distribution of prizes, were
held in the stadium, in accordance with the official program, on the afternoon
of Feb. 13, following the final hockey game between Canada and the United
States, which had been transferred to the arena.
The extension of two days to Feb 15 to permit the completion of the bob-
sleigh races was granted by Count de Baillet-Latour, president of the Interna-
tional Olympic Committee.
The Opening Day
At ten oclock on the morning of February
4, 1932, the goal of four years of unremitting
effort was reacht as the athletes representing
17 nations began the program of competition
in the official Olympic winter sports: Skiing,
Speed-skating, Figure-skating, Hockey, and
Bobsledding; and the three demonstrations,
S l e d - d o g r a c i n g , C u r l i n g , a n d W o m e n s
Speed-skating.
Everything was in readiness early, and even
the weather, which had been anything but
favorable during the period immediately pre-
ceding the Games, seemingly decided that it
too should help, and the morning of the
opening day dawned bright and cold.
Lake Placid was in gala attire as befitted
its position as host to the pickt winter-sports
stars of the world and the thousands gath-
ered to see them in action. The flags of the
nations flew everywhere. Great hotels and
clubs, cottages, private homes, and. business
houses, were brave with bunting. Adirondack
greens and pillars and arches of clear, green
ice lined the main streets.
Every Olympic facility was ready and wait-
ing to do its part in the long-lookt-for pro-
gram-the stadium, the indoor arena, the ski
jump, the Mt Van Hoevenberg bob-run, and
even the forest ski trails.
The athletes, most of whom had travelled
thousands of miles for these tests of their
skill against the best in the world, eagerly
waited for the opening gun.
There was a tenseness in the air as of some-
thing impending. Even before daylight,
trains, automobiles, buses, and airplanes be-
gan disgorging great crowds of passengers.
Officials rusht from office to stadium and
back, busy with last-minute arrangements.
Every final detail. was checkt and re-checkt.
And the III Olympic Winter Games of 1932
were ready to open.
1 6 7
The Opening Ceremony
By tradition the opening ceremonies of the
Olympic Winter Games are the most impres-
sive on the entire program. The Organizing
Committee was determined to leave no stone
unturned to make the opening of the Lake
Placid Games the most distinctive in the his-
tory of these international competitions.
As is customary, the ceremony was held in
the Olympic stadium. Overhead the brilliant
Adirondack winter sun shone on a vast ex-
panse of steel-blue ice. Freshly flooded the
night before, the 400-meter skating track
showed neither scratch nor blemish. On the
west side of the stadium stood the grand-
stand and several bleacher sections. Addi-
tional bleachers and standing-room for thou-
sands more were along the northern curve
and the eastern margin of the track. In their
rear were the three towering flagpoles, on
which would fly at the proper times the flags
of the nations winning the first three places
in any event. The shell for the band stood at
the end of the eastern row of bleachers next
to the main entrance gate.
Within the oval of the track two hockey
boxes were laid out. At the north end of
these boxes rose the pole, from whose top the
Olympic banner would be unfurled. The
flags of the 17 competing nations flew from
staffs encircling the stadium.
Loud-speakers of the public-address system
were so arranged that every person in the
stadium could hear clearly every announce-
ment.
Shortly before ten oclock the musicians
marcht to the bandstand. Motion-picture
operators, still cameramen, and radio an-
nouncers were in their places. The press-box
was filled with writers from every corner of
the globe. Attendants were on the alert. The
competing athletes were groupt just outside
the main entrance to the stadium. The open-
ing ceremony was about to begin.
Governor Meets Officials
Promptly at ten oclock members of the In-
ternational Olympic Committee and the Or-
ganizing Committee were presented to Gov-
ernor Franklin D Roosevelt of New York
168
state outside the stadium, between the grand-
stand and the high-school building.
Then Governor Roosevelt, escorted by
Count de Baillet-Latour, president of the In-
ternational Olympic Committee, members of
the International Olympic Committee, and
Dr Godfrey Dewey, president, and members
of the III Olympic Winter Games Committee,
proceeded to his box in the reviewing stand.
Occupying seats of honor with the gover-
nor were the following members of the In-
ternational Olympic Committee: Count de
Baillet-Latour, president, Belgium; General
Charles H Sherrill, U S A; Sir Thomas Fearn-
ley, Norway; Count Clarence de Rosen,
Sweden; and William M Garland, U S A.
Also Avery Brundage, president of the
American Olympic Association, Chicago; Dr
Godfrey Dewey, president III O W G Com-
mittee, Lake Placid; Henry Morgenthau, Jr,
state conservation commissioner, Albany; and
Guernsey Cross, secretary to Governor Roose-
velt, Albany.
Also Mrs Roosevelt, Lady Fearnley, Mrs
Brundage, Mrs Dewey, and Mrs Morgenthau.
While the entire assemblage rose and stood
with uncovered heads, the band played The
Star Spangled Banner.
As the strains of the American national an-
them faded away to the encircling mountains,
the parade of the athletes began. They came
in by the main entrance at the eastern side of
the stadium track and marcht up the back
stretch and around past the front of the
grandstand, where sat Governor Roosevelt
and the other officials.
The teams marcht by nations in alphabetic
order as follows:
Austria, Belgium, Canada, Czechoslo-
vakia, Finland, France, Germany, Great
Britain, Hungary, Italy, Japan, Norway,
Poland, Roumania, Sweden, Switzerland,
and the United States.
Each nations flag was carried in front of
the delegation by a representative, marching
alone. Preceding the standard-bearer, marcht
a boy scout with a placard held aloft indicat-
ing the name of the national delegation. In
passing, the flags were dipt in salute to the
governor.
Associated Press
Workmen putting the finishing touches on Zig-zag turn, Mt Van Hoevenberg Olympic bobsled run
—International Newsreel
Workmen preparing the towering iced wall of Shady Corner for the Olypmic boblsed tests
Pierson Studio
Austrian 2-man bob team: Hugo Weinstengel, driver, and Count Gudenus, brakesman, speeding into the straight-away after leaving Shady Corner
International Newsreel
United States team No 1, Olympic 4-man title-holder, takes Shady Corner. Members of the team: William
L Fiske, driver, Edward F Eagan, Clifford B Gray, and Jay OBrien, brakesman
Stedman
Swiss 2-man team rounding Whiteface curve: Reto Capadrutt, driver; Oscar Geier, brakesman. This team
took second place in the Olympic bob test
Stedman
Austria
Roger L Moore
Belgium
G Cleveland
Canadas stalwarts salute Governor Roosevelt in opening ceremony
173
Czechoslovakia
Roger L Moore
Finland
Stedman
G Cleveland
French team passing reviewing stand in opening ceremony
174
Stedman
Germany
G Cleveland
Great Britain. The first time in Olympic history that flag in opening
ceremony was carried by a woman
Stedman
Hungary
175
Italy
Stedman
Roger L Moore
Japan
G Cleveland
The Norwegian team passes the reviewing stand
176
Stedman
Poland
Stedman
Roumania
Sweden
Roger L Moore
177
Stedman
Switzerland
International Newsreel
The United States team passes the reviewing stand in the colorful opening ceremonies of
the III Olympic Winter Games
Parading with military precision, the stride
of many of the athletes showing that in other
years they had marcht in the uniforms of their
countries to strains more martial than those
at the Olympic stadium, the different contin-
gents swung past the reviewing stand and
around into the hockey box facing the tribunal
of honor.
It was the most impressive sight of the
Games. The brilliant sun; the multi-colored
uniforms, ranging from the somber blue of
the Norwegians and the Japanese to the white
of the Americans; the hum of an airplane
overhead; the sparkling, blue ice; and the
cloudless sky aboveall combined to produce
178
a picture of Winter and his sons and daugh-
ters that those privileged to see it will re-
member always.
Governor is Introduced
The March Past ended, pickt delegates
from each nation formed on the track directly
in front of the governors box bearing the
flags of their countries. Dr Godfrey Dewey
then introduced Governor Franklin D Roose-
velt in these words:
Four years ago Lake Placid was studying the
II Olympic Winter Games at St Moritz.
Three years ago Lake Placid was organizing
the necessary co-operation of state and county with
town and village and with the whole Adirondack
region to secure the award of the III Olympic
Winter Games.
Since the award of the Games to Lake Placid
by the International Olympic Committee in April,
1929, this indispensable co-operation has been
splendidly manifested in the face of the most dif-
ficult conditions, both national and international
in the whole history of the modern Olympic
Games. Today Lake Placid in the Adirondacks in
New York state stands ready as a worthy host to
the most distinguisht winter sportsmen of the
whole world.
The Olympic Stadium in which we are as-
sembled offers a perfect 4oo-meter speed-skating
track as well as hockey boxes and other facilities.
The Olympic ski hill provides ideal conditions for
jumps of any distance up to 60 meters. Hundreds
of kilometers of new ski trails wind up and down
thru the surrounding forests. The Olympic bob-
run on Mt Van Hoevenberg is the first champion-
ship run on the North American continent and the
peer of any in the world. Finally, the splendid
new Olympic Arena at Lake Placid, added to the
complete equipment of outdoor facilities already
provided, meets the challenge of uncertain weather
conditions as never before.
All is in readiness for the supreme athletic
event of the winter sports world.
I have the honor to call on His Excellency,
Franklin D Roosevelt, Governor of the State of
New York, to welcome the representatives of the
winter sports nations here assembled and officially
to proclaim open the III Olympic Winter Games
of Lake Placid.
Governor Roosevelt.
Governor Declares Games Open
Governor Roosevelt replied as follows:
On behalf of the State of New York and be-
cause these Games are being held in this state,
and on behalf of the United States, I welcome you,
the representatives of many of our sister nations to
this, the opening of the III Olympic Winter
Games.
It is an evidence of the age of our modern
civilization that the Olympics date back nearly
2800 years, and altho in those early days they did
not have the Winter Games, we in these later days,
thru the Winter Games, are trying to carry out the
ideals of sport that were instituted in the Olym-
piads.
Sven Eriksson, Sweden
179
Roger L Moore
Acme Photo
Welcome to the III Olympic Winter Games. Dr Godfrey Dewey (right), president of Organ-
izing Committee, greets Count de Baillet-Latour, president of International Olympic Committee
Thruout the history of these Games, athletes
have come to participate in them, seeking no recog-
nition other than the honor received in a simple
medal. But that medal has come to typify the very
best athlete in all nations in honor as well as in
health.
I wish in these later days that the Olympic
ideals of 2800 years ago could have been carried
out in one further part.
In those days it was the custom every 4 years,
no matter what war was in progress, to cease all
obligations of armies during the period of the
Games. Can those early Olympic ideals be re-
vived thruout all the world so that we can con-
tribute in a larger measure?
And so we are glad to welcome to this nation,
our sister nations, as guests of the American people
and of the State of New York, and I proclaim
open the III Olympic Winter Games, celebrating
the Xth Olympiad of the modern era.
Then to the strains of bugles and the can-
nons salute, the great, white Olympic flag,
with its five rings symbolizing the five conti-
nents joined together in the amity of inter-
180
national sports competitions, was slowly
hoisted to the top of the flagstaff.
Jack Shea, United States speed-skater and
a native of Lake Placid, had been selected to
take the Olympic oath of amateurism. Step-
ping in front of the massed flags accom-
panied by the United States standard-bearer,
William Fiske, Shea raised his right hand
and repeated the oath below, all the athletes
raising their right hands in token of assent:
We swear that we will take part in the Olym-
pic Games in loyal competition, respecting the
regulations which govern them and desirous of
participating in them in the true spirit of sports-
manship for the honor of our country and for the
glory of sport.
The entire opening ceremony occupied a
little more than half an hour. Following a
short intermission, the skaters drawn for the
first heat of the 500-meter speed-skating races
were called to the starting line, the gun was
fired, and the first competition on the III O
W G program was under way.
Official Competitions
Skiing
Large and representative entry lists and ex-
period of four days: the 18-km race on Feb
10; combined jump on Feb 11; the jump on
Feb 12; and the 50-km race on Feb 13.
cellent competition among the best ski-run-
ners and ski-jumpers in the world markt the
ski sports at the III Olympic Winter Games
of 1932 at Lake Placid. In accordance with
Olympic rules and under the rules of the In-
ternational Ski Federation (F I S) there were
four events on the program: 18-kilometer
race; 50-kilometer race; combined event (18-
km race and jumping); and jumping.
The most extraordinary winter condi-
tions in the history of the United States wea-
ther bureau workt many hardships on both
officials and contestants, not to speak of those
whose duty it was to see that all facilities,
trails and jumps, were in readiness for the
Olympic program. Unselfish co-operation
and hard work on the part of all these groups,
however, made it possible to run off each of
the four events on the day scheduled, and,
except for the 50-kilometer race, the start of
which was delayed for two hours, at the time
originally planned.
Lack of sufficient snow and high tempera-
tures running up to 45 degrees above zero
Fahrenheit hindered both officials and con-
testants, but the jumpers, with plenty of snow
on Intervales hill, were not handicapt at all
and made excellent records in both jumping
events.
Lake Placids years of experience in staging
both cross-country races and major jumping
competitions stood it in good stead in meet-
ing these disheartening conditions and made
it possible for the entire program to be car-
ried out.
The courses for the two cross-country ski
races (18-km and 50-km) were chosen by
officials of the International Ski Federation
from Lake Placids 250 miles of trails.
The night before each race, contestants
were given maps showing the official course
to be followed the next day. In this way the
skiers, under the rules of the International
Ski Federation, had no opportunity to prac-
tice on the exact course chosen for the race.
The skiing competitions extended over a
18-km Ski Race
The course selected by the Olympic ground
jury, from among four submitted for the 18-
km race, is known as the Mt Whitney route.
It has a total climb of 500 meters, and the
exact length is 18.214 kilometers. The high-
est climb started at the 11-kilometer mark,
and the long descent terminated at a distance
of 14.5 kilometers.
Start and finish of the 18-km race were in-
side the main entrance gate at the Olympic
stadium. (See map of 18-km course and sec-
tion of this book entitled Cross-Country Ski
Trails for further information about the
course.)
Since the course at no time was near any
dwelling-house it was necessary to establish
a field telephone at the point known as
Main Trail Junction. The contestants past
twice near here, first at a distance of 6.267
kilometers and secondly at a distance of
11.674 kilometers from the start. Times of
racers, as they past, were reported by tele-
phone to the bulletin board in the stadium
and to the main press headquarters in the
high school.
The New York State Conservation Depart-
ment co-operated by having its forest ranger
in this section and a corps of assistants condi-
tion the course for the race.
Three types of competitors were entered in
the 18-km race: those entered in that race
alone; those entered in the combined event;
and those entered in both the 18-km race and
the combined event. A total of 61 competi-
tors, including all three classes, started in the
18-km race. The snow on the course the day
of the race may properly be described as
slow.
For the benefit of contestants there was
placed in a conspicuous spot at every second
kilometer a 16-inch yellow sign, on which was
printed in black the distance traversed to that
point.
181
International Newsreel
Sven Utterström of Sweden, winner of the 18-kilometer ski race, crossing the finish
line in one hour, 23 minutes, seven seconds
50-km Ski Race
Five courses for the 50-kilometer race were
submitted to the ground jury of the FIS. The
total rises in these courses ranged from 1375
meters to 1800 meters. Eventually the course
known as the Clifford Falls route was se-
lected for the Olympic competition.
Lack of sufficient snow was the main prob-
lem confronting the officials, altho a fall early
in February seemed to indicate that conditions
would be right on the day of the race, Feb 13.
Immediately following the decision of the
ground jury as to the course to be used, a
crew of workmen began putting the Clifford
Falls trail in shape for racing.
Start and finish of this race were to be at
Olympic stadium.
At every 5-km distance a sign was placed
in a conspicuous spot indicating the distance
covered to that point. (See map for details
of 50-km course.)
The main feeding-station was to be at Ski
T, near Intervales ski-jump, at a distance of
31.811 kilometers, while auxiliary feeding-
stations were placed at distances of 18.2 and
41.283 kilometers. Telephone connections
were to be arranged at the three feeding-sta-
tions so that intermediate times could be tele-
phoned to the Olympic stadium scoreboard
and to the main press-room in the high school.
On orders from the F I S the following
supplies were to be at the three feeding-sta-
tions:
First Station, between 20 and 25 Kilometers
Oatmeal gruel
Oranges
Water
Lemons
182
Second (Main) Feeding-station, between 3 0
and 35 Kilometers
24 lemons
6 loaves rye bread
20 quarts warm milk
20 quarts oatmeal gruel
40 oranges
8 doz raw eggs
20 quarts tea, without sugar
10 quarts warm bouillon
16 ripe bananas
5 lbs beefsteak, cold
Water, not too cold
2 lbs lump sugar
Third Station, between 40 and 45 Kilometers
Oatmeal gruel
Oranges
Water
Lemons
Finish
Warm milk to be served in dressing-
room
Feb 11, two days before the start of the
race, a thaw set in. No great concern was
felt by officials, however, at this since under
ordinary February conditions in Lake Placid
a thaw lasts for only a few hours or a day at
most, the temperature remaining around
freezing.
But during the Olympic winter at Lake
Placid all ordinary weather prognostications
had to be thrown into the discard. Nothing
could be projected on a basis of past experi-
ence. Friday, the day before the race, it was
still warmer, the temperature rising from 35
(Fahrenheit) in the morning to 47 in the
afternoon. Careful investigation of the 50-
km trail showed that a drastic change would
have to be made in the course or else the race
would have to be postponed.
After going over the route, George W
Martin, chief of course, felt that, despite the
thaw, a section of the course, as originally
planned, could be utilized by running a loop
of 23.777 kilometers twice, with an extension
to the finish, making the total distance 48.239
kilometers. This recommendation was ac-
cepted by the jury of terrain as the best solu-
tion to the problem. The course furnisht an
excellent test of skiing skill.
The loop was part of the originally-selected
50-kilometer course and extended from the
AuSable river thru the North Notch trail
(See map) to Clifford Falls, returning by way
of South Notch trail. The start was at the
junction of South Notch trail and the River
road, where the main feeding-station was also
located. The auxiliary feeding-station was
maintained at Keene Valley as originally
planned. After running the loop twice, con-
testants continued along the River road to the
finish.
The 50-km race started at 11 oclock on the
morning of Feb 13. The trail itself was cov-
ered with snow sufficient for ski-running, but
in many places the snow-covered section was
very narrow. By the time the racers were off,
mercury began to drop rapidly to a point well
below freezing so that no more snow was lost
that day. Racers, for the most part, found
the skiing conditions good and turned in ex-
cellent times for this gruelling grind, otten
called the greatest test of skill and stamina
in the entire field of sport, either summer or
winter.
Patrols left Lake Placid before daylight on
the morning of the race and took charge of
the course on both sides of the Sentinel range.
Men were placed as posts at certain spots to
watch and be responsible for sections of the
race course. Two first-aid men followed the
last racer over the course, checking up on pos-
sible accidents and informing the posts and
controls that the last man had past.
Combined EventJump
North American winter-sports enthusiasts
have always been particularly keen about ski-
jumping, and the forecasts of the Organizing
Committee were found to be accurate, since
two of the largest crowds of the entire Olym-
pic period attended the jump of the combined
event on Feb 11 and the jumping event on
the following day.
Several days prior to Feb 11 were devoted.
to putting Intervales hill in perfect condition
for the Olympic tests. During that part of
the early training period when the great slide
183
was
not in use jumpers practist on the 30-
meter hill by the Olympic stadium in the vil-
lage. Early February weather was not any
too favorable for conditioning the hill, but
little difficulty was experienst in getting it
ready.
At eight oclock on the morning of Feb 11
the thermometer stood at 35, and by noon it
had risen even above that figure, but before
the jumping competition was half over that
afternoon, it dropt rapidly to below freezing,
and the hill was very fast.
Promptly at 2:15 the jump opened as
scheduled. The competition consisted of two
regular jumps for each man without a trial
leap. Several skiers not entered in the com-
bined jump went down the slide to get it in
just the right condition for those taking part
in the meet.
Jumpers started from the top platform.
The competition was completed by 3:45.
Jump
Intervales hill was lightning-fast for the
ski-jumping competition on Feb 12, which
was attended by one of the two largest crowds
of the Games, and taken part in by the rank-
ing ski-jumpers of the world.
While it was even warmer in the morning
than on the preceding day-the thermometer
stood at 44 degrees at eight oclock-the ex-
periences of Feb 11 were repeated, and by
mid-afternoon the mercury was down to
freezing. The out-run of the lower hill was
slushy in many places when the jumping be-
gan, but the upper slide and the landing-hill
were not materially affected, since Intervales
faces northeast, and the afternoon sun in
winter does not strike the slide directly.
The day was clear. This helpt to bring
out the record throng of ski-jumping enthusi-
asts, the largest crowd ever assembled at In-
tervales. Ample parking-space for automo-
biles had been provided on the flat to the
northwest of the main entrance. Police super-
vision was excellent, and the huge throng was
handled with a minimum of difficulty. Seat-
ing arrangements were such (See ski-jump
section of this book) that every one, whether
in grand-stand, bleacher, or standing-room
section had a good view of the jumpers as
they soared out into space from the take-off.
So fast was the upper hill that because of
this and the change in the angle and height
of the take-off, elsewhere referred to, the
judges made the official starting-point about
12 feet below the top, halfway between the
intermediate platform and the top of the
tower. Even at this, the best official standing
jump of the afternoon was 71.5 meters (235
feet), made by Hans Beck of Norway. The
former record for the hill was 60.5 meters
(198
1
/
2
feet) made by Roy Mikkelsen of the
United States.
There were few falls, and only Yoichi
Takata of Japan suffered injuries. Fortunately
these were only minor ones.
Wide World
Rear Admiral Richard E Byrd, U S N (right), and
Avery Brundage, president of the American
Olympic Committee
184
Governing Bodies and Officials
International Ski Federation
PresidentLieut-Colonel J Holmquist,
Boden, Sweden
National Ski Association of America, Inc
PresidentDr R S Elmer, Bellows Falls,
Vt
Technical Delegates
Ingv. Smith-Kielland, Norway
Axe1 Norling, Sweden
Dr Francois Lacq, France
Ground Jury
Officials
Director-in-chief
Dr R S Elmer, United States
Tournament Director
George W Martin, United States
Ski-jump Officials
Director
George W Martin, United States
Judges
Combined Jump, Feb 11
Victor Alberts, United States
Olaf Helset, Norway
Karel Jarolimek, Czechoslovakia
Jump, Feb 12
Johan af Klercker, Sweden
Dr Francois Lacq, France
Ingv. Smith-Kielland, Norwav, President
Take Aso, Japan
Fred H Harris, United States
Dr Francois Lacq, France
Axe1 Norling, Sweden
Armas Palmros, Finland
Sigurd Lockeberg Canada
Chief of Take-off
Charles N Proctor, United States
Chief of Landing-hill
Julius P Blegen, United States
Starter
Jury of Appeal
Axe1 Norling, Sweden, President
Dr R S Elmer, United States
Piero Ghiglione, Italy
Ingv. Smith-Kielland, Norway
O Smith Johannsen, United States
Chief Measurer
Fred H Harris, United States
Measurers
Charles J Beck, United States
Takeo Hoshino, Japan
Louis Grimes, Canada
Acme Photo
Feeding station at the half-way mark, 50-kilometer ski race
185
H Smith Johannsen, Canada
Herman Kaier, Norway
Norbert Lang, Czechoslovakia
Sven Lindhagen, Sweden
C Matheson, Norway
Albert Mayer, Switzerland
German Raab, Germany
Guido Rivetti, Italy
Jan Woyniewicz, Poland
Officials for 50-km and 18-km Ski Races
Director
Dr R S Elmer, United States
Chief of Course
George W Martin, United States
Starter
Major Philip B Fleming, United States
Timers
Charles A Proctor, United States
Elwood Kerr, United States
Henry Stetson. United States
Judges
H Smith Johannsen, Canada
Julius P Blegen, United States
Johan af Klercker, Sweden
Events and Rules
Dates of contests:
18-kilometer race. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Feb 10
Combined eventjump . . . . . . .Feb 11
Jump
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feb 12
50-kilometer race. . . . .. . . . . . . . .Feb 13
Maximum number of entries: 8 per na-
tion in each event.
Maximum number of contestants: 4 per
nation in each event.
Rules of the International Ski Federation
covering jumping require each contestant to
make two jumps, the total score of which de-
cides the winner. The contestant is judged
both on distance and on form, each counting
approximately 50 per cent.
Actual elapst time made by each contestant
determines place position in the cross-country
competitions. The men are started at one-
minute intervals and are required to follow
the exact course as flagged. Scoring for the
combined event is according to an elaborate
table. (See page 195.)
Drawings
Drawings for the four ski events were
made in the presence of the technical dele-
gates by the representatives of the countries
taking part. Drawings for the 18-kilometer
race and the combined event were made on
Feb 7. Drawings for the 50-kilometer race
and the jump were made on Feb 9.
Roger L Moore
Reidar Andersen, Norway, gets in some stiff practice
186
Wide World
Members of the Swedish Olympic team training for the Games.
Left to right:
Erik
Rylander, Hjert Schön, and Sven Eriksson
Austria
Bosio, Harald
Höll, Gregor
Paumgarten, Harald
Canada
Clark, William G
Currie, John F
Heggtveit, Halver L
Oliver, Byron A
Pangman, Arthur H
Taylor, John P
Czechoslovakia
Barton, Antonin
Cifka, Jan
Feistauer, Jaroslav
Novák, Vladimir
Simunek, Frantisek
Finland
Lappalainen, Martti
Lappalainen, Tauno
Liikkanen, Väinö
Penttilä, Erkki
Saarinen, Veli
Toikka, Valmari
18-km SKI RACE
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered . . . . . . . . . . 11
Number of individuals entered . . . . . . 64
Number of Contestants . . . . . . . . .
.
. . . .
France
Berthet, Raymond
Cretin, Leonce
Mugnier, Paul
Secretan, Albert
Italy
Colturi, Lorenzo
Menardi, Severino
Solda, Gino
Veurich, Andrea
Japan
Ageishi, Iwao
Hoshina, Takeo
Iwasaki, Saburo
Kuriyagawa, Heigoro
Taniguchi, Kinzo
Tsubokawa, Takemitsu
Yamada, Katsumi
Norway
Gröttumsbraaten, Johan
Hegge, Ole
Hovde, Kristian
Rustadstuen, Arne
Saetre, Magnus
Sevre, Kolbjörn
42
Stenen, Ole
Vestad, Sigurd
Poland
Czech, Bronislaw
Marusarz, Andrzej
Marusarz, Stanislaw
Motyka, Zdzislaw
Skupien, Stanislaw
Sweden
Aström, Sven
Jonsson, Karl G
Lindberg, Karl J
Lindgren, John H
Mattsson, Sivert
Svärd, Nils E
Utterström, Sven L
Vikström, Axe1 T
United States
Andersen, Erling N
Backstrom, Nils
Billings, Norton R
Blood, Edward J
Monsen, Rolf
Parsons, Richard E
Reid, Robert H
Zetterstrom, Olle
187
18-km RACE (11.18 Miles)
Morning, Feb 10, 9:30
Results
Contestants started at one-minute intervals.
hrs mins secs
1 Utterström, Sweden........... 1
23
07
2 Vikström, Sweden............. 1
25
07
3 Saarinen, Finland.............. 1
25
24
4 Lappalainen, M, Finland. . 1
26
31
5 Rustadstuen, Norway........ 1
27
06
6 *Gröttumsbraaten, Norway. . 1
27
15
7 Toikka, Finland............... 1
27
51
8 *Stenen, Norway................. 1
28
05
9 Liikkanen, Finland............ 1
28
30
10 Svärd, Sweden.................... 1
29
05
11 Mattsson, Sweden.............. 1
29
54
12 *Kuriyagawa, Japan............ 1
31
34
13 Hovde, Norway................. 1
32
48
14 Novák, Czechoslovakia...... 1
32
59
15 *Tsubokawa, Japan............. 1
33
15
16 *Barton, Czechoslovakia...... 1
33
39
17 Hoshina, Japan.................. 1
35
47
18 *Czech, Poland.................... 1
36
37
19 Cretin, France.................... 1
36
42
20 *Feistauer, Czechoslovakia . 1
37
55
21 *Bosio, Austria.................... 1
38
23
22 *Cifka, Czechoslovakia....... 1
38
24
23 Zetterstrom, United States 1
38
26
24 Secretan, France................. 1
38
39
25 Veurich, Italy..................... 1
38
42
26 Solda, Italy........................ 1
39
43
27 *Marusarz, S, Poland.......... 1
39
56
28 Parsons, United States...... 1
40
08
29 *Paumgarten, Austria......... 1
41
20
30 Mugnier, France................ 1
41
34
31 Skupien, Poland................. 1
41
48
32 Motyka, Poland.................. 1
41
58
33 *Monsen, United States...... 1
42
36
34 *Menardi, Italy.................... 1
43
04
35 Pangman, Canada.............. 1
43
12
36 Berthet, France.................. 1
43
38
37 Iwasaki, Japan................... 1
44
07
38 Clark, Canada.................... 1
46
33
39 Taylor, Canada.................. 1
48
11
40 Currie, Canada.................. 1
49
03
41 *Höll, Austria..................... 1
55
18
42 Andersen, United States.... 1
58
13
*Competed in both 18-kilometer race and combined race
188
Sven Utterström, Sweden
Members of the Czechoslovakian ski team on the trail
—International Newsreel
Associated Press
Norton Billings, United States, pauses for refreshment from an icy mountain stream during the course of
the 50-kilometer ski race
Acme Photo
Two of Norways star ski jumpers: Sigmund Ruud
(left) and Birger Ruud, his brother, winner of the
Olympic jump
Lake Placid Club Photo
Olympic ski-hill
Birger Ruud, 19-year-old Norwegian star, winner of the Olympic ski jump. Ruud's first jump was 66.5 meters (218 feet) ; his second, 69 meters (226 feet)
Whiteface Mountain
Johan Gröttumsbraaten, Norway, winner of the combined ski event
—Associated Press
Canada
Douglas, David H
Engstad, Kaare
Heggtveit, Halver L
Pangman, Arthur H
Ryan, Walter
Czechoslovakia
Barton, Antonin
Cifka, Jan
Feistauer, Jaroslav
Novak, Vladimir
Simunek, Frantisek
Finland
Lappalainen, Martti
Lappalainen, Tauno
Liikkanen, Väinö
Penttilä, Erkki
Saarinen, Veli
Toikka, Valmari
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
50-km SKI RACE
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number of individuals entered . . . . . . . .
Number of contestants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Italy
Colturi, Lorenzo
Delago, Giovanni
De Zulian, Francesco
Sertorelli, Erminio
9
50
32
Japan
Ageishi, Iwao
Iwasaki, Saburo
Kuriyagawa, Heigoro
Taniguchi, Kinzo
Tsubokawa, Takemitsu
Yamada, Katsumi
Norway
Aas-Haugen, Oscar
Hegge, Ole
Hovde, Kristian
Rustadstuen, Arne
Saetre, Magnus
Sevre, Kolbjörn
Stenen, Ole
Vestad, Sigurd
50-km RACE (31.07 Miles)
Morning, Feb 13, 11:00
Results
Contestants started at one-minute intervals.
hrs mins
Saarinen, Finland . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liikkanen, Finland . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rustadstuen, Norway . . . . . . . . .
Hegge, Norway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vestad, Norway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utterström, Sweden . . . . . . . . . .
Lappalainen, T, Finland. . . .
Lindgren, Sweden . . . . . . . . . . .
Jonsson, Sweden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Barton, Czechoslovakia . . . .
Novák, Czechoslovakia. . . . .
Sertorelli, Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feistauer, Czechoslovakia..
Cifka, Czechoslovakia . . . . . . .
Parsons, United States . . . . . . .
Engstad, Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ageishi, Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iwasaki, Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backstrom, United States..
Reid, United States . . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
28
28
31
32
32
33
45
47
49
52
52
59
00
01
13
19
19
21
25
26
secs
00
20
53
04
40
25
02
22
52
24
44
00
19
50
59
19
31
40
40
06
No time recorded for
the following starters:
Billings, United States
Delago, Italy
De Zulian, Italy
Douglas, Canada
Kuriyagawa, Japan
Lappalainen, M,
Finland
Mattsson, Sweden
Motyka, Poland
Ryan, Canada
Skupien, Poland
Stenen, Norway
Taniguchi, Japan
Poland
Motyka, Zdzislaw
Skupien, Stanislaw
Sweden
Aström, Sven
Jonsson, Karl G
Lindberg, Karl J
Lindgren, John H
Mattsson, Sivert
Svärd, Nils E
Utterström, Sven L
Vikström, Axe1 T
United States
Backstrom, Nils
Billings, Norton R
Monsen, Rolf
Parsons, Richard E
Reid, Robert H
Zetterstrom, Olle
Veli Saarinen
Finland
193
5
Winter Shadows
Pierson Studio.
COMBINED SKI EVENT18-km RACE AND JUMP
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Number of individuals entered . . . . . . . . . . 47
Number of contestants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Austria
Bosio, Harald
Höll, Gregor
Paumgarten, Harald
Canada
Bagguley, D Howard
Ball, William
Clark, William G
Engstad, Kaare
Gravel, Arthur L
Nordmoe, Jostein
Wilson, Ross F
Wright, Philemon R
Czechoslovakia
Barton, Antonin
Cifka, Jan
Feistauer, Jaroslav
Simunek, Frantisek
France
Berthet, Raymond
Italy
Dallago, Ingenuino
Menardi, Severino
Zardini, Ernesto
Japan
Kuriyagawa, Heigoro
Tsubokawa, Takemitsu
Yamada, Katsumi
Poland
Czech, Bronislaw
Marusarz, Andrzej
Marusarz, Stanislaw
Sweden
Eriksson, Sven
Rylander, Erik
Schön, Hjert
Switzerland
Norway
Gröttumsbraaten, Johan
Hovde, Kristian
Kolterud, Sverre
Rustadstuen, Arne
Saetre, Magnus
Saetre, Ottar
Stenen, Ole
Vinjarengen, Hans
194
Chiogna, Cesare
Kaufmann, Fritz
Steuri, Fritz
United States
Andersen, Erling N
Blood, Edward J
Ellingson, Lloyd C
Ericksen, John M
Harsh, James
Johansen, Jorgen
Monsen, Rolf
Oimen, Caspar
COMBINED SKI EVENT18-km
RACE AND JUMP
18-km Race
Morning, Feb 10
J u m p
Afternoon, Feb 11
Results
Johan Gröttumsbraaten, Norway
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Feb 10
18-km race
Analysis of Combined Ski Event
Feb 11
Gröttumsbraaten, Norway
Stenen, Norway
Vinjarengen, Norway
Kolterud, Norway
Eriksson, Sweden
Barton, Czechoslovakia
Czech, Poland
Simunek, Czechoslovakia
Monsen, United States
Nordmoe, Canada
Cifka, Czechoslovakia
Zardini, Italy
Feistauer, Czechoslovakia
Blood, United States
Tsubokawa, Japan
Ellingson, United States
Dallago, Italy
Paumgarten, Austria,
Marusarz, Poland
Kuriyagawa, Japan
Menardi, Italy
Chiogna, Switzerland
Kaufmann, Switzerland
Bagguley, Canada
Ericksen, United States
Steuri, Switzerland
Marusarz, Poland
Schön, Sweden
Bosio, Austria
Gravel, Canada
Wilson, Canada
Yamada, Japan
Höll, Austria
Time
1:27:15
1:28:05
1:32:40
1:34:36
1:39:32
1:33:39
1:36:37
1:39:58
1:42:36
1:42:56
1:38:24
1:43:22
1:37:55
1:41:58
1:33:15
1:44:14
1:46:29
1:41:20
1:47:17
1:31:34
1:43:04
1:58:33
1:59:20
1:50:35
1:54:58
1:54:57
1:39:56
1:59:07
1:38:23
2:00:18
1:43:55
1:56:03
1:55:18
Points
240
235.75
213
204
181.5
208.5
195
178.5
167.4
165.96
186.2
163.5
189
170.25
210
160.5
150
172.5
147
219
165
102
97.5
133.5
115.5
115.5
179.25
99
186
94.5
162
111
114
* Indicates fall.
1st jump
m
ft
51
167
48
157
54
177
57
187
57.5
189
47.5
156
51
167
50
164
54
177
53
174
43
141
51
167
46
151
51.5
169
35.5
116
45
148
47.5
156
38.5
126
45
148
49.5* 162
36
118
58
190
59.5
195
51
167
49.5
162
51
167
50
164
53.5
175
49.5* 162
50.5
166
40 * 131
47 * 154
55 * 180
195
2nd jump
m
50
ft
164
52
62
171
203
55.5
182
61.5
202
45.5
149
50
164
51.5
169
52
171
52.5
172
49
161
51.5
169
38.5
126
46
151
37
121
56
184
52
45
171
148
50
164
50
164
45.5
149
59.5
195
60.5
198
51.5
169
54
177
51
167
49 * 161
52
171
49.5
162
51.5
169
3 6
118
40.5 133
57 * 187
Points
for
Jumps
206
200.3
221.6
214.7
220.8
188.6
197
196.8
201.9
201.6
181.2
198.7
172.6
191.2
148.9
193.7
196
169.7
188.1
113.8
167.7
219.6
223.2
185.2
200.8
200.4
128.8
201.8
112.7
184.1
90.8
111.2
71
Total
Points
446
436.05
434.6
418.7
402.3
397.1
392
375.3
369.3
367.56
367.4
362.2
361.6
361.45
358.9
354.2
346
342.2
335.1
332.8
332.7
321.6
320.7
318.7
316.3
315.9
308.05
300.8
298.7
278.6
252.8
222.2
185
COMBINED EVENTJUMP
February 11, 1932
Composite of 3 Judges Score CardsPoints for Jump Only
Judges: Victor Alberts
(United States)
Karel Jarolimek
(Czechoslovakia)
Olaf Helset
(Norway)
P o i n t s
Total
Points
of 3
Judges
for
Jumps
206
200.3
P o i n t s
P o i n t s
Tota1
69.5
66.1
73.7
18
17
71.7
74.6
220.8
188.6
62.7
17
17
67.5
64.6
17
17
68.8
68.7
61.9
66.9
14
15.5
58.2
15
14
65.9
53.8
66.9
Dis-
tance
16.9
16.6
16
17.1
17.7
20
18.6
18.1
18.7
19.9
15.9
15.3
16.9
16.6
16.6
17
17.7
17.1
17.4
17.3
14.6
16.3
16.9
17
15.4
13.3
17
15.4
12.4
12.9
15.1
18.3
Tota1
69
67.1
73.7
71.2
73.1
61.2
65.5
64.6
67.3
66.7
58.4
65.9
56.7
63.9
48.3
62.4
Tota1
67.5
67.1
74.2
71.8
73.1
64.7
64
67.6
65.8
66.2
60.9
65.9
57.7
61.4
46.8
64.4
Style
18.5
17.5
16.5
16.5
17.5
18.5
18
18
16
15.5
16
15
17
17
15.5
15.5
16
17
17
16.5
13.5
15
16.5
17
Dis-
tance
Style
17.5
18
17
17
17.5
18.5
16.5
18
18
16.5
15.5
14.5
15.5
16.5
15
16
16.5
16
16
16
13
14.5
16
16
12.5
15.5
16
15.5
12
11
14
15
Style Dis-
tance
16.5
17.5
16.9
16.6
1 Gröttumsbraaten, Johan
Norway
16.9
16.6
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
2 Stenen, Ole
Norway
16
17.1
16.5
17.5
17.5
19
16
17.1
17.7
20
18.6
18.1
18.7
19.9
17.7
20
3 Vinjarengen, Hans
Norway
221.6
16.5
18.5
18.6
18.1
4 Kolterud, Sverre
Norway
214.7
197
196.8
201.9
201.6
181.2
198.7
172.6
5 Eriksson, Sven
Sweden
17
17.5
17
16.5
18.7
19.9
15.9
15.3
6 Barton, Antonin
Czechoslovakia
15.9
15.3
16.9
16.6
15
15.5
16.5
17.5
16.9
16.6
16.6
17
7 Czech, Bronislaw
Poland
16.6
17
8 Simunek, Frantisek
Czechoslovakia
15.5
15.5
17.7
17.1
17.7
17.1
9 Monsen, Rolf
United States
10 Nordmoe, Jostein
Canada
17.4
17.3
15.5
16
17.4
17.3
11 Cifka, Jan
Czechoslovakia
14.6
16.3
16.9
17
14.5
15.5
14.6
16.3
12 Zardini, Ernesto
Italy
16.5
15.5
16.9
17
13 Feistauer, Jaroslav
Czechoslovakia
15.4
13.3
13.5
15.5
15.4
13.3
17
15.4
12.4
12.9
14 Blood, Edward
United States
17
15.4
191.2
148.9
193.7
15 Tsubokawa, Takemitsu
Japan
12.4
12.9
10.5
11
16 Ellingson, Lloyd
United States
15.1
18.3
14.5
16.5
15.1
18.3
196
COMBINED EVENTJUMPContinued
February 11, 1932
Composite of 3 Judges Score CardsPoints for Jump Only
Olaf Helset
(Norway)
Tota1
Victor Alberts
(United States)
P o i n t s
Style
16.5
17
15.9
17.1
15.5
14.5
13.3
15.1
13
15
16.5
16.5
15
15
188.1
6 *
14
3.5*
12
15.5
15.5
16
18
73.7
73.7
17
18
73.9
16
15
13
11
17
17.5
15.5
15.5
68.6
17.5
17
16.5
8 *
16.5
16
3 *
15.5
15.5
15.5
4 *
12
Karel Jarolimek
(Czechoslovakia)
P o i n t s
Total
Points
of 3
Judges
for
Jumps
Judges:
1st jump
2nd jump
Style
16
16
P o i n t s
Dis-
tance
15.1
16.6
4
16.6
12.6
15.3
18.9
19.3
19.3
19.6
16.9
17
16.4
17.7
16.9
16.9
16.6
4
17.5
17.1
2
16.4
39.9
16.7
17
59.7
3
12.6
7 *
15
4 *
13
4
13.9
3.5
13.9
34.9
33.4
111.2
7
7
5
6
65
54.9
61.7
35.6
54.9
74.9
57.9
67.1
66.3
39.6
67.1
33.4
59.7
29.6
Total
66.5
58.4
64.7
42.6
58.9
72.2
64.9
68.3
49.1
67.1
64.7
32.6
42.9
5
5.5 21
28
Dis-
tance
15.9
17.1
13.3
15.1
15.1
16.6
3.5
16.6
Dis-
tance
15.9
17.1
13.3
15.1
Style
15.5
16
Total
64.5
56.4
61.7
35.6
53.9
74.4
62.4
65.1
65.8
40.1
67.6
39.4
28.6
17 Dallago, Ingenuino
Italy
196
18 Paumgarten, Harald
Austria
1st jump
2nd jump
13
13.5
169.7
15.1
16.6
6
16.6
12.6
15.3
14.5
15.5
4 *
11
19 Marusarz, Andrzej
Poland
20 Kuriyagawa, Heigoro
Japan
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
113.8
13.5
13.5
12.5
13.5
12.6
15.3
21 Menardi, Severino
Italy
22 Chiogna, Cesare
Switzerland
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
167.7
18.9
19.3
18.5
17
18.5
18.9
19.3
219.6
23 Kaufmann, Fritz
Switzerland
19.3
19.6
16.9
17
16.4
17.7
18
18
17.5
18
16
12.5
19.3
19.6
16.9
17
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
223.2
24 Bagguley, Howard
Canada
185.2
25 Ericksen, John
United States
1st jump
2nd jump
16.5
16.5
16
16.5
16
16
15.5
4 *
16.4
17.7
16.9
16.9
200.8
26 Steuri, Fritz
Switzerland
1st jump
2nd jump
16.9
16.9
200.4
27 Marusarz, Stanislaw
Poland
1st jump
2nd jump
16.6
8
15
4 *
16.6
4
128.8
28 Schön, Hjert
Sweden
17.5
17.1
5
16.4
16
16.5
2 *
13
16.5
16.5
17.5
17.1
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
201.8
29 Bosio, Harald
Austria
3.5*
16
12.5
13.5
2.5*
11
3.5
16.4
112.7
16.7
17
4
12.6
13
13
3 *
11
16.7
17
2.5
12.6
30 Gravel, Arthur
Canada
31 Wilson, Ross
Canada
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
184.1
90.8
1st jump
2nd jump
7
13.9
5 *
6 *
3.5*
12.5
5 *
5.5*
32 Yamada, Katsumi
Japan
33 Höll, Gregor
Austria
1st jump
2nd jump
7 *
7 *
22
71
*Indicates fall.
197
Order of Finish of Contestants in Combined Event in 18-kilometer Ski Race
*Gröttumsbraaten ...............
*Stenen ...............................
*Kuriyagawa .......................
Vinjarengen ......................
*Tsubokawa ........................
*Barton ...............................
Kolterud ............................
*Czech ................................
*Feistauer ............................
*Bosio .................................
*Cifka .................................
Eriksson .............................
*Marusarz, S.. ......................
Simunek ............................
*Paumgarten .......................
Blood .................................
Time
Points
1:27:15
240
1:28:05
235.75
1:31:34
219
1:32:40
213
1:33:15
210
1:33:39
208.5
1:34:36
204
1:36:37
195
1:37:55
189
1:38:23
186
1:38:24
186.2
1:39:32
181.5
1:39:56
179.25
1:39:58
178.5
1:41:20
172.5
1:41:58
170.25
*Monsen .............................
Nordmoe ...........................
*Menardi ............................
Zardini ..............................
Wilson ..............................
Ellingson ............................
Dallago .............................
Marusarz, A.......................
Bagguley ............................
Steuri .................................
Ericksen .... .........................
*Höll ..................................
Yamada .............................
Chiogna ............................
Schön .................................
Kaufmann .........................
Gravel ................................
Time
Points
1:42:36
167.4
1:42:56
165.96
1:43:04
165
1:43:22
163.5
1:43:55
162
1:44:14
160.5
1:46:29
150
1:47:17
147
1:50:35
133.5
1:54:57
115.5
1:54:58
115.5
1:55:18
114
1:56:03
111
1:58:33
102
1:59:07
99
1:59:20
97.5
2:00:18
94.5
*
Competed in both 18-kilometer race and combined event.
Order of Rating of Contestants in Combined Event in Jump
1st Jump
(Meters)
2nd Jump
(Meters)
60.5
62
61.5
59.5
55.5
50
52
52
52.5
54
51
52
51.5
50
51.5
52
Points
223.2
221.6
220.8
219.6
214.7
206
201.9
201.8
201.6
200.8
200.4
200.3
198.7
197
196.8
196
1st Jump
(Meters)
Ellingson .................... 45
Blood .......................... 51.5
Barton ........................ 47.5
Marusarz, A................ 45
Bagguley .................... 51
Gravel ........................ 50.5
Cifka .......................... 43
Feistauer ..................... 46
Paumgarten ................ 38.5
Menardi ...................... 36
Tsubokawa ................. 35.5
Marusarz, S.. ............... 50
Kuriyagawa ................ 49.5*
Bosio .......................... 49.5*
Yamada ...................... 47*
Wilson ....................... 40*
Höll ........................... 55*
2nd Jump
(Meters)
56
46
45.5
50
51.5
51.5
49
38.5
45
45.5
37
49*
50
49.5
40.5
36
57*
Kaufmann .................
Vinjarengen ...............
Eriksson ......................
Chiogna ......................
Kolterud .....................
Gröttumsbraaten .......
Monsen ....................
Schön .......................
Nordmoe ..................
Ericksen ....................
Steuri .......................
Stenen .....................
Zardini ....................
Czech ......................
Simunek ..................
Dallago ...................
59.5
54
57.5
58
57
51
54
53.5
53
49.5
51
48
51
51
50
47.5
*Indicates fall.
Points
l93.7
191.2
188.6
188.1
185.2
184.1
181.2
172.6
169.7
167.7
148.9
128.8
113.8
112.7
111.2
90.8
71
198
199
Course for 18-kilometer ski race
Course for 50-kilometer ski race
Course for 50-kilometer ski race
Austria
Bosio, Harald
Höll, Gregor
Paumgarten, Harald
Canada
Dupuis, Gerald E
Gagne, Leslie R
Hogan, Joséph E
Lafleur, Lucien
Landry, Jacques B
Lymburne, Robert S
Stone, Arnold V
Tache, Jacques R
Czechoslovakia
Barton, Antonin
Cifka, Jan
Feistauer, Jaroslav
Simunek, Frantisek
Italy
Dallago, Ingenuino
Menardi, Severino
Zardini, Ernesto
Roger L Moore
Andrzej Marusarz of Poland riding high
SKI JUMP
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered............... 10
Number of individuals entered............ 47
Number of contestants...................... 34
Japan
Adachi, Goro
Makita, Mitsutake
Takata, Yoichi
Yamada, Katsumi
Norway
Andersen, Reidar
Beck, Hans
Kleppen, Hans
Kolterud, Sverre
Ruud, Birger
Ruud, Sigmund
Vinjarengen, Hans
Wahlberg, Kaare
200
Poland
Czech, Bronislaw
Marusarz, Andrzej
Marusarz, Stanislaw
Sweden
Eriksson, Sven
Rylander, Erik
Schön, Hjert
Switzerland
Chiogna, Cesare
Kaufmann, Fritz
Steuri, Fritz
United States
Andersen, Erling N
Batson, Lemoine
Falstad, Pedar
Holmstrom, Carl
Mikkelsen, Roy
Monsen, Rolf
Oimen, Caspar
Steele, John D
SKI JUMP
Afternoon, Feb 12
Results
Birger Ruud, Norway
1 Ruud, B
2 Beck
3 Wahlberg
4 Eriksson
5 Oimen
6 Kaufmann
7 Ruud, S
8 Adachi
9 Chiogna
10 Rylander
11 Schön
12 Czech
13 Falstad
14 Zardini
15 Steele
16 Dallago
17 Marusarz, S
18 Steuri
19 Lymburne
20 Landry
21 Barton
22 Marusarz, A
23 Simunek
24 Cifka
25 Paumgarten
26 Feistauer
27 Menardi
28 Makita
29 Stone
30 Gagne
31 Takata
32 Yamada
33 Mikkelsen
34 Bosio
* Indicates fall.
Norway
Norway
Norway
Sweden
United States
Switzerland
Norway
Japan
Switzerland
Sweden
Sweden
Poland
United States
Italy
United States
Italy
Poland
Switzerland
Canada
Canada
Czechoslovakia
Poland
Czechoslovakia
Czechoslovakia
Austria
Czechoslovakia
Italy
Japan
Canada
Canada
Japan
Japan
United States
Austria
1st jump
mtr
66.5
71.5
62.5
65.5
63
63.5
63
60
60
58
57
56
56
53
55
58.5
55
58
58
52.5
47
51.5
48
47
42.5
47
36.5
59
61.5*
45
37.5
57 *
68 *
53 *
feet
218
235
205
215
207
208
207
197
197
190
187
184
184
174
180
192
180
190
190
172
154
169
157
154
139
154
120
194
202
148
123
187
223
174
201
2nd jump
mtr
feet
69
226
63.5
208
64
210
64
210
67.5
221
65.5
215
62.5
205
66
216
63
207
58.5
192
61.5
202
60
197
62.5
205
65
213
56
184
53
174
53
174
53.5
175
51
167
54
177
58
190
54
177
55.5
182
51
167
46.5
153
41
134
56.5
185
59.5*
195
49
161
44.5*
146
57 *
187
51.5*
169
did not jump
did not jump
Points
228.1
227
219.5
218.9
216.7
215.8
215.1
210.7
209.8
206
201.8
200.7
199.5
196.7
195.6
194.9
192.5
192.4
192.1
187.3
186.1
185.9
183.2
172.5
163.4
163
161.6
134.2
114.5
110.5
91.1
70
52
29
SKI JUMP
February 12, 1932
Composite of 3 Judges Score Cards for Points
Total
Points
of 3
Judges
Style
Total
19
19
18.8
19.4
19
18.5
228.1
19
19
75.5
227
19
19
17.8
18.2
219.5
18
18.5
71.3
73.3 218.9
17.9
19
70.9
216.7
215.8
17.9
17.8
215.1
17
17.5
210.7
71.1 209.8
18
18
206
15
17
66.1
201.8
17.5
17
200.7
199.5
196.7
195.6
16 16.8
15 15.5
194.9
Judges:
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
Johan af Klercker
(Sweden)
Dr Francois Lacq
(France)
P o i n t s
Sigurd Lockeberg
(Canada)
P o i n t s
P o i n t s
Total
76.2
76
74
74.3
73.9
73.1
72.2
70.9
69.6
69.5
67.6
67.4
65.9
65.7
65.8
Total
76.2
72.5
70.1
71.2
69.4
69.1
67
65.4
65
64.4
64.7
63.3
75.7
75.5
73
71.9
72.6
71.7
70.4
69.5
68.1
67.9
68
66.4
65.2
55.8
Dis-
tance
18.8
19.4
20
18
17.8
18.2
18.6
18.2
17.9
19
18
18.6
17.9
17.8
17.2
18.7
17.2
17.9
16.7
16.8
16.5
17.6
17 16.2
17 17.2
16.2
17.8
66.5
15.5
18.4
16
16.2
16.8
15.5
Style
19.5
18.5
18.5
19
Dis-
tance
Style Dis-
tance
18.8
19.4
1 Ruud, Birger
Norway
2 Beck, Hans
Norway
20
18
19
18.5
20
18
18
18.5
17.5
17
18.5
18.5
17.8
18.2
3 Wahlberg, Kaare
Norway
4 Eriksson, Sven
Sweden
19
18.5
18.6
18.2
18.6
18.2
18
19
18
18.5
16
18
16.5
17
18
18.6
17
18
18
18
17.9
19
18
18.6
5 Oimen, Caspar
United States
6 Kaufmann, Fritz
Switzerland
7 Ruud, Sigmund
Norway
18.5
18
17
18.5
18
18
17.9
17.8
17
18
16
18.5
16.5
17
16.5
17.5
17.2
18.7
17.2
17.9
17.2
18.7
8 Adachi, Goro
Japan
9 Chiogna, Cesare
Switzerland
18
18
17.2
17.9
16.7
16.8
16.5
17.6
10 Rylander, Erik
Sweden
1st jump
2nd jump
18
18
17
16.5
16.7
16.8
11 Schön, Hjert
Sweden
1st jump
2nd jump
16.5
17
16.5
17.6
16.5
17.5
12 Czech, Bronislaw
Poland
1st jump
2nd jump
16
16
16.2
17.2
16.2
17.2
13 Falstad, Pedar
United States
16
16.5
15.5
16.5
15
16
14.5
16
16.2
17.8
15.5
18.4
16.5
17.5
16
16.5
17
16
16.2
17.8
15.5
18.4
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
14 Zardini, Ernesto
Italy
15 Steele, John
United States
1st jump
2nd jump
17
16.5
16
16.5
16
16.2
16
16.2
16.8
15.5
16 Dallago, Ingenuino
Italy
1st jump
2nd jump
17.5
16
17.5
16
202
SKI JUMP-Continued
February 12, 1932
Composite of 3 Judges Score Cards for Points
Dr Francois Lacq
(France)
Judges: Johan af Klercker
(Sweden)
Sigurd Lockeberg
(Canada)
Total
Points
of 3
Judges
P o i n t s
Style
16.5
17.5
Dis-
tance
16
15.5
17
17
17
17
15.5
16
16
16
15.5
16
15.5
16
15.5
14.5
14
15
14.5
13
15
15
14
12.5
13
14
16.5
7 *
5 *
15
15
4 *
13
4 *
6 *
7 *
9 *
5 *
Tota1
65.5
66.3
65.7
62.6
62.7
62.3
61.9
59
54.3
56.5
54.7
47.4
39.5
36.5
32.7
6
7
5
7
6
4
26
9
18
10
P o i n t s
Dis-
tance
16
15.5
16.7
15.6
16.7
15
15.4
15.7
14
16.7
15.1
15.7
14.3
16.1
12.9
13.9
14
12.5
11.4
16.3
16.9
6.5
6
14.5
13.5
5.5
11.7
9
4.5
Total
62.5
60.8
62.2
61.1
60.2
60.3
58.9
55.5
53.3
53
53.2
45.4
40
36.5
26.7
20
18
9
Style
16
17
16
17
16
16.5
15.5
16.5
16
16.5
16
16.5
15
17
14
15
14.5
14.5
11
16
12
14
14.5
5 *
13.5
15
4.5*
14
3 *
P o i n t s
Dis-
tance
16
15.5
16.7
15.6
16.7
15
Total
64.5
65.3
64.2
63.6
63.2
63.3
62.4
58
55.8
53.5
53.7
41.4
35
37.5
31.7
24
16
10
Style
17 Marusarz, Stanislaw
Poland
15
16
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
1st jump
2nd jump
192.5
18 Steuri, Fritz
Switzerland
16.7
15.6
14.5
14
192.4
16.7
15
15.4
15.7
15.5
15
14.5
15.5
14
15.5
19 Lymburne, Robert
Canada
20 Landry, Jacques
Canada
192.1
15.4
15.7
187.3
14
16.7
14
16.7
21 Barton, Antonin
Czechoslovakia
22 Marusarz, Andrzej
Poland
186.1
15.1
15.7
14.5
15
15.1
15.7
185.9
23 Simunek, Frantisek
Czechoslovakia
14.3
16.1
14
14.5
14.3
16.1
14
15
12.9
13.9
14
12.5
11.4
16.3
183.2
24 Cifka, Jan
Czechoslovakia
14
15
12.5
14
172.5
25 Paumgarten, Harald
Austria
12.9
13.9
13
13.5
163.4
26 Feistauer, Jaroslav
Czechoslovakia
11.4
16.3
13
13.5
163
161.6
27 Menardi, Severino
Italy
11
14.5
28 Makita, Mitsutake
Japan
16.9
7
5
14.5
15.5
6.5*
6 *
13.5
16.9
5
134.2
114.5
29 Stone, Arnold
Canada
4
14.5
30 Gagne, Leslie
Canada
13.5
4
11.7
4
12
5.5*
13.5
4.5
11.7
3
110.5
91.1
70
31 Takata, Yoichi
Japan
12
3 *
32 Yamada, Katsumi
Japan
6 *
4 *
9 *
5
7 *
8 *
5 *
8
33 Mikkelsen, Roy
United States
34 Bosio, Harald
Austria
52
5
4.5*
5
29
*Indicates fall.
Did not jump.
203
Wide World
Irving Jaffee, U S A, wins he
10,000-meter skate crown to
give the United States the four
Olympic speed-scating titles
International Newsreel
Jaffee, U S A, takes 5,000-
meter speed-scating event
Wide World
Jack Shea, Lake Placid boy,
breasts the tape, winner in the
1,500-meter speed-skating race,
followed by three Canadians,
Hurd, Logan, and Stack
Speed Skating
Associated Press
Jack Shea of Lake Placid, Dartmouth College sophomore, wins the 500-
meter speed-skating race for the United States, beating Bernt Evensen
of Norway. to the tape by five yards
204
Speed Skating
At the III Olympic Winter Games the
speed-skating competitions at distances of
500, 1500, 5000 and 10,000 meters, for the
first time in Winter Olympic history, were
skated under the rules of the Amateur Skat-
ing Union of the United States. This was in
accordance with a decision of the congress
of the International Skating Union (I E V)
at Vienna in May, 1931, permitting the
adoption of the North American rules for
the Lake Placid Games, if the Organizing
Committee might so choose.
The Organizing Committee voted to have
the North American rules govern the speed-
skating races at Lake Placid since it was felt
that these rules were fairer to the skaters
as well as making more interesting competi-
tion for the spectators. Then, too, the award
of the Worlds Speed-skating championships
to Lake Placid,. to be skated under the rules
of the International Skating Union on Feb
19 and 20, made it possible for Olympic
skaters to compete on the same track under
both European and American rules within a
fortnight-a fair test of comparative ability
in the two skating styles. This decision ap-
peared in the Official III O W G Rules Book,
copies of which were mailed to 57 nations
several months in advance of the Games.
Under the rules of the Amateur Skating
Union of the United States, skaters, instead
of racing against the watch, race against each
other from a common start, the first man
across the line winning the heat or final, as
Wide World
Norways Olympic speed-skating team.
Left to right:
Lindboe, Ballangrud,
Staksrud, Pedersen, Engnestangen, and Evensen
205
Wide World
Japans Olympic speed-skaters.
Left to right:
Kitani, Ishihara, Uruma, and Kawamura
the case may be. Skaters are drawn in pre-
liminary heats, with a certain number in each
heat to qualify for the final. Under the
regulations of the I S U, skaters race in pairs,
strictly against time, the one having the fast-
est time winning the event, the rest of the
field being rankt in the order of times made.
All skating races at the III Olympic Win-
ter Games were contested on a standard 400-
meter track in the Olympic stadium, with
the finish line directly in front of the judges
stand.
Shift Date for 10,000-meter Final
Following the first heat of the 10,000-
meter race on Friday afternoon, Feb 5, a pro-
test was lodged against two of the skaters
for not setting the pace for the agreed num-
ber of laps.
After the second heat the same afternoon,
a protest was lodged against another skater
for interference on the home stretch.
After considering the protests, Referee
Joseph K Savage, United States, referred the
matter to the three technical delegates: Her-
bert J Clarke, Great Britain; Walter Jakobs-
son, Finland; and Hermann Kleeberg, Ger-
many. At their meeting the delegates de-
cided, in fairness to all concerned, to have
both heats of the 10,000-meter race re-skated
the following morning, Saturday, Feb 6, and
to have all the original starters Friday com-
pete in the re-skated heats. It is interesting
to note that exactly the same 8 skaters quali-
fied in the re-skated preliminary heats.
Because of this situation it was necessary
to defer skating the final of the 10,000-meter
race until Monday afternoon, Feb 8.
Ice conditions for the four days of com-
petition were ideal. Temperatures were uni-
formly low, but not too low to have the ice
in just the right condition for racing. Snow
fell during the final heat of the 5000-meter
race on Feb 4 and the 10,000-meter on Feb
8, but not enough to hamper the skaters ma-
terially.
Most of the outstanding speed-skaters of
the world were entered in the Lake Placid
Games, an array of ice talent never before
assembled in one meet on the North Ameri-
can continent.
206
Governing Bodies and Officials
International Skating Union
PresidentUlrich Salchow, Stockholm,
Sweden
Amateur Skating Union of the United States
PresidentJoseph K Savage, New York
City
Technical Delegates
Herbert J Clarke, Great Britain
Walter Jakobsson, Finland
Hermann Kleeberg, Germany
Officials
Referee and Assistants
Joseph K Savage, Chief, United States
J T Rowan, Assistant, Canada
Irving W Reiner, Assistant, United States
Starter and Assistant
William E Roughton, Chief, Canada
Edmund Horton, Assistant, United States
Judges at Finish
John Harding, Chief, United States
Yngvar Bryn, Norway
Andrew Callanan, United States
Graydon Cowles, United States
Brig Gen W O H Dodds, Canada
Lewis G Graeves, United States
William Carroll Hill, United States
J Edward McVeigh, Canada
H W Main, United States
F Paul Stevens, United States
Raymond F Stevens, United States
Frank W Swift, United States
Dr C C Trembley, United States
Timers
William Reach, Chief, United States
Fred Futterer, United States
Sven Lindhajen, Sweden
Carsten Matheson, Norway
A E Morrison, United States
Acme Photo
United States squad of Olympic speed-scaters.
Left to right:
Schroeder, Bialas, Murphy, Jaffee, Potts,
Deitz, Murray, Guenther, Farrell, Springer, Wedge, Taylor, Shea
207
Wide World
Canadas Olympic speed-skaters.
Left to right:
McCarthy, Sylvestre, Smyth, Flack, Stack, Hurd, and Logan
P J Mulqueen, Canada
George L Starks, United States
Curtis Stevens, United States
Hubert Stevens, United States
Scorers
George Anson, Chief, United States
Harold Eckart, Assistant, United States
William Distin, United States
M M Munn, United States
Harry Noah, United States
J Harry Pohlman, United States
Clerks of the Course
Charles H Goldsmith, Chief, United States
John V Dolan, Assistant, United States
Dr Cato Aall, Norway
William E Feek, United States
Harry Kemper, United States
Armas Palmros, Finland
William M Potter, United States
Prof M Sato, Japan
Patrol Judges
Dr J A Geis, Chief, United States
Roy McWhirter, Assistant, United States
Benton Ames, United States
Benjamin Blanke, United States
E W Cady, United States
Arthur Flack, Canada
R J Kennedy, United States
J Vernon Lamb, United States
James McWhirter, United States
Runar Oehman, Sweden
John Tamsen, United States
P J Hennessy, United States
Wayne Timmerman, United States
Announcers
Clarence Eccleston, United States
Paul Patchin, United States
Livingston Chapman, United States
Measurers
Henry Homburger, United States
C W Judson, United States
Events and Rules
Dates of contests: Feb 4, 5, 6, and
8.
Speed-skating consisted of four events:
500, 1500, 5000, and 10,000-meter races.
Maximum number of entries: 8 per nation
in each event.
Maximum number of contestants: 4 per
nation in each event.
Drawings
Drawings for heats were made in the pres-
ence of the technical delegates on January
31 by the representatives of the countries tak-
ing part.
Drawings for starting positions were made
by the contestants just before each heat or
final.
208
Canada
Flack, Herbert S
Hurd, Alexander
Logan, William F
McCarthy, Marion S
Smyth, C Harry
Stack, Frank
Sylvestre, Leopold
Finland
Blomqvist, Ossian O
500-METER SPEED SKATING
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered..................... 6
Number of individuals entered............. 27
Number of contestants.................... 16
Japan
Ishihara, Shozo
Kawamura, Yasuo
Kitani, Tokuo
Uruma, Tomeju
Norway
Ballangrud, Ivar
Engnestangen, Hans
Evensen, Bernt
Lindboe, Erling
Pedersen. Haakon
Staksrud, Michael
500 METER (546.8 Yards)
Stadium
Morning, Feb 4
Results
First 2 in each preliminary heat qualified
for the final.
Sweden
Lindberg, Carl E
United States
Deitz, Milford
Farrell, J ONeil
Guenther, Lloyd W
Murray, Raymond V
Potts, Allan W
Shea, John A
Taylor, Herbert G
Wedge, Edwin
First Heat
1 Stack, Canada
2 Shea, United States
3 Ishihara, Japan
4 Lindboe, Norway
5 Kawamura, Japan
Time: 44.3 seconds
Second Heat
1 Evensen, Norway
2 Logan, Canada
3 Murray, United States
4 Kitani, Japan
5 Sylvestre, Canada
Time: 45.3 seconds
Third Heat
1 Hurd, Canada
2 Farrell, United States
3 Potts, United States
4 Pedersen, Norway
5 Engnestangen, Norway
6 Uruma, Japan
Time: 44.9 seconds
Final
1 Shea, United States
2 Evensen, Norway
3 Hurd, Canada
4 Stack, Canada
5 Logan, Canada
6 Farrell, United States
Time: 43.4 seconds
Wide World
Jack Shea, U S A
209
Canada
Flack, Herbert S
Hurd, Alexander
Logan, William F
McCarthy, Marion S
Smyth, C Harry
Stack, Frank
Sylvestre, Leopold
Finland
Blomqvist, Ossian O
1500-METER SPEED SKATING
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered.............. 6
Number of individuals entered....... 27
Number of contestants ...................... 18
Japan
Ishihara Shozo
Kawamura, Yasuo
Kitani, Tokuo
Uruma, Tomeju
Norway
Ballangrud, Ivar
Engnestangen, Hans
Evensen, Bernt
Lindboe, Erling
Pedersen, Haakon
Staksrud, Michael
1500 METER (.93 Mile)
Stadium
Morning, Feb 5
Results
First 2 in each preliminary heat qualified
for the final.
1 Taylor, United States
2 Stack, Canada
3 Evensen, Norway
4 Engnestangen, Norway
5 Blomqvist, Finland
6 Uruma, Japan
Time: 2 minutes 49.3 seconds
Second Heat
1 Shea, United States
2 Logan, Canada
3 Ballangrud, Norway
4 Flack, Canada
5 Ishihara, Japan
6 Guenther, United States
Time: 2 minutes 58 seconds
Third Heat
1 Murray, United States
2 Hurd, Canada
3 Staksrud, Norway
4 Kawamura, Japan
5 Kitani, Japan
6 Lindberg, Sweden
Time: 2 minutes 29.9 seconds
Final
1 Shea, United States
2 Hurd, Canada
3 Logan, Canada
4 Stack, Canada
5 Murray, United States
6 Taylor, United States
Time: 2 minutes 57.5 seconds
First Heat
Sweden
Lindberg, Carl E
United States
Farrell, J ONeil
Guenther, Lloyd W
Jaffee, Irving
Murphy, Edward S
Murray, Raymond V
Potts, Allan W
Shea, John A
Taylor, Herbert G
Wide World
Jack Shea, U S A
210
Sweden
Canada
Flack, Herbert S
Hurd, Alexander
Logan, William F
McCarthy, Marion S
Smyth, C Harry
Stack, Frank
Sylvestre, Leopold
5000-METER SPEED SKATING
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Number of individuals entered . . . . . . . . 27
Number of contestants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Japan
Ishihara, Shozo
Kawamura, Yasuo
Kitani, Tokuo
Uruma, Tomeju
Norway
Ballangrud, Ivar
Engnestangen, Hans
Evensen, Bernt
Lindberg, Carl E
Finland
Lindboe, Erling
Pedersen, Haakon
Blomqvist, Ossian O
Staksrud, Michael
5000 METER (3.1 Miles)
Stadium
Afternoon, Feb 4
Results
First 4 in each preliminary heat qualified
for the final.
First Heat
1 Jaffee, United States
2 Murphy, United States
3 Ballangrud, Norway
4 Smyth, Canada
5 Blomqvist, Finland
* Hurd, Canada
* Staksrud, Norway
* Uruma, Japan
* Ishihara, Japan
Time: 9 minutes 52 seconds
United States
Bialas, Valentine
Jaffee, Irving
Murphy, Edward S
Schroeder, Edward J
Shea, John A
Springer, Carl F
Taylor, Herbert G
Wedge, Edwin
Second Heat
1 Evensen, Norway
2 Taylor, United States
3 Logan, Canada
4 Stack, Canada
5 Lindboe, Norway
6 Springer, United States
* Lindberg, Sweden
* Kawamura, Japan
* Kitani, Japan
Time: 10 minutes 1.4 seconds
Final
1 Jaffee, United States
2 Murphy, United States
3 Logan, Canada
4 Taylor, United States
5 Ballangrud, Norway
6 Evensen, Norway
7 Stack, Canada
8 Smyth, Canada
Time: 9 minutes 40.8 seconds
W i d e W o r l d
Irving Jaffee, U S A
*
Order of finish not recorded.
211
Canada
Flack, Herbert S
Hurd, Alexander
Logan, William F
McCarthy, Marion S
Smyth, C Harry
Stack, Frank
Sylvestre, Leopold
Finland
Blomqvist, Ossian O
10,000-METER SPEED SKATING
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Number of individuals entered . . . . . . . . 26
Number of contestants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Japan
Ishihara, Shozo
Kawamura, Yasuo
Kitani, Tokuo
Uruma, Tomeju
Norway
Ballangrud, Ivar
Engnestangen, Hans
Evensen, Bernt
Lindboe, Erling
Pedersen, Haakon
Staksrud, Michael
10,000 METER (6.2 Miles)
Stadium
Morning, Feb 6
Results
First 4 in each preliminary heat qualified
for the final.
First Heat
1 Hurd, Canada
2 Ballangrud, Norway
3 Bialas, United States
4 Wedge, United States
5 Blomqvist, Finland
6 Staksrud, Norway
* Uruma, Japan
* Ishihara, Japan
* McCarthy, Canada
Time: 17 minutes 56.2 seconds
Second Heat
1 Jaffee, United States
2 Stack, Canada
}
3 Evensen, Norway
Schroeder, United States tie
5 Logan, Canada
6 Engnestangen, Norway
* Lindberg, Sweden
* Kitani, Japan
* Kawamura, Japan
Time: 18 minutes 5.4 seconds
Stadium
Afternoon, Feb 8
Final
1 Jaffee, United States
2 Ballangrud, Norway
3 Stack, Canada
4 Wedge, United States
5 Bialas, United States
6 Evensen, Norway
7 Hurd, Canada
8 Schroeder, United States
Time: 19 minutes 13.6 seconds
*
Order of finish not recorded.
Sweden
Lindberg, Carl E
United States
Bialas, Valentine
Deitz, Milford
Jaffee, Irving
Schroeder, Edward J
Springer, Carl F
Taylor, Herbert G
Wedge, Edwin
Wide World
Irving Jaffee, U S A
212
Figure Skating
In reviewing the figure-skating competi-
tions at the III Olympic Winter Games two
facts loom large. For the first time in the
history of the great winter-sports classic all
figure-skating events were held on artificial
ice indoors; and these same three events,
mens singles, womens singles, and pair
skating, proved to be among the most popu-
lar on the entire program.
Possibly the latter statement calls for some
explanation. While figure-skating in the
United States has been enjoyed both by ac-
complisht exponents and enthusiastic sup-
porters for years, the sport had never until
the Lake Placid Games the almost universal
appeal that it has so long possest abroad.
The reason is not hard to find. Practically
no communities outside the larger cities have
proper indoor ice rinks for the development
of the sport, and in the cities devotees of
the dips and whirls have been drawn for the
most part from the leisure strata of society.
The average youngster, if he took to the ice
at all, went in for speed-skating and set as
his idols the record-holders of the racing
track.
Prior to the Lake Placid Games figure-
skating had never received its merited share
of publicity, and it is publicity in sport that
sets up the idols that the young try to imi-
tate. Widespread imitation means wide-
spread participation and widespread appeal.
These figure-skating did not have.
But the evening figure-skating events at
the III Olympic Winter Games, mens free
figures, womens free figures, and pair skat-
ing, found crowds storming the doors of the
Olympic arena, willing to pay almost any
price to get in. Thousands of additional
tickets could have been sold for these three
events. Every available inch of seating space
and standing-room in the arena was occupied.
And no one who witnessed the exhibitions
was heard to say that he was in the least
disappointed with what he saw.
Practice Sessions Arouse Interest
Many factors contributed to this sudden
interest in figure-skating. The famous Old
World champions began to arrive in this
country early in January, about a month be-
fore the Games. Their practice sessions in
New York city were attended by newspaper
and magazine sports experts and appropri-
ately reported. The experts then began to
look into the chances of the United States in
the figure-skating events at the Olympics.
And this countrys champions and Olympic
team members were duly exploited in the
sports columns, more than they ever had
been in the past.
Soon the advance guard of Olympic en-
trants moved on to Lake Placid and began
regular work-outs in the new Olympic arena.
Afternoon and evening during this pre-
Olympic period the huge building was
thronged with spectators. They were en-
tranced with the grace, artistry, and ease
with which the ranking ice stars executed
the difficult figures. They realized that a
new sport, or better a new art, was being
demonstrated for them by the worlds best.
At the Games they almost fought to get in
the arena. Figure-skating had arrived.
Weather Could Not Interfere
All the figure-skating events, both prac-
tice and championship sessions, were held
in the indoor arena, completed early in Jan-
uary, a few weeks before the opening of the
Games. The arena was built during the pre-
ceding summer with the staging of the
Olympic figure-skating competitions as one
of its prime objects. The wisdom of hold-
ing these events indoors was proved times
without number.
In spite of extraordinary weather condi-
tions during January and early February that
workt considerable hardship on those
charged with the staging of other Olympic
sports, figure-skating practice was never in-
terfered with, the Olympic program was run
off strictly according to schedule, and com-
petitors were able always to put on their
best performances, since the arena ice was of
uniformly high quality, and temperatures
could always be regulated to suit.
213
International Newsreel
Karl Schäfer of Austria, winner of the Olympic
figure skating crown.
International Newsreel
Sonja Henie, the pride of Norway, Olympic and
worlds champion figure-skater
214
Graceful Fritzi Burger of
Austria, second-place winner
in the Olympic figure-scating
Wide World
Maribel Vinson, who took
third-place honors for the
United States
Roger L Moore
Brunet-Brunet, France, take Olympic
pair-skating crown
Roger L Moore
Loughran-Badger team of the United States,
winners of second place in Olympic
pair-skating
Wide World
Gillis Grafström, Sweden, second-place
winner in mens figure skating, in a
characteristic pose
Figure Skating
215
Half of Great Britain's Win-
ter Olympic team. Megan
Taylor (left) and Magdalen
Colledge
These 11-year-old youngsters
placed seventh and eighth re-
spectively in womens figure-
skating competitions
Stedman
Constance Wilson-Samuel of
Canada, fourth-place winner
in women's figure skating
International Newsreel
Yvonne de Ligne, Belgium,
sixth in the figure skating
Roger L Moore
Vivi-Anne Hulten who took
fifth-place honors for women
figure-skaters back to her native
Sweden
Roger L Moore
Roger L Moore
Rotter-Szollás of Hungary, third in
pair-skating
Hungary wins fourth in pair skating.
Orgonista-Szalay team
Figure Skating
216
More nations, 13, took part in figure-skat-
ing than in any other sport on the program
of the III O W G. The most famous stars
of the world were entered, including the
winners of the mens singles, womens sin-
gles, and pair skating at the II Olympic Win-
ter Games at St Moritz.
Competition was extremely close, so uni-
form was the high quality of the field.
Governing Bodies and Officials
International Skating Union
PresidentUlrich Salchow, Stockholm,
Sweden
United States Figure Skating Association
PresidentSherwin C Badger, New York
City
Technical Delegates
Herbert J Clarke, Great Britain
Walter Jakobsson, Finland
Hermann Kleeberg, Germany
Officials
Figure SkatingMen
Referee
Joel Liberman, United States
Judges
Yngvar Bryn, Norway
Herbert J Clarke, Great Britain
Hans Grünauer, Austria
Walter Jakobsson, Finland
J Cecil MacDougal, Canada
Dr Jenö Minich, Hungary
Charles Rotch, United States
Figure SkatingWomen
Referee
Joel Liberman, United States
Judges
Yngvar Bryn, Norway
Herbert J Clarke, Great Britain
Hans Grünauer, Austria
Walter Jakobsson, Finland
J Cecil MacDougal, Canada
Charles Rotch, United States
Georges Torchon, France
Figure SkatingPairs
Referee
Joel Liberman, United States
Judges
Yngvar Bryn, Norway
Herbert J Clarke, Great Britain
Hans Grünauer, Austria
Walter Jakobsson, Finland
Dr Jenö Minich, Hungary
Charles Rotch, United States
Georges Torchon, France
Events and Rules
Dates of contests:
Figure SkatingMen
School Figures..............Feb 8
Free
Figures..............Feb 9
Figure SkatingWomen
School Figures..............Feb 9
Free
Figures..............Feb 10
Figure SkatingPairs..............Feb 12
Maximum number of entries:
Figure SkatingMen: 8 per nation
Figure SkatingWomen: 8 per nation
Figure SkatingPairs: 4 pairs per nation
Maximum number of contestants:
Figure SkatingMen: 4 per nation
Figure SkatingWomen: 4 per nation
Figure SkatingPairs: 2 pairs per nation
Prescribed School Figures
The list of the prescribed school figures
for the III Olympic Winter Games, as chosen
by the International Skating Union (I E V),
follows:
For Men
Numbers 40a, 40b (R O F)
Bracket Change Bracket ........... (24) 48
Numbers 39a, 39b (R O B)
Loop Change Loop ................ (30) 60
Numbers 35a, 35b (R O B)
Three Change Three..............
(18) 36
Numbers 28a, 28b (R O I F)
Change Double Three.............. (6) 12
Numbers 22a, 22b, (R O F)
Counter ...............................(18) 36
Numbers 20a, 20b (R O F)
Rocker ............................... (24) 48
For Women
Numbers 38a, 38b (R O F)
Loop Change Loop ...............(24) 48
Numbers 33a, 33b (R I O F)
Change Bracket ................... (18) 36
Numbers 35a, 35b (R O B)
Three Change Three............ (18) 36
Numbers 23a, 23b (R I F)
Counter ........................... (18) 36
Numbers 20a, 20b (R O F)
Rocker ............................(24) 48
Number 12
(R O B)
Double Three ..................
6
217
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
FIGURE SKATINGMEN
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered............ 9
Number of individuals entered........ 15
Number of contestants...................... 12
Austria
Schafer, Karl
Germany
Baier, Ernst
Canada
Reburn, Stewart
Wilson, Montgomery
Japan
Oimatsu, Kazuyoshi
Obitani, Ryoichi
Czechoslovakia
Langer, Walter
Finland
Nikkanen, Marcus
France
Torchon, Georges
Sweden
Grafström, Gillis
United States
Borden II, Gail
Hill, George
Madden, James
Nagel, William
Turner, Roger
FIGURE SKATINGMEN
Arena
School Figures:
Morning and Afternoon, Feb 8
Free Figures:
Evening, Feb 9
Results
Sums of 7 Judges
Markings
Ratings Points
Schafer, Austria..................
9
2602.0
Grafström, Sweden.............
13
2514.5
Wilson, Canada.................
24
2448.3
Nikkanen, Finland..............
28
2420.1
Baier, Germany...................
35
2334.8
Turner, United States.........
40
2297.6
Madden, United States.......
52
2049.6
Borden II, United States....
54
2110.8
Oimatsu, Japan....................
67
1978.6
Langer, Czechoslovakia......... 70
1964.3
Nagel, United States..........
77
1884.8
Obitani, Japan.....................
79
1856.7
International Newsreel
Karl Schäfer, Austria
218
FIGURE SKATINGMEN
Composite of Judges Score Cards
Sums of
Judges'
Points and
Ratings
2602.0
9
2514.5
13
2448.3
24
2420.1
28
2334.8
35
2297.6
40
2049.6
52
2110.8
54
1978.6
67
1964.3
70
1884.8
77
1856.7
79
H J
Clarke
Great
Britain
C
Rotch
U S A
J
Minich
Hungary
233.1
159.6
392.7
1
225.8
147.6
373.4
2
215.9
147.6
363.5
3
211.0
142.3
353.3
5
211.2
142.3
353.5
4
201.9
130.3
332.2
6
181.8
114.3
296.1
9
186.6
117.0
303.6
7
176.1
122.3
298.4
8
172.8
106.4
279.2
12
174.5
119.7
294.2
10
186.1
106.4
292.5
11
W
J C
Grünauer Jakobsson Mac-
Dougal
Austria Finland
Canada
Judges:
Y
Bryn
Norway
School 223.8
Free
150.2
Total
374.0
Rated
1
School 211.8
Free
142.3
Total
354.1
Rated
3
School 210.3
Free
139.6
Total
349.9
Rated
4
School 218.9
Free
148.9
Total
367.8
Rated
2
School 205.1
Free
133.0
Total
338.1
Rated
5
School 201.7
Free
134.3
Total
336.0
Rated
6
Referee: J Liberman
United States
1 Schäfer, Karl
Austria
2 Grafström, Gillis
Sweden
3 Wilson, Montgomery
Canada
4 Nikkanen, Marcus
Finland
5 Baier, Ernst
Germany
6 Turner, Roger
United States
7 Madden, James
United States
8 Borden II, Gail
United States
9 Oimatsu, Katuyoshi
Japan
10 Langer, Walter
Czechoslovakia
11 Nagel, William
United States
12 Obitani, Ryoichi
Japan
226.1
150.2
376.3
1
216.0
143.6
359.6
2
216.6
142.3
358.9
3
202.0
138.3
340.3
6
196.5
130.3
326.8
7
218.3
133.0
351.3
4
204.7
139.6
244.3
5
201.3
122.3
323.6
8
165.6
122.3
287.9
10
180.2
114.3
294.5
9
150.1
117.0
267.1
11
School 184.5
Free
123.6
Total
308.1
Rated 7
School 190.1
Free
114.3
Total
304.4
Rated 8
School 173.9
Free
117.0
Total
290.9
Rated 9
School 182.4
Free
106.4
Total
288.8
Rated
10
School 163.0
Free
94.4
Total
257.4
Rated 12
223.0
223.0
150.2
146.3
373.2
369.3
2
1
198.0
139.6
337.6
2
197.8
142.3
340.1
1
196.5
126.3
322.8
3
226.0
152.9
378.9
1
212.7
139.6
352.3
2
207.9
138.3
346.2
4
221.5
210.4
154.2
148.9
375.7
359.3
1
2
214.2
216.2
134.3
142.3
348.5
358.5
4
3
218.5
196.2
138.3
139.6
356.8
335.8
193.1
125.0
318.1
4
211.1
136.9
348.0
3
3
5
199.2
201.9
133.0
135.6
332.2
337.5
5
4
183.8
119.7
303.5
5
206.3
136.9
343.2
5
184.8
110.3
295.1
6
168.8
106.4
275.2
7
156.9
99.7
256.6
8
136.8
103.7
240.5
10
133.7
93.1
226.8
11
117.5
103.0
220.5
12
210.7
199.3
114.1
122.3
324.8
321.6
6
6
192.4
180.8
121.0
123.6
313.4
304.4
8
8
192.5
187.1
127.6
105.7
320.1
292.8
7
9
207.6
129.0
336.6
6
188.4
119.7
308.1
8
192.7
117.0
309.7
7
171.3
115.7
287.0
9
184.9
99.7
284.6
10
169.7
109.0
278.7
11
167.0
97.0
264.0
12
174.7
169.2
115.7
114.3
290.4
283.5
9
12
178.4
188.6
106.4
117.0
284.8
305.6
11
7
147.6
86.4
234.0
12
153.1
167.9
127.6
118.3
280.7
286.2
10
11
167.4
173.0
99.7
115.7
267.1
288.7
12
10
School 166.8
Free
101.0
Total
267.8
Rated 11
140.2
102.4
242.6
9
219
Arena
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
FIGURE SKATINGWOMEN
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered............ 7
Number of individuals entered....... 16
Number of contestants................... 15
Austria
Burger, Fritzi
Belgium
de Ligne, Yvonne
Canada
Fisher, Elizabeth
Littlejohn, Mary
Wilson-Samuel, Constance
Great Britain
Colledge, Magdalen
Dix, Joan
Phillips, Mollie
Taylor, Megan
Norway
Henie, Sonja
Sweden
Hulten, Vivi-Anne
United States
Bennett, Margaret
Davis, Suzanne
Peppe, Audrey
Vinson, Maribel
Weigel, Louise
FIGURE SKATINGWOMEN
School Figures:
Morning and Afternoon, Feb 9
Free Figures:
Evening, Feb 10
Results
Ratings
Henie, Norway..................
7
Burger, Austria.................
18
Vinson, United States.......
23
Wilson-Samuel, Canada.....
28
Hulten, Sweden...................
29
de Ligne, Belgium............
45
Taylor, Great Britain........
55
Colledge, Great Britain....
64
Phillips, Great Britain......
63
Dix, Great Britain............
75
Bennett, United States......
75
Davis, United States..........
83
Fisher, Canada ...................
82
Weigel, United States.......
92
Littlejohn, Canada............ 101
Sums of 7 Judges
Markings
Points
2302.5
2167.1
2158.5
2131.9
2129.5
1942.5
1911.8
1851.6
1864.7
1833.6
1826.8
1780.4
1801.0
1769.4
Wide World
1711.6
Sonja Henie, Norway
220
Referee: J Liberman
United States
1 Henie, Sonja
Norway
2 Burger, Fritzi
Austria
3 Vinson, Maribel
United States
4 Wilson-Samuel,
Constance
Canada
5 Hulten, Vivi-Anne
Sweden
6 de Ligne, Yvonne
Belgium
7 Taylor, Megan
Great Britain
8 Colledge, Magdalen
Great Britain
9 Phillips, Mollie
Great Britain
10 Dix, Joan
Great Britain
11 Bennett, Margaret
United States
12 Davis, Suzanne
United States
13 Fisher, Elizabeth
Ganada
14 Weigel, Louise
United States
15 Littlejohn, Mary
Canada
FIGURE SKATINGWOMEN
Composite of Judges Score Cards
Judges:
Y
Bryn
Norway
School 201.5
Free
135.7
Total
337.2
Rated 1
School 188.3
Free
128.7
Total
317.0
Rated 2
School 185.6
Free
124.1
Total
309.7
Rated 4
School 185.6
Free
125.2
Total
310.8
Rated 3
School 180.2
Free
121.8
Total
302.0
Rated 5
School 1 7 1 . 0
F r e e 1 1 3 . 6
Total 284.6
Rated 6
School 167.5
Free
113.6
Total
281.1
Rated 8
School 151.9
Free
90.4
Total 242.3
Rated
14
School 171.1
F r e e 1 1 1 . 3
Total 282.4
Rated 7
School 167.7
Free
98.6
Total
266.3
Rated
12
School 165.3
F r e e 1 0 5 . 5
Total 270.8
Rated 9
School 1 5 9 . 9
Free
77.7
Total 237.6
Rated
15
School 165.6
Free
104.4
Total 270.0
Rated
10
School 1 6 0 . 3
Free
91.6
Total 251.9
Rated 13
School 162.4
Free
104.4
Total
266.8
Rated
11
H J
Clarke
Great
Britain
188.9
131.0
319.9
1
181.7
121.8
303.5
4
194.0
121.8
315.8
2
180.9
120.6
301.5
5
187.3
121.8
309.1
3
166.4
95.1
261.5
6
164.8
87.0
251.8
10
169.5
83.5
253.0
9
170.2
85.8
256.0
8
173.8
84.6
258.4
7
156.4
92.8
249.2
11
163.3
82.3
245.6
12
154.1
84.6
238.7
13
149.6
83.5
233.1
14
148.5
74.2
222.7
15
H
Grünauer
Austria
197.8
130.7
328.5
1
191.9
128.7
320.6
2
188.0
122.9
310.9
3
187.8
121.8
309.6
4
187.6
118.3
305.9
5
175.1
110.2
285.3
8
176.2
110.2
286.4
7
177.4
110.2
287.6
6
173.7
106.7
280.4
9
169.4
106.7
276.1
12
164.5
106.7
271.2
13
175.1
102.0
277.1
11
172.6
105.5
278.1
10
161.6
105.5
267.1
14
160.3
104.4
264.7
15
W
Jakobsson
Finland
199.8
136.8
336.6
1
188.3
122.9
311.2
3
188.3
120.6
308.9
4
184.1
119.4
303.5
5
188.7
125.2
313.9
2
167.5
109.0
276.5
6
162.9
104.4
267.3
9
165.9
107.8
273.7
7
160.9
104.4
265.3
10
161.2
103.2
264.4
12
157.8
106.7
264.5
11
166.3
104.4
270.7
8
158.4
92.8
251.2
14
159.7
100.9
260.6
13
148.2
97.4
245.6
15
J C
Mac-
Dougal
Canada
190.9
129.9
320.8
1
180.7
124.1
304.8
2
175.7
121.8
297.5
5
182.6
121.8
304.4
3
178.2
122.9
301.1
4
172.8
97.4
270.2
7
170.5
104.4
274.9
6
166.6
81.2
247.8
13
168.5
95.1
263.6
8
163.1
92.8
255.9
9
159.5
92.8
252.3
10
165.8
69.6
235.4
14
162.9
87.0
249.9
12
163.3
87.0
250.3
11
159.9
63.8
223.7
15
G
Torchon
France
196.4
135.7
332.1
1
177.3
122.9
300.2
2
175.8
119.4
295.2
3
175.8
118.3
294.1
4
174.7
119.4
294.1
5
168.8
111.3
280.1
6
167.4
105.5
272.9
7
161.1
107.8
268.9
8
151.7
91.6
243.3
12
144.4
96.2
240.6
13
148.5
98.6
247.1
10
150.1
95.1
245.2
11
152.2
97.4
249.6
9
145.6
93.9
239.5
14
141.6
91.6
233.2
15
C
Rotch
U S A
195.2
132.2
327.4
1
183.4
126.4
309.8
3
190.6
129.9
320.5
2
187.4
120.6
308.0
4
177.0
126.4
303.4
5
168.3
116.0
284.3
6
168.4
109.0
277.4
8
173.9
104.4
278.3
7
170.5
103.2
273.7
9
166.4
105.5
271.9
10
163.9
107.8
271.7
11
166.8
102.0
268.8
12
160.3
103.2
263.5
14
163.7
103.2
266.9
13
156.3
98.6
254.9
15
Ratings
2302.5
7
2167.1
18
2158.5
23
2131.9
28
2129.5
29
1942.5
45
1911.8
55
1851.6
64
1864.7
63
1833.6
75
1826.8
75
1780.4
83
1801.0
82
1769.4
92
1711.6
101
221
FIGURE SKATINGPAIRS
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Number of individuals entered . . . . . . . . 18
Number of contestants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1 Brunet
Brunet
Canada
Claudet, Frances
Bangs, Chauncy
Rogers, Isabel
Rogers, Melville
Wilson-Samuel, Constance
Wilson, Montgomery
France
Brunet, Andrée
Brunet, Pierre
Hungary
Orgonista, Olga
Szalay, Sándor
Rotter, Emilia
Szollás, László
United States
Loughran, Beatrix
Badger, Sherwin
Meredith, Gertrude
Savage, Joseph
Vinson, Maribel
Hill, George
FIGURE SKATINGPAIRS
Arena
Evening, Feb 12
Results
Sums of 7 Judges
Markings
Ratings Points
}
France ............ 12
76.7
2 Loughran
Badger
}
United States... 16
77.5
3 Rotter
Szollás
}
Hungary ........ 20
76.4
4 Orgonista
Szalay
}
Hungary ........ 28
5 Wilson-Samuel
}
Canada ......... 35
Wilson
6 Claudet
}
Bangs
Canada .........
7 Meredith
}
Savage
United States... 49
72.2
69.6
59.8
36
68.9
Roger L Moore
Mr and Mrs Brunet, France
222
FIGURE SKATINGPAIRS
Composite of Judges Score Cards
C
Rotch
U S A
Sums of
Judges
Points and
Ratings
5.7
5.4
11.1
2
5.8
5.7
11.5
1
76.7
12
77.5
16
5.3
5.7
11.0
3
76.4
20
5.1
5.5
10.6
5
5.5
5.2
10.7
4
72.2
28
69.6
35
5.0
5.2
10.2
6
68.9
36
4.8
4.8
9.6
59.8
7
49
G
Torchon
H J
Clarke
France
Great
Britain
5.6
5.7
11.3
1
5.2
5.3
10.5
1
5.6
5.5
5.1
5.3
11.1
2
5.4
5.5
10.4
2
5.1
5.2
10.9
3
4.5
4.5
10.3
3
10.0
4
5.5
4.6
5.0
5.0
9.0
5
4.8
4.8
10.1
4
4.5
4.0
8.5
6
3.7
3.6
9.6
5
4.5
4.6
9.1
6
4.0
4.0
7.3
7
8.0
7
Hun-
gary
5.6
5.6
11.2
2.5
5.5
5.5
11.0
4
6.0
6.0
12.0
1
5.6
5.6
11.2
2.5
5.4
4.8
10.2
5
5.2
4.8
10.0
6
4.8
4.3
9.1
7
Y
Bryn
Norway
5.5
5.5
11.0
1
5.2
5.7
10.9
2
5.3
5.5
10.8
3
5.3
5.3
10.6
5
4.5
4.8
9.3
6
5.1
5.6
10.7
4
4.0
4.6
8.6
7
Referee:
J Liberman
W
Jakobsson
Finland
5.3
4.7
10.0
3
5.8
5.4
11.2
1
5.0
4.9
9.9
4
4.4
4.8
9.2
5
4.0
4.4
8.4
6
4.7
4.5
9.2
7
5.4
4.7
10.1
2
4.0
4.0
8.0
7
Judges:
J
Minich
H
Grünauer
Austria
5.8
5.8
11.6
1.5
5.8
5.6
11.4
4
5.8
5.7
11.5
3
5.8
5.8
11.6
1.5
5.8
5.5
11.3
5
5.3
5.0
10.3
6
United States
Brunet, Andrée
1
Brunet, Pierre
France
Loughran, Beatrix
2
Badger, Sherwin
United States
Rotter, Emilia
3
Szollás, László
Hungary
Orgonista, Olga
4
Szalay, Sándor
Hungary
Wilson-Samuel, Constance
5
Wilson, Montgomery
Canada
Claudet, Frances
6
Bangs, Chauncy
Canada
Meredith, Gertrude
7
Savage, Joseph
United States
Program
Performance
Total
Rated
Program
Performance
Total
Rated
Program
Performance
Total
Rated
Program
Performance
Total
Rated
Program
Performance
Total
Rated
Program
Performance
Total
Rated
Program
Performance
Total
Rated
223
International Newsreel
Entrants in mens figure-skating.
Left to right:
Roger Turner, U S A, sixth place; Walter Langer,
Czechoslovakia; Montgomery Wilson, Canada, third; Karl Schäfer, Austria, first; Ernst Baier, Germany,
fifth; Gail Borden II, U S A; James Madden, U S A; Gillis Grafström, Sweden, second; Marcus Nik-
kanen, Finland, fourth; Ryoichi Obitani, Japan; Kazuyoshi Oimatsu, Japan; William Nagel, U S A
224
Associated Press
Plenty of action in front of the net in a game between Canada and Germany. The
Canadians conquered their rivals 4l
224
Hockey
Altho early information from countries
planning to take part in the III Olympic
Winter Games led the Organizing Commit-
tee to believe that a large number of ice
hockey teams would compete at Lake Placid,
unprecedented economic conditions all over
the world, conditions that steadily grew worse
as the closing date for national entries ap-
proached, resulted in only four teams enter-
ing.
These teams at Lake Placid represented
Canada, Germany, Poland, and the United
States. The competition was keen; every
game was hard fought; and the whole pro-
gram reflected the strides that hockey has
made in the past few years as an interna-
tional sport, both in popularity and in quality
of play.
Each team played the other twice, so that,
under this arrangement, there were 12 games
on the official Olympic program. Six of
these clashes took place outdoors in the
Olympic stadium, and six indoors in the
Olympic arena.
Because of the limited entry list in hockey
resulting from the world-wide economic sit-
uation, the International Olympic Committee
gave permission for enough exhibition con-
tests to be staged to complete the minimum
schedule of 18 games, planned for from the
beginning for not less than six teams. There
were five games in this series, participated
in by the Olympic sextets and the following
non-Olympic teams: McGill University of
Canada and Lake Placid Athletic Club. Two
games, originally scheduled to be played be-
International Newsreel
Some fast work in center ice as Canada defeats United States 21 in first game of hockey series
225
tween Lake Placid A C and Canada and Lake
Placid A C and U S A, were replaced by one
game between a team made up of players
from the Canadian and United States Olym-
pic teams and the Lake Placid A C. As a
result of this shift the complete hockey sched-
ule consisted of 17 games.
Good. spirit was shown by the Canadian
and United States Olympic squads in com-
bining for the exhibition game against Lake
Placid A C. The Olympic players were all
drest in United States jerseys, only the stock-
ings distinguishing the Canadian players
from those of the United States. This ex-
hibition clash was one of the best games on
the entire Olympic card.
The final game of the Olympic series, that
between the United States and Canada, liter-
ally packt the Olympic arena. No one can
estimate how many additional tickets could
have been sold if there had been any room
in which to put the purchasers.
Once again the arena proved its worth in
making possible the playing thru of the
hockey schedule without any interruption.
There were two hockey boxes in the stadium
and one in the arena. When weather condi-
tions were against outdoor play, games were
shifted to the indoor rink, with resulting sat-
isfaction to the spectators and the players
alike. With three hockey boxes available, it
was always possible for teams to practice
whenever they wished.
The loud-speaker installations at the sta-
dium and the arena made it possible to an-
nounce scores and penalties so that the audi-
ence could follow the games with the utmost
ease. Scores were also posted on large
bulletin-boards at both stadium and arena.
Wide World
United States hockey squad, runner-up to Canada for Olympic title.
Left to right, kneeling:
Farrell,
Bent, Anderson, Cookman, Smith, Frazier.
Left to right, rear row, standing:
Winsor, coach, Nelson,
Livingston, Fitzgerald, Everett, Chase, Palmer, Garrison, Hallock, Murray, trainer, and Gleason.
2 2 6
Governing Bodies and Officials
International Ice Hockey League
PresidentPaul Loicq, Brussels, Belgium
Amateur Athletic Union of the United States
PresidentAvery Brundage, Chicago, Illi-
nois
Technical Delegate
Rufus J Trimble, United States
Technical Advisory Committee
Frank Greenleaf, Canada
Hermann Kleeberg, Germany
Dr Stanislaw Polakiewicz, Poland
Events and Rules
Dates of contests: Feb 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
13
Maximum number of entries or contestants
per nation: 1 team of 10 men with 3 reserves
plus 1 reserve goal keeper.
Maximum number of players permitted to
participate from one country in one contest:
10 men including 1 reserve goal keeper.
Under the rules adopted for scoring the
hockey games at the III O W G, 2 points
were given for each game won, 1 to each
team for games tied, and none for each game
lost.
Time of periods, 15 minutes each; over-
time periods, 10 minutes each.
International Newsreel
Canada and the United States tie at 22 in hockey final before huge throng in Olympic
arena. Three over-time periods were played with no scoring
227
HOCKEY
Number of nations entered......... 4
Number of individuals entered...... 49
Number of contestants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
GGoal; DDefense; CCenter; FForward
Canada
GCockburn, William
GWagner, U Stanley
DSutherland, Hugh
DHinkel, Roy
CMonson, Walter
CSimpson, Harold
CGarbutt, George
FMalloy, Norman
FWise, J Alston
FLindquist, C Victor
FRivers, N Romeo
FMoore, Kennith
FCrowley, Clifford
FDuncanson, Albert
Poland
GStogowski, Jozef
GSachs, Tadeusz
DMauer, Albert
DKowalski, Aleksander
CKrygier, Wlodzimierz
CMaterski, Kazimierz
FMarchewczyk, Czeslaw
FSokolowski, Kazimierz
FSabinski, Roman
FKowalski, Adam
FLudwiczak, Witalis
Germany
GLeinweber, Walter
DHeinrich, Alfred
DRömer, Erich
CBall, Rudi
CStrobl, Georg
FHerker, Erich
FJaenecke, Gustav
FKorff, Werner
FSchröttle, Martin
FSlevogt, F Marquardt
United States
GFarrell, Franklin
GFrazier, Edward
DAnderson, Osborn
DGarrison, John
DFitzgerald, Joseph
DHallock, Gerard
DLivingston, Robert
CChase, John
CNelson, Francis
FBent, John
FCookman, John
FPalmer, Winthrop
FEverett, Douglas
FSmith, Gordon
Associated Press
German Olympic hockey team.
Left to right, front row:
Strobl, Ball, Herker, Römer, and Schröttle.
Left to right, top row:
Heinrich, Leinweber, Dr Paul Schwarz, German consul-general in New York,
Jaenecke, Slevogt, and Korff
228
HOCKEY RESULTS
Canada vs United States
Stadium
Morning, Feb 4
Canada (2)
United States (1)
Cockburn. . . . . . . . . . . . .G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Farrell
Sutherland. . . . . . . . . . . .RD. . . . . . . . . . . . .Garrison
Hinkel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . LD. . . . . . . . . . . Anderson
Monson. . . . . . . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chase
Lindquist . . . . . . . . . . .RW . . . . . . . . . . . . Everett
Rivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . .LW. . . . . . . . . . . . .Palmer
Spares
Wise
Bent
Simpson
Cookman
Malloy
Nelson
GGoal; RDRight Defense; LDLeft De-
fense; CCenter; R WRight Wing; LW
Left Wing.
Score by periods
Overtime
1st 2nd 3rd period Total
Canada . . . .
. . .
. . 0
0
1
1
2
United States. . . . 0
1
0
0
1
Goals
1st periodNone
2nd periodUnited States, Everett . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:05
3rd periodCanada, Simpson . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13:36
Overtime periodCanada, Lindquist . . . . . . . 7:14
Penalties
1st periodNone
2nd periodNone
3rd periodGarrison, United States . . . . . . .2 min
Palmer, United States . . . . . . . 2 min
Overtime periodSutherland, Canada . . . . . 2 min
Malloy, Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Bert Marples, Canada
Clarence Bisson, United States
Timers
James T Sutherland, Canada
Elwood S Kerr, United States
Penalty Timers
Edward Gilroy, Canada
Henry Uihlein, United States
Germany vs Poland
Stadium
Afternoon, Feb 4
Germany (2)
Poland (1)
Leinweber . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stogowski
Heinrich . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R D. . . . . . . . . ..Kowalski, Al
Romer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LD. . . . . . . . . . . Sokolowski
Ball. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krygier
Schröttle . . . . . . . . . . . . .R W. . . . . . . . . . . . . Sabinski
Jaenecke. . . . . . . . . . . . .LW. . . . . . Kowalski, Adam
Spares
Strobl
Marchewczyk
Korff
Materski
Slevogt
Ludwiczak
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1
1
2
Poland . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1
0
1
Goals
1st periodNone
2nd periodGermany, Jaenecke. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0:12
Poland, Kowalski, Al . . . . . . . . . . 10:25
3rd periodGermany, Schröttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0:22
Penalties
1st periodMaterski, Poland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Sokolowski, Poland . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
2nd periodHeinrich, Germany . . . . . . . . . . .2 min
Strobl, Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Heinrich, Germany . . . . . . . . . .2 min
Sokolowski, Poland . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
3rd periodSabinski, Poland. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Kowalski, Al, Poland . . . . . . . . 2 min
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Clarence Bisson, United States
William Mace, United States
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
Edward Gilroy, Canada
229
United States vs Poland
Stadium
Morning, Feb
5
United States (4)
Poland (1)
Farrell.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stogowski
Garrison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mauer
Anderson. . . . . . . . . . . . .LD . . . . . . . . . Kowalski, Al
Chase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Materski
Everett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RW . . . . . . Kowalski, Adam
Palmer.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .LW. . . . . . . . .Marchewctyk
Spares
Bent
Sokolowski
Cookman
Sabinski
Nelson
Ludwiczak
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
United States . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2
1
4
Poland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
0
1
1
Goals
1st periodUnited States, Bent . . . . . . . . . . . 2:15
2nd periodUnited States, Cookman. . . . . . . 3:15
United States, Cookman. . . . . . . . . 10:16
3rd periodPoland, Kowalski, Adam. . . . . . 2:16
United States, Garrison. . . . . . . 14:55
Penalties
1st periodGarrison, United States . . . . . . . . 2 min
Sokolowski, Poland . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
2nd periodMarchewczyk, Poland . . . . . . . . . 2 min
3rd periodKowalski, Al, Poland . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Ludwiczak, Poland . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Clarence Bisson, United States
William Mace, United States
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
Edward Gilroy, Canada
Canada vs Germany
Stadium
Morning, Feb 6
Canada (4)
Germany (1)
Cockburn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leinweber
Sutherland . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Heinrich
Henkel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Römer
Monson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ball
Lindquist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RW. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jaenecke
Rivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .LW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Korff
Spares
Simpson
Strobl
Malloy
Slevogt
Wise
Herker
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2
0
4
Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
0
1
1
Goals
1st periodCanada, Monson . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:02
Canada, Monson . . . . . . . . . . . . 14:44
2nd periodCanada, Malloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9:16
Canada, Wise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12:37
3rd periodGermany, Herker . . . . . . . . . . . . 13:58
Penalties
1st periodSimpson, Canada . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Lindquist, Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Heinrich, Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
2nd periodHinkel, Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Strobl, Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Jaenecke, Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
3rd periodNone
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Clarence Bisson, United States
William Mace, United States
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
Edward Gilroy, Canada
230
Canada vs Poland
Arena
Afternoon, Feb 7
Canada (9)
Poland (0)
Cockburn . . . . . . . . . . . . .G. . . . . . . . . Stogowski
Sutherland. . . . . . . . . . .RD. . . . . . . . Sokolowski
Hinkel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LD . . . . . . . Kowalski,Al
Monson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . C . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sabinski
Lindquist . . . . . . . . . . . RW. . . . . Kowalski, Adam
Rivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . W L . . . . . . .Marchewczyk
Spares
Wise
Ludwiczyk
Simpson
Materski
Malloy
Krygier
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5
2
9
Poland . . . . . . . . . . . 0
0
0
0
Goals
1st period-Canada, Rivers. . . . . . . . . . . . 10:45
Canada, Rivers . . . . . . . . . . 12:04
2nd period-Canada, Lindquist . . . . . . . . . 3:15
Canada, Monson . . . . . . . . . . . 3:38
Canada, Monson . . . . . . . . . . . 12:48
Canada, Simpson . . . . . . . . . . 13:54
Canada, Simpson . . . . . . . . . . 14:52
3rd periodCanada, Malloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6:42
Canada, Hinkel . . . . . . . . . . 11:59
Penalties
1st periodSokolowski, Poland . . . . . . . . 2 min
2nd periodNone
3rd periodSutherland, Canada . . . . . . . . 2 min
Simpson, Canada . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
William Mace, United States
J Bowlf, Canada
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
William Eggens, United States
Nicholas Meyers, Canada
United States vs Germany
Arena
Evening, Feb 7
United
States
(7)
Germany (0)
Farrell
G
Leinweber
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
Frazier. . . . . . . . . . . .G. . . .
Garrison . . . . . . . . . RD . . . . . . . . . . . Heinrich
Anderson. . . . . . . . . LD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Römer
Chase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...Ball
Everett. . . . . . . . . . . . . .RW. . . . . . . . . . . . .Schröttle
Palmer. . . . . . . . . . . . . LW . . . . . . . . . . . Jaenecke
Spares
Bent
Slevogt
Nelson
Strobl
Cookman
Korff
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
United States . . . . . . 3
2
2
7
Germany . . . . . . . . . 0
0
0
0
Goals
1st periodUnited States, Everett. . . . . . . :37
United States, Chase . . . . . . . . :57
United States, Chase . . . . . . . . 2:38
2nd periodUnited States, Nelson . . . . . . 4: 30
United States, Palmer . . . . . . 14:58
3rd periodUnited States, Palmer. . . . . . . 13:42
United States, Palmer. . . . . . . 14:59
Penalties
1st periodHeinrich, Germany . . . . . . 2 min
Heinrich, Germany . . . . . . 2 min
2nd periodKorff, Germany . . . . . . . . . . .2 min
Heinrich, Germany . . . . . . .2 min
3rd periodHeinrich, Germany . . . . . . . . 2 min
Slevogt, Germany . . . . . . . . 2 min
Anderson, United States. . . . . 5 min
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Earl Blynn, United States
Clarence Bisson, United States
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
William Eggens, United States
231
Spares
Smith
Kowalski, Adam
Fitzgerald
Ludwiczak
Anderson
Kowalski, Al
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
United States.. . . . . . . 1
1
3
5
Poland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
0
0
0
Goals
1st periodUnited States, Smith.. . . . . . . 6:42
2nd periodUnited States, Palmer.. . . . . 10:07
3rd periodUnited States, Palmer.. . . . . . . :57
United States, Chase.. . . . . . . . 3:53
..... 9:01
United States; Anderson.
Penalties
1st periodNone
2nd periodNone
3rd periodFitzgerald, United States. .. . . . 1 min
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Clarence Bisson, United States
Stewart McGillis, Canada
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
William Eggens, United States
United States vs Poland
Stadium
Afternoon, Feb 8
United States (5)
Poland (0)
Farrell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G. . . . . . . . . . . Stogowski
Garrison.. . . . . . . . . . . . .R D .. . . . . . . . . . . Sokolowski
Livingston.............. LD. . . . . . . . . . . .. . Materski
Chase.................... .C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sabinski
Bent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RW. . . . . . .. Marchewczyk
Palmer. . . . . . . . . . . . . L W . . . . . . . . . . . . .Krygier
Canada vs Germany
Arena
Evening, Feb 8
Canada (5)
Germany (0)
Cockburn. . . . . . . . . . .G. . . . . . . . . . Leinweber
Hinkel
. . . . . . . . .
. .R D . . . . . . . . . . Heinrich
Sutherland
. . . . . . . . .
. L D. . . . . . . . . . . . Römer
Monson.
. . . . . . . . .
. C . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. Ball
Lindquist . . . . . . . . . . RW . . . . . . . . . . Schröttle
Rivers
. . . . . . . . . .
. L W
. . . . . . . . .
. Jaenecke
Spares
Garbutt
Korff
Crowley
Strobl
Duncanson
Herker
Score by periods
Canada . . . . . . . . . . .
Germany
. . . . . . . . .
1st
2nd
3rd
2
1
2
0
0
0
Goals
Total
5
0
1st periodCanada, Lindquist .
Canada, Monson
2nd periodCanada, Garbutt .
3rd periodCanada, Rivers. . .
Canada, Duncanson
. . . . . . . . . . . 2:44
. . . . . . . . . . . 4:52
. . . . . . . . . . 2:46
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5:22
. . . . . . . . . . 8:17
Penalties
1st periodNone
2nd periodNone
3rd periodHinkel, Canada . . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Ball, Canada . . . . . . . . . . . 1 min
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Clarence Bisson, United States
William Mace, United States
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
Ralph Ury, United States
232
Canada vs Poland
Stadium
Afternoon, Feb 9
Canada (10)
Poland (0)
Wagner . . . . . . . . . . . . . G. . . . . . . . . . . . Stogowski
Hinkel .
. . . . . . . .
. . . RD.
. . . . . . .
. Sokolowski
Sutherland
. . . . . . .
. . LD.
. . . . . . .
. Kowalski, Al
Monson..
. . . . . . . .
. C
. . . . . . . . .
. . Krygier
Moore. . .
. . . . . . . .
.RW. . . . . . . Marchewczyk
Rivers. . .
. . . . . . . .
.LW.
. . . . . . . .
. . Sabinski
Spares
Simpson
Materski
Malloy
Kowalski, Adam
Wise
Ludwiczak
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd Total
Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1
4
10
Poland.
. . . . . . . . . .
. 0
0
0
0
Goals
1st periodCanada, Monson. . . . . . . . . . . 1:52
Canada, Simpson. . . . . . . . . . . 6:03
Canada, Rivers.
. . . . . . . .
. . 8:40
Canada, Monson. . . . . . . . . . 8:48
Canada, Malloy. . . . . . . . . . 14:12
2nd periodCanada, Sutherland.
. . . . . . . .
. 11:11
3rd periodCanada, Simpson. . . . . . . . . . 4:35
Canada, Hinkel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7:51
Canada, Moore. . . . . . . . . . 9:35
Canada, Wise.
. . . . . . . .
. 13:00
Penalties
1st periodNone
2nd periodNone
3rd periodSabinski, Poland.
. . . . . . . .
.2 min
Sabinski, Poland. . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Clarence Bisson, United States
H McInrue, Canada
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Nicholas Meyers, Canada
233
United States vs Germany
Arena
Afternoon,
Feb 10
United
States (8)
Germany (0)
Farrell
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . .G. . .
. . . . . . .
Leinweber
Garrison.
. . . . .
.
. . .
. RD
. . . . . . .
. . Heinrich
*Hallock. .
. . . . . . . .
LD. . .
. . . . . . . .
. Römer
Chase. . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ball
Everett. .
. . . . .
. .
. . .
.RW. . .
. . . . . .
. Schröttle
Palmer . . . . . . . . . . . . LW . . . . . . . . . Jaenecke
Nelson
Cookman
Bent
Anderson
Spares
Slevogt
Korff
Strobl
Score by periods
1st
2nd 3rd
Total
United States.
. . . . . .
. 2
2
4
8
Germany.
. . . . . . . . .
0
0
0
0
Goals
1st periodUnited States, Chase.
. . . . . . . .
. 7:14
United States, Palmer. . . . . . . . 14:43
2nd periodUnited States, Everett. . . . . . . . 7:27
United States, Garrison. . . . . . . 10:13
3rd periodUnited States, Bent. . . . . . . . . . 1:33
United States, Bent.
. . . . . . . .
. 2:22
United States, Palmer. . . . . . . 6:35
United States, Garrison. . . . . . .14:15
Penalties
1st periodNone
2nd periodNone
3rd periodHeinrich, Germany . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Stewart McGillis, Canada
H McInrue, Canada
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
Ralph Ury, United States
*
By special ruling Hallock, who had been injured in
practice, was permitted to participate in one play and
retire from the game.
Germany vs Poland
Arena
Morning, Feb 13
Germany (4)
Poland (1)
Leinweber.
. . . . . . . .
. . G.
. . . . . . . .
. .Stogowski
Heinrich . . . . . . . . . . .RD. . . . . . . . . Kowalski, Al
Römer . . . . . . . . . . . . .LD. . . . . . . . . Sokolowski
Ball. . . . . . . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . . Krygier
Schröttle . . . . . . . . . . . W. . . . . . . . . . Sabinski
Jaenecke . . . . . . . . . LW . . . . . Kowalski, Adam
Spares
Strobl
Marchewczyk
Korff
Materski
Slevogt
Ludwiczak
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
Germany. . . . . . . . . . 0
2
2
4
Poland. . . . . . . . . . 0
1
0
1
Goals
1st periodNone
2nd periodGermany, Ball. . . . . . . . . . . 5:57
Poland, Kowalski, Al. . . . . . . 11:40
Germany, Ball . . . . . . . . . . 13:08
3rd periodGermany, Strobl . . . . . . . . . . 2:20
Germany, Ball . . . . . . . . . . 12:15
Penalties
1st periodSokolowski, Poland. . . . . . . . .2 min
Ball, Germany . . . . . . . . . . 5 min
2nd periodKrygier, Poland. . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
3rd periodSokolowski, Poland. . . . . . . .2 min
Jaenecke, Germany. . . . . . . . .2 min
Heinrich, Germany. . . . . . . . . 2 min
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Frank Greenleaf, Canada
Clarence Bisson, United States
Timer
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
Nicholas Meyers, Canada
United States vs Canada
Arena
Afternoon, Feb 13
United States (2)
Canada (2)
Farrell. . . . . . . . . . . . .G . . . . . . . . . . Cockburn
Garrison . . . . . . . . . . ..R D. . . . . . . . . . .Sutherland
Anderson . . . . . . . . . . L D . . . . . . . . . . . . Hinkel
Chase. . . . . . . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . . . .Monson
Everett . . . . . . . . . . . R W. . . . . . . . . Lindquist
Palmer. . . . . . . . . . .LW. . . . . . . . . . .Rivers
Spares
Cookman
Nelson
Simpson
Malloy
Bent
Wise
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd Total*
United States. . . . . . . 1
1
0
Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . 1
0
1
2
Tie
2
}
*
Three overtime periods played without scoring.
Goals
1st periodUnited States, Everett . . . . . . . 2:17
Canada, Simpson. . . . . . . . . . 9:47
2nd periodUnited States, Palmer . . . . . . 13:38
3rd periodCanada, Rivers . . . . . . . . . . 14:10
Penalties
1st periodGarrison, United States . . . . . 2 min
2nd periodNelson, United States . . . . . . 2 min
Simpson, Canada . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Malloy, Canada. . . . . . . . . . 2 min
3rd periodHinkel, Canada . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Garrison, United States. . . . . 2 min
Monson, Canada. . . . . . . . . 2 min
1st overtime periodNone
2nd overtime periodMonson, Canada . . . . 1 min
Chase, United States.1 min
3rd overtime periodNone
Referees
Lou Marsh, Canada
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
Clarence Bisson, United States
J Bowlf, Canada
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
Nicholas Meyers, Canada
234
RESULTS
Summary of Olympic Hockey Results
Canada Germany Poland
United
States
Won
Lost
Tie Points
4 : l
9 : 0
2 : 1
Canada. . . . . .
5
0
1
11
5 : 0
10 : 0
2 : 2
1 : 4
2 : 1
0 : 7
Germany. . . . .
2
4
4
0 : 5
4 : l
0 : 8
0 : 9
1 : 2
1 : 4
Poland. . . . . . .
0
6
0
0 : 10
1 : 4
0 : 5
1 : 2
7 : 0
4 : l
United States. .
4
1
1
9
2 : 2
8 : 0
5 : 0
T
H E
O
L Y M P I C
C
H A M P I O N S
Wide World
Winning Canadian hockey team, undefeated in Olympic series.
Left to right, kneeling:
Coach Hughes,
Lindquist, Rivers, Monson, Malloy.
Left to right, standing:
Duncanson, Hinkel, Cockburn, Simpson,
Wagner, Sutherland, Wise
235
International Newsreel
Stogowski, Polish goalie, gives Bent, United States forward, a spill in front of the cage in the first
match between Poland and the United States, the latter winning 4-l
Wide World
Polands hockey team.
Left to right, kneeling:
Mauer, Adam Kowalski, Ludwiczak. Standing,
left to
right:
Polakiewicz (member technical advisory committee), Aleksander Kowalski, Sokolowski, Sabinski,
Stogowski, Marchewczyk, Krygier, and Sachs
236
EXHIBITION GAMES
McGill University vs Canada
Stadium
Afternoon, Feb 5
McGill University (2)
Canada (0)
Powers. . . . . . . . . . . . . .G. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wagner
McGillivray. . . . . . . . .R D . . . . . . . . . . Hinkel
McTeer . . . . . . . . . .LD. . . . . . . . . Wooley
Crutchfield, N . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . . .Monson
Griffin. . . . . . . . . . . .R W. . . . . . . . . . .Crowley
Ward. . . . . . . . . .L W. . . . . . . .Duncanson
Spares
Farguaharson
Sutherland
Crutchfield, G
Simpson
McGill
Farmer
Robertson
Riddle
Garbutt
Wise
Malloy
Moore
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
McGill University...... 2
0
0
2
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . 0
0
0
0
Goals
1st period
McGill University, Crutchfield, N . . . . . 5:05
McGill University, Crutchfield, N . . . .14:50
2nd periodNone
3rd periodNone
Penalties
1st periodMalloy, Canada. . . . . . . . . . . .2
Hinkel, Canada. . . . . . . . . . .2
min
min
2nd periodWooley, Canada. . . . . . . . . . .2 min
3rd periodWard, McGill University. . . .2min
Referees
Donald P Sands, United States
William Mace, United States
Goal Judges
J Bowlf, Canada
Clarence Bisson, United States
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
Nicholas Meyers, Canada
237
Lake Placid Athletic Club vs Germany
Arena
Evening, Feb 5
Lake Placid A C (5)
Germany (0)
Granger . . . . . . . . . . .G . . . . . . . . . . . .McHugh
Ryan . . . . . . . . . . . . . RD. . . . . . . . . . .Heinrich
McGillis. . . . . . . . . . .L D. . . . . . . . . . .Römer
Priestley . . . . . . . . . .C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball
Berger. . . . . . . . . . .R W. . . . . . . . . . . Jaenecke
Proulx . . . . . . . . . . . .L W. . . . . . . . McInrue
Spares
Percival
Strobl
Jacobs
Verdun
Korff
Schröttle
Schultz
Maxwell
Moreau
Hulquist
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
Lake Placid A C . . . . . 1
2
2
5
Germany. . . . . . . . . . 0
0
0
0
Goals
1st periodLake Placid AC, Verdun . . . . 7:27
2nd periodLake Placid A C, Verdun . . . . . 8:18
Lake Placid A C, Hulquist . . . . 14:40
3rd periodLake Placid A C, Verdun . . . . .12:04
Lake Placid A C, Verdun . . . . . 14:21
Penalties
1st periodBall, Germany. . . . . . . . . . . .2 min
Percival, Lake Placid A C . . . . 2 min
2nd periodPriestley, Lake Placid A C . . . . 2 min
Römer, Germany . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Heinrich, Germany . . . . . . . . 2 min
3rd periodHeinrich, Germany. . . . . . . . 2 min
McInrue, Germany . . . . . . . 2 min
Heinrich, Germany . . . . . . . 2 min
Referee
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
William Mace, United States
William Timmons, United States
Timers
James P Sutherland, Canada
Elwood S Kerr, United States
Penalty Timer
Henry Uihlein, United States
Note: Several players on the German team in this game
were lent by other teams.
McGill University vs United States
Arena
Afternoon, Feb 6
McGill University (2)
United States (I)
Powers . . . . . . . . . . G . . . . . . . . . . .Farrell
McTeer . . . . . . . . . RD . . . . . . . . . Garrison
McGillivray. . . . . . . .L D. . . . . . . . .Fitzgerald
Farmer. . . . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . . . .Chase
Ward . . . . . . . . . . RW . . . . . . . . . . Everett
Farguaharson. . . . . . .LW. . . . . . . . . .Palmer
Spares
Crutchfield, N
Nelson
Crutchfield, G
Cookman
McGill
Bent
Robertson
Riddle
Livingston
Smith
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
McGill University. . . . 1
1
0
2
United States . . . . . . . 0
1
0
1
Goals
1st periodMcGill Univ., McGill . . . . . . 4:53
2nd period
McGill University, Crutchfield, G . . 2:09
United States, Garrison . . . . . . . . . 7:51
3rd periodNone
Penalties
1st period
Crutchfield, G, McGill University..2 min
2nd period
Crutchfield, N, McGill University..2 min
3rd period
Donald P Sands, United States
Bent, United States . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Fitzgerald, United States . . . . . . .2 min
Crutchfield, N, McGill University 2 min
Riddle, McGill University . . . . . . . 2 min
Referee
Goal Judges
William Mace, United States
Clarence Bisson, United States
Timers
James T Sutherland, Canada
Elwood S Kerr, United States
Penalty Timers
Edward Gilroy, Canada
Henry Uihlein, United States
Lake Placid Athletic Club vs Poland
Arena
Evening, Feb 6
Lake Placid A C (6)
Poland (2)
Granger . . . . . . . . . .G. . . . . . . . . .McHugh
Ryan. . . . . . . . . . .R D. . . . . . . . . . . Mauer
McGillis. . . . . . . . . . . L D. . . . . . . . . . McInrue
Priestley . . . . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . .Materski
Berger. . . . . . . . . . RW. . . . .Marchewczyk
Proulx . . . . . . . . . . . .LW . . . . Kowalski, Adam
Spares
Moreau
Jacobs
Hulquist
Sabinski
Percival
Maxwell
Verdun
Ludwiczak
Schultz
Score by periods
1st
2nd
3rd
Total
Lake Placid A C . . . . 0
4
2
6
Poland . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
1
1
2
Goals
1st periodNone
2nd periodLake Placid A C, Berger . . . . . :35
Lake Placid A C, Berger . . . . . 1:20
Lake Placid A C, McGillis. . . . . 4:55
Lake Placid A C, Schultz . . . . 9:07
Poland, Sabinski. . . . . . . . . . 9:15
3rd periodLake Placid A C, Proulx . . . . . 4:54
Lake Placid A C, Verdun . . . 8:20
Poland, Kowalski, Adam . . . . 11:53
Penalties
Donald P Sands, United States
1st periodMauer, Poland . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
2nd periodMaxwell, Poland . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Percival, Lake Placid A C . . . 2 min
Priestley, Lake Placid A C . . . 2 min
3rd periodMcInrue, Poland . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Sabinski, Poland . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Jacobs, Poland . . . . . . . . . . 2 min
Verdun, Lake Placid A C . . . 2 min
Referee
Goal Judges
William Mace, United States
Clarence Bisson, United States
Timers
James T Sutherland, Canada
Elwood S Kerr, United States
Penalty Timers
Edward A Gilroy, Canada
Henry Uihlein, United States
Note: Several players on the Polish team in this game
were lent by other teams.
238
Canada-United States vs Lake Placid A C
Arena
Evening, Feb 11
Canada-United States (3)
Lake Placid A C (2)
Cockburn . . . . . . . . . .G. . . . . . . . . . .Granger
(Canada)
Wagner . . . . . . . . G
(Canada)
Fitzgerald. . . . . . . . . . RD . . . . . . . . . . Moreau
(United States)
Livingston. . . . . . . . . .LD. . . . . . . . . .McGillis
(United States)
Monson. . . . . . . . . . . . .C. . . . . . . . . . . .Priestley
(Canada)
Smith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RW. . . . . . . . . . . . Berger
(United States)
Duncanson . . . . . . . . .LW. . . . . . . . . . .Proulx
(Canada)
Spares
Wooley (Canada)
Garbutt (Canada)
Moore (Canada)
Crowley (Canada)
Ryan
Hulquist
Verdun
Percival
Jacobs
Schultz
Score by periods
Overtime
1st 2nd 3rd period Total
Canada-United States. 1 1 0 1 3
Lake Placid A C . . . . . . 1 0
1
0
2
Goals
1st periodLake Placid A C, Berger . . . . . 3:35
Canada-United States, Moore. . . .14:02
2nd periodCanada-United States, Garbutt.. 4:16
3rd period-Lake Placid A C, Hulquist......13:27
Overtime period
Canada-United States, Monson. 9:20
Penalties
1st periodWooley, Canada-United States..2 min
2nd period
Garbutt, Canada-United States . . . . 1min
Fitzgerald, Canada-United States . . .2 min
Schultz, Lake Placid A C . . . . . . . 2 min
3rd periodSmith, Canada-United States . . . 2 min
Berger, Lake Placid A C . . . . . 2 min
Berger, Lake Placid A C . . . . . 2 min
Monson, Canada-United States.2 min
Verdun, Lake Placid A C . . . . 2 min
Overtime period
Monson, Canada-United States.2 min
Berger, Lake Placid A C . . . . . Match
Moore, Canada-United States..Match
Wooley, Canada-United States..2 min
Referees
Clarence Bisson, United States
Donald P Sands, United States
Goal Judges
William Timmons, United States
Philip Proctor, United States
Timers
Elwood S Kerr, United States
James T Sutherland, Canada
Penalty Timers
Henry Uihlein, United States
Ralph Ury, United States
Snowed-in
Pierson Studio
239
International Newsreel
Captain Werner Zahn of the German bobsled team, 1931 world's champion, presenting the Martineau
challenge cup, emblematic of the world's bob championship, to William Fiske, driver of the United
States team No 1. The cup was put in the competition by Hubert Martineau of England, president of the bob-
sled club of St Moritz
United States team No 2, rounding Shady Corner. This team won second place in the Olympic 4-man
International Newsreel
bobsleigh competition. Members of the team: Henry A Homburger, driver, Percy D Bryant, F Paul
Stevens, Edmund C Horton, brakesman
240
Bobsleigh
At the time of the III Olympic Winter
Games the sport of bobsledding, as enjoyed
on a run engineered to international specifi-
cations, was only a little over a year old in
the United States. Yet it certainly proved
to be a lusty infant. As a matter of fact it
attained adult stature the year before the
Games, when the Mt Van Hoevenberg slide
at Lake Placid was completed and opened
for public riding and racing.
timates planned on for the Games is seen by
noting that at the Olympic stadium total
capacity, including standing-room, was only
7,475. Incidentally the stadium was never
completely filled at any of the events sched-
uled for it.
This brief preface to the report of the
Olympic bob races is given in order that the
reader may realize what it meant for Lake
Of course, it must be
borne in mind that for
generations American
youth had ridden sleds
down snow and ice-cov-
ered hills. But the sport,
as indulged in abroad on
graded runs with high
bankt turns, is new to this
country.
During the winter of
1930-31 a worlds speed
record for a major bob
slide was made by an
American team on the
Lake Placid run. Interest
in bobsledding ran high
all that season, and the en-
thusiasm carried over into
the Olympic winter and in-
creast beyond even the
most optimistic forecasts.
Proof of the way in
which this great sport of
bobsledding has gript the
American public is found
in the figures for attend-
ance on the first day of
four-man racing during
the III Olympic Winter
Games, February 14. Ap-
proximately 14,000 thrilled
that day to the breath-tak-
ing performances of the
greatest bobsledders in the
world.
An idea of how much
this figure exceeded the es-
International Newsreel
United States 2-man bob team, winner of the Olympic title. Two Lake
Placid brothers comprise the team: J Hubert Stevens, driver; Curtis
Stevens, brakesman
241
Placid and the United States to have the
Olympic bobsled contests the unqualified suc-
cess they proved to be. Two years before,
Lake Placid had no run, and the United
States practically no bobsledders. The sport,
however, had hundreds of devotees in
Europe, where it has been enjoyed for over
35 years and where thousands view the races
annually on the different slides. But the III
Olympic Winter Games at Lake Placid of-
fered a program of bob sport and a course
on which it could be enjoyed that appealed
not alone to 14,000 spectators on one day,
but with equal force to the veteran European
drivers competing.
Bobsledding has now arrived as one of
the favorite winter sports in Americacer-
tainly the most thrilling, with many new and
peculiar thrills all its own.
A detailed description of the Mt Van
Hoevenberg run will be found in the section
of this book devoted to
Olympic Facilities.
Impressive Entry List
It was evident months before the Games
began that there would be a large, and rep-
resentative entry list in the bob races. This
expectation was fully realized. Eight nations
had representatives in the two and four-
man races. 28 teams entered the two bob
events, and 19 raceda truly impressive list.
The entry list at Lake Placid also con-
tained the worlds champion four-man pilot,
the winners of the first three places in the
bob races at the II Olympic Winter Games at
St Moritz in 1928, and the 4-man team which
establisht the worlds speed record on the
Mt Van Hoevenberg run the preceding
winter.
As soon as the run was put in condition
in December teams began to arrive, eager to
get out and test their ability on the great
iced track whose fame had begun to carry
around the world. During January, weather
conditions were far from ideal, but practice
went on steadily when the slide could be kept
in condition.
242
The pre-Olympic practice period was
marred somewhat by accidents to seven mem-
bers of the German squad, several of whom
were forst to spend time in the hospital.
Fortunately the German racers were not
seriously injured, and they were all able to
leave Lake Placid with their team-mates. The
accident, however, was a blow to the Ger-
man hopes in the Olympic events and made
it necessary for another team to be entered
from that country just before the Games by
a special ruling of the International Olym-
pic Committee.
Proof that the construction of the track
was technically correct is found in the fact
that a crew of two riders were thrown from
their sled at Shady Corner, and the sled fin-
ished riderless but without tipping over, ne-
gotiating the remaining curves on the run
as safely as tho piloted by an expert steers-
man.
European drivers were loud in their praises
of the design and construction of the Mt Van
Hoevenberg slide and the superlative test of
skill that it afforded.
The Races
There were two events on the Olympic
bobsled program, the two-man (boblet) and
four-man races, each divided into four heats,
two being run on one day. As a result of
this schedule four days of racing were of-
fered.
Weather conditions made it necessary to
shift the two-man races, originally scheduled
for Feb 8 and 9, to Feb 9 and 10, a raging
blizzard making it impossible to use the run
on Feb 8. The four-man events, on the pro-
gram for Feb 11 and 12, were run off on
Feb 14 and 15. These changes were sanc-
tioned by the International Olympic Com-
mittee.
Total time for four heats determined place
for the bobsled teams, the timing being done
by an electrical device that registered min-
utes, seconds, and hundredths of a second.
At the finish, each sled broke a thread which
operated the mechanism that stampt the to-
tal time from the top on a tape. Only one
sled at a time goes down a bob-run. No
sled may start until Clear Track is re-
ported back to the top from the intermediate
telephone booths and from the finish.
Spectators filled the grandstands at the
major curves on the run, while others
Drawing of 4-man bobsled
243
Front of III O W G Identity Card
crowded along the course at the best vantage
points. Large score-boards were erected by
the grandstands and at the finish where times
of the various teams were recorded as soon
as the sleds had past each of the five inter-
mediate timing-stations. The progress of
each sled was reported up and down the
length of the run by means of the public-
address system, the announcers voice carrying
through loudspeaker horns at the clubhouse
and the various stands. The announcer, sta-
tioned in a special booth at the foot of the
run, received his reports by telephone from
the observers in the five intermediate timing-
stations.
Spectators watched the score-boards and
cheered their favorites during the progress of
each heat. Final times, of course, and
eventual place-winners were not known until
the conclusion of the four heats for each
event.
Fight for First
An idea of the closeness of the competi-
tion is gained from a study of the summaries
Inside of III
O
W G Identity Card
that follow. Less than two seconds sepa-
rated the first two teams in the two-man
event, while the first two four-man sleds
across the line were only two and two-hun-
dredths seconds apart. Definite places in
most instances were not known until the final
heat had been run.
Some of the teams used bobs of foreign
design and manufacture, but the majority,
including most of the European entries, rode
the American-designed and American-built
sleds that were supplied by the Organizing
Committee.
Average temperatures during the four days
of racing were:
Feb 913 degrees Centigrade (8 above
zero Fahrenheit)
Feb 102 degrees Centigrade (28 above
zero Fahrenheit)
Feb 147 degrees Centigrade (19 above
zero Fahrenheit)
Feb 158 degrees Centigrade (18 above
zero Fahrenheit)
244
Governing Bodies and Officials
International Federation of Bobsleigh and
Tobogganing
PresidentRenaud de la Frégéolière, Paris,
France
Amateur Athletic Union of the United States
President-Avery Brundage, Chicago, Illi-
nois
Technical Committee
Erwin Hachmann, Germany
Daniel Ferris, United States
Albert Mayer, Switzerland
Harry de Pauer, Austria
D W Trovati, Italy
Officials
Starting Judge
Albert Mayer, Switzerland
Chief Timer
Erwin Hachmann, Germany
Timers
Daniel Ferris, United States
Ross Thompson, United States
D W Trovati, Italy
Henry Uihlein, United States
Clerk of Equipment
Harry de Pauer, Austria
Events and Rules
Dates of contests: Feb 9, 10, 14, and 15.
Bobsleigh competitions consisted of two
events:
4-man Bob and 2-man Bob.
Maximum number of entries:
4 man Bob: 3 teams of 5 men each per
nation.
2-man Bob: 3 teams of 3 men each per
nation.
Maximum number of contestants:
4-man Bob: 2 teams of 4 men each per
nation.
2-man Bob: 2 teams of 2 men each per
nation.
Drawings
4-man Bob:
Drawings for starting order
were made in the presence of the technical
committee on the evening of Feb 10 by the
representatives of the countries taking part.
Starting order:
First heat, Nos 1 to 7.
Second heat, Nos 5 to 7 and 1 to 4.
Third heat, Nos 7 to 1.
Fourth heat, Nos 4 to 1 and 7 to 5.
2-man Bob:
Drawings for starting order
were made in the presence of the technical
committee on the evening of Feb 7 by the
representatives of the countries taking part.
Starting order:
First heat, Nos 1 to 12.
Second heat, Nos 7 to 12 and 1 to 6
Third heat, Nos 12 to 1.
Fourth heat, Nos 6 to 1 and 12 to 7.
Wide World
Third-place winner in the Olympic Q-man bob event, the German team No 1: Hanns
Kilian, driver, Max Ludwig, Dr Hans Mehlhorn, and Sebastian Huber, brakesman
245
Belgium
Houben, Max
Maus, Jacques
Van Hege, Louis
Hansez, Christian William
Marin, Theo
Germany
Zahn, Werner
Huth, Werner
Rossner, Heinrich
Mehlhorn, Dr Hans
Grau, Fritz
Ludwig, Max
Hopmann, Helmut
Brehme, Albert
Kilian, Hanns
Huber, Sebastian
Krotki, Rudolf
*von Mumm, Walther
*von Bismarck, Hasso
*Hessert, Baron G
*Gyssling, D Georg
Italy
Rossi di Montelera, Count
Lanfranchi, Agostino
Lanfranchi, Gaetano
Casini, Italo
Crivelli, Giuseppe
Roumania
Papana, Lieut Alexandru
Ionescu, Capt Alexandru
Petrescu, Lieut Ulysse
Hubert, Capt Dumitru
Roman, Commander Horia
4-MAN BOBS
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered . . . . . . . . . . 6
Number of teams entered . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Number of individuals entered . . . . . . . . 60
Number of contestants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Switzerland
Unger, Donald
Fonjallaz, Gustave
Stauffer, William
Fonjallaz, René
Kloetta, Antoine
Capadrutt, Reto
Eisenhut, Hans
Jenny, Charles
Geier, Oscar
Buchheim, Nicolas
Jost, Werner
Brupbacher, Max
Fonjallaz, Gaston
Wanger, Jules
Neuman, Werner
United States
Fiske, William L
Eagan, Edward F
Gray, Clifford B
OBrien, Jay
Stevens, J Hubert
Homburger, Henry A
Bryant, Percy D
Stevens, F Paul
Horton, Edmund C
Martin, Harry G
Goodrich, Hunter
Ashforth, Albert
Lipson, Howard S
Hackney, Clement
Stevens, Curtis P
*
Because of injuries to members of German bobsleigh
teams, these men were permitted to enter as a second
German team by authority of the International Olympic
Committee.
246
Roger L Moore
William L Fiske, U S A
Heat 1
1 United StatesTeam 1
William L Fiske, Driver
Edward F Eagan
Clifford B Gray
Jay OBrien
2:00.52
2 United StatesTeam 2
Henry A Homburger, Driver
Percy D Bryant
F Paul Stevens
Edmund C Horton
2:01.77
3 GermanyTeam 1
Hanns Kilian, Driver
Max Ludwig
Dr Hans Mehlhorn
Sebastian Huber
2:03.11
4 SwitzerlandTeam 2
Reto Capadrutt, Driver
Hans Eisenhut
Charles Jenny
Oscar Geier
2:06.81
5 Italy
Count Rossi di Montelera, Driver
Agostino Lanfranchi
Gaetano Lanfranchi
Italo Casini
6 Roumania
Lieut Al Papana, Driver
Capt Al Ionescu
Lieut Ulysse Petrescu
Capt Dumitru Hubert
7 GermanyTeam 2
Walther von Mumm, Driver
Hasso von Bismarck
Baron G Hessert
D Georg Gyssling
2:07.87
2:09.09
2:11.59
Results
Heat 2
1:59.16
2:01.09
2:01.34
2:03.40
2:06.62
2:14.32
2:11.72
247
4-MAN BOBS
Mt Van Hoevenberg Bob-run
Heats 1 and 2Morning, Feb 14
Heats 3 and 4Morning, Feb 15
Time Score
Sub-
total
3:59.68
4:10.21
2:01.47
2:00.50
Heat 3
Heat 4
Total
1:57.41
1:56.59
7:53.68
4:02.86
1:58.56
1:54.28
4:04.45
1:58.19
1:57.40
4:14.49
2:07.94
2:01.78
4:23.41
2:02.00
1:58.81
4:23.31
2:07.89
2:04.25
7:55.70
8:00.04
8:12.18
8:24.21
8:24.22
8:35.45
Austria
Weinstengel, Hugo
Gudenus, Count Johann Baptist
Belgium
Houben, Max
Van Hege, Louis
Hansez, Christian William
Maus, Jacques
Marin, Theo
France
Balsan, Louis
Delille, Armand
2-MAN BOBS
Entries including reserves
Number of nations entered. . . . . . . . . . 8
Number of teams entered. . . . . . . . . . 15
Number of individuals entered. . . . . . 41
Number of contestants. . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Germany
Kilian, Hanns
Huber, Sebastian
Mehlhorn, Dr Hans
Huth, Werner
Ludwig, Max
Zahn, Werner
*von Mumm, Walther
Italy
Rossi di Montelera, Count
Casini, Italo
Roumania
Papana, Lieut Alexandru
Hubert, Capt Dumitru
Roman, Commander Horia
Switzerland
Fonjallaz, René
Fonjallaz, Gustave
Fonjallaz, Gaston
Capadrutt, Reto
Geier, Oscar
Stauffer, William
Kloetta, Antoine
Jenny, Charles
United States
Stevens, J Hubert
Adams, Arthur
Stevens, Curtis P
Heaton, John R
Minton, Robert H
Stevens, Raymond F
Homburger, Henry A
Bryant, Percy D
Martin, Harry G
Lanfranchi, Agostino
Lanfranchi, Gaetano
Crivelli, Giuseppe
*
Because of injuries to members of German bobsleigh
teams,
von Mumm was permitted to enter as reserve on
this team by authority of the International Olympic Com-
mittee.
G Cleveland
Crowd at the finish line, Mt Van Hoevenberg bobsled run
248
Stedman
J H Stevens, U S A
Heat 1
1 United StatesTeam 1
J Hubert Stevens, Driver
Curtis P Stevens
2:13.10
2 SwitzerlandTeam 2
Reto Capadrutt, Driver
Oscar Geier
2:05.88
3 United StatesTeam 2
John R Heaton, Driver
Robert H Minton
2:15.02
4 Roumania
Lieut Al Papana, Driver
Capt Dumitru Hubert
2:15.51
5 GermanyTeam 1
Hanns Kilian, Driver
Sebastian Huber
2:15.27
6 ItalyTeam 1
Count Rossi di Montelera, Driver
Italo Casini
7 GermanyTeam 2
Werner Huth, Driver
Max Ludwig
8 ItalyTeam 2
Agostini Lanfranchi, Driver
Gaetano Lanfranchi
9 BelgiumTeam 1
Max Houben, Driver
Louis Van Hege
10 BelgiumTeam 2
Christian Hansez, Driver
Jacques Maus
11 France
Louis Balsan, Driver
Armand Delille
12 Austria
Hugo Weinstengel, Driver
Count Johann Baptist Gudenus
2:15.45
2:11.53
2:20.08
2:17.68
2:17.01
2:20.10
2:23.83
Results
Heat 2
2:04.27
2:07.21
2:07.51
2:07.82
2:11.08
2:08.10
2:11.58
2:13.47
2:14.90
2:16.74
2:19.37
2:21.82
249
2-MAN BOBS
Mt Van Hoevenbevg Bob-run
Heats 1 and 2Morning, Feb 9
Heats 3 and 4Morning, Feb 10
Time Score
Sub-
total
Heat 3
Heat 4
4:l7.37
1:59.69 1:57.68
4:13.09
2:03.52 1:59.67
4:22.53
2:04.29 2:02.33
4:23.33
2:06.12 2:03.02
4:26.35
2:05.82 2:03.19
4:23:55
2:06.58 2:06.20
4:23.11
2:11.32 2:10.62
4:33.55
2:08
2:09.11
4:32.58
2:10.90 2:09.62
4:33.75
2:13.59 2:13.81
439.47
2:13.56 2:09.56
4:45.65
2:16.19 2:14.58
Total
8:14.74
8:16.28
8:29.15
8:32.47
8:35.36
8:36.33
8:45.05
8:50.66
8:53.10
9:01.15
9:02.59
9:16.42
Contour map of Lake Placid section showing sled-dog race course
250
III Olympic Winter Games Demonstrations
Sled Dog Race
Under international Olympic rules the Or-
ganizing Committee is permitted to stage
demonstrations of sports not on the official
Olympic program. One should be a sport
peculiar to the country holding the Games,
and another should be a sport foreign to the
Organizing Country.
Sled-dog racing, as a sport indigenous to
the United States and the North American
continent, was, therefore, approved by the
International Olympic Committee as one of
the demonstrations at the III Olympic Win-
ter Games. This was the first time that sled-
dog racing had appeared on an Olympic
demonstration program. Winter travel by
dog team in the northeastern snow belt of
the United States, in Canada, and in Alaska
is both a sport and a measure of necessity
when all other means of getting across the
frozen wastes of snow fail. In the Far
North, dog teams carry mail and freight and
follow regular routes and schedules.
A team usually consists of seven dogs, six
harnest in pairs for racing and a lead dog
ahead. This was the type of team driven in
the Olympic demonstration races. Each team
hauled a typical dog-sled, on which the
driver could ride or behind which he could
run, as occasion might demand. For ordi-
nary travel the dogs are frequently driven
7 in a row.
Many American and Canadian sportsmen
are interested in the raising and racing of
sled dogs, Siberian, Alaskan, or Labrador
breeds, the best racing teams usually being
cross-bred. Dog derbies have for years been
a picturesque part of the winter-sports life
of Lake Placid, and the Olympic demonstra-
tion derby was one of the most picturesque
and interesting events on the entire program.
13 crack drivers of the United States and
Canada were entered in the sled-dog demon-
stration, including former winners of famous
Canadian, Alaskan, and American derbies
and the driver of the team that brought the
serum to stricken Nome, Alaska, at the time
of the diphtheria epidemic there a few years
ago. One woman driver musht her own
huskies twice around the gruelling 25-mile
course. Teams had been in Lake Placid for
weeks prior to the race training for the big
tests. Dogs and drivers alike were on edge
for the starters gun and hoped-for Olympic
laurels.
Arrangements for staging the race were
in charge of a Dog Derby Organizing Com-
mittee, of which Walter Channing of Boston
was chairman.
Course Covered Twice
The race was run on two days, Saturday
and Sunday, February 6 and 7, under the
rules of the New England Sled Dog Club,
Inc. These rules required the same course,
to be covered on two successive days, the
total time for the two days to decide the
placing. The route for the race, as approved
Leonard Seppala, veteran Alaskan musher, with his
International Newsreel
lead dogs. Seppala placed second in the Olympic
sled-dog demonstration race
251
by the committee, measured 25.1 miles (ap-
proximately 40.5 kilometers). It was laid
out along state and county roads and bridle
paths, all of which lent themselves excel-
lently to travel by dog team.
The trails were not covered with the usual
heavy February snow, because of the extraor-
dinary weather conditions prevailing, and
the drivers, in their efforts to win, made a
gruelling test of the race. So did their dogs.
Some of them gave up and were carried in
on the sleds of their masters. According to
the rules every dog starting must return to
the starting point, either on his feet or on
the sled. One driver collapst just as he
crossed the finish line. On the other hand
the winning team came thru in excellent con-
dition on the final day of racing, as did sev-
eral of the others.
Crowds thronged the space at the finish
line and strung out along the 25-mile trail
to watch the racers. (See map for details
of the course.)
Start of the sled-dog race was at the
Olympic stadium. From there the course
went north to Mirror lake; by way of North-
wood road to Wilmington road; left to
River road and along River road to Mid-
rivers farm; along bridle path to right and
return to River road at Intervales farm; along
River road about a half-mile, turning left
on Bolderwood bridle path loop; coming out
on Cascade road 150 yards south of Ski T;
left on Cascade road to Adirondack Lodge
road, to a point
1
/
4
of a mile beyond Alcohol
brook; right along bridle path to Tablelands
farm; to John Browns farm; and along bri-
dle path across Cascade road and return to
stadium.
Intermediate times were communicated
from the following points and recorded on
bulletin boards in the stadium and in press
headquarters at the high school:
Concrete bridge on Wilmington road,
4 miles from start
Ski T, 10.6 miles from start
John Browns farm, 22.46 miles from
start
International Newreel
Roger Haines, U S A, fifth-place winner in Olympic demonstration sled-dog race
252
Governing Bodies and Officials
New England Sled Dog Club, Inc
President-Moseley Taylor, Boston, Mass
Demonstration Dog Derby Committee
Walter Channing, Chairman, United
States
Louis D Hudon, Secretary, Canada
Captain C A Billings, Canada
Henry Stetson, United States
J Hubert Stevens, United States
Moseley Taylor, United States
Officials
J u d g e s
Walter Channing, United States
Henry Stetson, United States
J Hubert Stevens, United States
T i m e r s
Henry Stetson, United States
Walter Channing, United
States
Francis D'Olier, United States
Major Philip Fleming, United States
Ross Thompson, United States
C h i e f o f C o u rse
George W Martin, United States
Assistant Chief of Course
Sherwood Ernenwein, United States
Events and Rules
Dates of contests: Feb 6 and 7.
Competition consisted of going around 25.1-
mile (approximately 40.5-kilometer) course
on two successive days, the total time for the
two days racing determining place. The
team covering the entire course in the least
total time was declared the winner.
Drawings
Drawings for starting order were made in
the presence of the Demonstration Dog
Derby Committee on the evening of Feb-
ruary 5
by
drivers taking part or their rep-
resentatives.
Starting order was reverst on the second
day of the race.
SLED DOG RACE
Demonstration
Entries
Number of nations entered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Number of individuals entered . . . . . . . . 13
Number of contestants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
D r i v ers
Defalco, Jack
Canada
O w n e r s
Defalco, Jack
Ottawa, Ont
Bunnell, Earl
Haines, Roger
Bunnell, Earl
Colebrook, N H
Taylor, Moseley
Boston, Mass
Pouliot, Raymond
Marquis, Rodolphe
Quebec, P Q
Russick, Shorty
Russick, Shorty
Flin Flon, Manitoba
St Goddard, Emile
St Goddard, Emile
The Pas, Manitoba
Murphy, Henry
McIlhenny, Jr, J,D
Philadelphia, Pa
Sears, Dexter
dAvignon, Dr F J
Lake Placid, N Y
Wheeler, Harry
Wheeler, Henry
St Jovite Station, P Q
Seeley, Mrs Milton
Seeley, Mrs Milton
Wonalancet, N H
United States
D r i v e r s O w n e r s
Belknap, Stuart
Belknap, Stuart
Keene, N Y
Seppala, Leonard
Seppala, Leonard
St Jovite Station, P Q
Vaughan, Norman
Seeley, Mrs Milton
Wonalancet, N H
253
D r i v er
St Goddard
Seppala
Russick
Wheeler
Haines
Pouliot
Defalco
Belknap
Murphy
Sears
Vaughan
Seeley (Mrs)
Country
Canada
United States
Canada
Canada
United States
Canada
Canada
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
O w n e r
SLED DOG RACE
Afternoon, Feb 6
Afternoon, Feb 7
Results
Contestants started at three-minute intervals.
First
Second
Race
Race
Hrs Min Sec
Hrs Min Sec
St Goddard
2:12: 5
2:11: 7.5
Seppala
2:13:34.3
2:17:27.5
Russick
2:26:22.4
2:21:22.2
Wheeler
2:33:19.1
2:29:35
Taylor
2:34:56
2:31:31.3
Marquis
2:53:14.3
2:52:21.5
Defalco
2:53:49.5
2
:55:50.1
Belknap
2:57:14
2:57: 8.5
McIlhenny
2:42:49.4
3:15:24.1
d' Avignon
3 : : 2 1 .7
3:01:49.5
Seeley (Mrs)
3:24:10
3:49:46
Seeley (Mrs)
3:28: 1.7
3:46:45
Total
Hrs Min Sec
4:23:12.5
4:31: 1.8
4:47:44.6
5:02:54.1
5:06:27.3
5:45:35.8
5:49:39.6
5:54:22.5
5:58:13.5
6:02:11.2
7:13:56
7:14:46.7
-Pierson Studio
S
t
Emil St Goddard of The Pas, Manitoba, Canada,
-
pushing his sled-dog team to first place in the 50-
mile Olympic demonstration test
254
254
Curling
Born in Scotland, enjoyed in Canada, Eng-
land, and many countries of the Continent,
the Roarin Game o Curlin was another
demonstration on the program of the III
Olympic Winter Games at Lake Placid. This
was the second time that the ancient game
has figured in Olympic competitions-it was
on the schedule at Chamonix in 1924, where
the tam-o-shantered curlers putting down
their granite stones on the rinks of glassy
ice were a feature of the meet.
Curling was approved as an official demon-
stration at Lake Placid as a sport primarily
foreign to the Organizing Country, altho as
a matter of fact, during recent decades, curl-
ing has made great strides in the United
States. Greater strides, still, will be made
as a result of the impetus given the sport at
the Lake Placid Games. Eight teams repre-
senting curling clubs of Canadian provinces
and states of this country competed in the
Olympic demonstration.
All curling matches were held in the
Olympic indoor arena, where 4 rinks of the
finest artificial ice were available. In pass-
ing, it is interesting to note that the greatest
progress in the popularity of curling in this
country has been made during recent years
when indoor rinks with artificial ice have
been built especially for the grand old Scotch
game. Outdoor ice may be satisfactory but
rarely is, and the uncertainties and hazards
of the winter climate in the northern part of
the United States, and even in Canada, have
led to the building of these artificial rinks in
which curling can be enjoyed at all times re-
gardless of weather, with ice always of uni-
form quality. It may safely be said that arti-
ficial ice rinks and the development of curl-
ing are progressing hand in hand, both in
the United States and in Canada. Outdoor
rinks are still common abroad but have prac-
tically disappeared in North America.
Many golf clubs, as well as curling or-
ganizations, are now building, or contem-
plate building, their own enclosed curling
quarters. Hockey rinks and sports arenas
are also frequently used by the curlers.
Much Like Billiards
Curling has been likened to billiards or
bowling on the green. Granite stones, weigh-
ing about 42 pounds each, are sent spinning
down a glassy-smooth ice surface that corre-
sponds roughly to a billiard table; the stones
may be likened to the billiard balls of the
famous green-cloth game. The twist that
the curling experts put on their stones to
have them go in just the direction they wish
and stop at the exact point where they will
do the most damage to the stones of the
opposing rink is something like the "Eng-
lish that one puts on a billiard ball. This
English is imparted by the curler when he
turns the handle of the stone, even tho it
may be ever so slightly, before he sends it
twisting and turning on its way down the
ice toward the house, a series of concen-
tric circles, where the stones that have been
played are groupt.
For each end or inning each stone or
stones of one team, within the outer circle,
nearer the center or tee than any stone of the
opposite side count one point. A curling
match usually consists of from 10 to 16 ends.
A point-scoring system determines the win-
ning team. Great skill is shown by the curl-
ers in laying their own stones on or near the
center of the series of circles, in protecting
those same stones by other stones called
guards, and in dislodging stones of their
opponents that might be placed where they
would be good for certain points. Frequent-
ly one superlative shot will dislodge the
inside stone nearest the center and leave the
delivered stone in the scoring position. The
skill of these curlers is sometimes almost un-
canny. It is a game enjoyed alike by young
and old. One of its most attractive features
is the fact that it can be indulged in during
the winter when snow and ice cover tennis-
court and golf course.
Quaint Names Used
As indicated above, the series of three
concentric circles is called the house, and
the smallest and inside circle is called the
255
tee. The skip is the captain of the team.
The hack is the place on the ice from
which the stones are sent curling on their
way toward the house. Both ends of the
rink are markt with hack and house, and
play alternates from end to end. The dis-
tance from tee to tee is 114 feet. Brooms
are used for sweeping or, as it is called,
swooping the ice to accelerate the speed
of the. stone. Sweeping is done at the com-
mand of the skip.
Two teams at a time compete on one rink.
Four men constitute a team. Two curlers,
one from each team, are at the hack at a
time, and they alternate in sending the huge
stones on their way down the ice sheet. Each
man plays two stones, or stanes as they
are called in Scotland. Two other men of
each team are stationed with brooms along
the ice to sweep in front of the stone at the
order of the skips, who are at the house end
directing the play.
Curlers found ice conditions at the Olym-
pic demonstration and all other provisions
made for the matches ideal. The competi-
tions were on two different days, February
4 and 5. There were 16 matches in all.
Each of the four teams from Canada
curled one match with each of the four teams
from the United States.
Governing Bodies and Officials
Royal Caledonian Curling Club
Secretary-A H Hamilton, Edinburgh,
Scotland
Grand National Curling Club of the United
States
President-Alex S Porter, Boston, Mass
III Olympic Winter Games Curling
Committee
John Calder, Chairman, United States
Dr Sidney F Blanchet, United States
William G Distin, United States
Peter Lyall, Canada
Referee
Officials
J Bruce Stewart, Canada
Events and Rules
Dates of contests: Feb 4 and 5.
Competition consisted of each Canadian
team and each team from the United States
curling one match with each other. There
were 16 matches in all.
Drawings
Drawings for starting order were made by
the III O W G Curling Committee just prior
to the beginning of the first match.
International Newsreel
Michigan and Quebec in international curling competition. Curling was one of the
demonstrations at the III Olympic Winter Games
256
Canada
Manitoba
Willis, Errick F
Pow, Robert B
Bowman, James L
Burns, William HSkip
Northern Ontario
Thompson, W W
Walker, John
Lyall, Peter
George, E F-Skip
Ontario
Hall, Russell G
Lockhart, Archibald
McDonald, Frank P
Sims, Harvey J-Skip
United States
Connecticut
Burt, H E
Pryde, Robert
Curran, S S
Hatfield, A RSkip
C U R L I N G
Demonstration
Entries
Number of nations entered . . . . . . . . . . 2
Number of individuals entered . . . . . . . . 32
Number of contestants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Quebec
Maclaren, Albert
Massachusetts
Leonard, John
Parks, F R
Curtis, Charles
Stewart, T Howard
Willett, George
Brown, William-Skip
Porter, A SSkip
Michigan
Mormley, W H
Palmer, E R
Fraser, Don
Lawton, GeorgeSkip
New York
Williams, C B
Peale, F D
Ogden, G B
Calder, J WSkip
Afternoon, Feb 4
New York . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Northern Ontario . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quebec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecticut . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ontario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manitoba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Massachusetts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20
8
14
12
21
7
19
10
CURLING
Results
Arena
Morning, Feb 5
Northern Ontario . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .
.
21
Massachusetts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Manitoba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Connecticut
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Ontario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
New York . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Quebec. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Michigan .......................... 6
Evening, Feb 4
Quebec ............................. 13
New York... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Connecticut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Northern Ontario.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Ontario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Massachusetts .................... 4
Manitoba ............................ 22
Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Afternoon, Feb 5
Connecticut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 extra
Ontario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 end
Massachusetts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Quebec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Northern Ontario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Manitoba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
New York . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
257
S U M M A R Y
Curling Demonstration
Won
Manitoba .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Ontario .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Quebec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Connecticut . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Northern Ontario ....... 2
Massachusetts . . . . . . . . . . 1
NewYork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Lost
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
Curling team representing Province of Manitoba.
Left
to right
E F Willis, R B Pow, J L Bowman,
Wm H Burns (skip)
Jean Wilson, Canada, leading
the way in the final of the
500-meter demonstration race
International Newsreel
Elizabeth Dubois, United
States, winning, final of the
1,000-meter speed-skating
demonstration for women
-International Newsreel
258
Womens Speed Skating
The third demonstration at the III Olym-
pic Winter Games was womens speed-skat-
ing at distances of 500, 1000, and 1500
meters. Rules of the Amateur Skating Union
of the United States governed all three races.
Ten contestants were entered: five from Can-
ada, and five from the United States. All
races were held on the standard 400-meter
track, where the male Olympic speed-skating
contestants had skated earlier in the Games.
At the 17th Congress of the Internationale
Eislauf-Vereinigung (International Skating
Union), which was held in Vienna in May,
1931, it was voted to recognize womens
speed-skating at distances of 500, 1000, and
1500 meters. Prior to this congress womens
races were not officially approved by the I
E V, altho some races had been held in
Europe before that time, and women had
been competing for years in both the United
States and Canada in meets sanctioned by
the United States and Canadian governing
skating bodies.
The initiative for this action by the I E V
at the Vienna Congress was supplied by Po-
land, which had the hearty support of the
representative from the United States, Dr
Godfrey Dewey, president of the III Olym-
pic Winter Games Committee.
After its approval of womens speed-
skating, the I E V recognized the following
as being worlds records for women:
500 meters1 minute 2 seconds
1000 meters2 minutes 16 and 4-10 secs
1500 meters3 minutes 28 seconds
All these records were made by Frau Zofja
Nehringowa of Poland.
The demonstration of womens speed-
skating at the III Olympic Winter Games
was the first regularly sanctioned meet for
women held after the formal recognition of
the sport by the I E V.
All of Frau Nehringowas records were
shattered at Lake Placid by the girl fliers
from Canada and the United States. A
glance at the times made in the Olympic
demonstration, as given below, will be of
interest to skating enthusiasts everywhere.
500 meters58 seconds
1000 meters2 minutes 1 and 2-10 secs
1500 meters2 minutes 54 seconds,
As a matter of fact in the National
Womens Championships at Oconomowoc,
Wis, U S A, during the winter of 1931-32,
Dorothy Franey skated 500 meters in 54.8
seconds, 3.2 seconds faster than the time
made in the Olympic demonstration in the
same event. The National Womens Cham-
pionships also served as try-outs for the
womens Olympic speed-skating team to rep-
resent the United States at Lake Placid.
It is confidently expected by skating au-
thorities that womens speed-skating, with
the sanction now given it by the I E V, will
become one of the most popular of winter-
sports competitions.
The girls, favored by good skating condi-
tions on the Olympic 400-meter track at Lake
Placid, put on an excellent exhibition and
one that caught the fancy of the crowd, in-
cluding the skating experts of both North
America and Europe. Two firsts went to the
United States and one to Canada, while the
other places in the three races were well
distributed among the entrants.
The races were much like the mens, the
girls evidently patterning their speed-skating
style on that of their brothers on the ice.
They were off with the gun, took the turns
well, watcht the pace-setters and the favor-
ites with practised racing eyes, and came
into the final stretch in a great burst of speed,
giving all they had to win. With all the
keen competition for honors, the young ladies
displayed excellent sportsmanship, were mod-
est in victory, and never bitter to defeat.
The young stars who skated at Lake Placid
will be heard from again in subsequent in-
ternational competitions.
259
Governing Bodies and Officials
International Skating Union
PresidentUlrich Salchow, Stockholm,
Sweden
Amateur Skating Union of the United States
PresidentJoseph K Savage, New York
C i t y
Technical Delegates
Herbert J Clarke, Great Britain
Walter Jakobsson, Finland
Hermann Kleeberg, Germany
Officials
Referee and Assistants
Joseph K Savage, Chief, United States
Irving W Reiner, United States
J T Rowan, Canada
Starter
Edmund Horton, United States
Judges at Finish
John Harding, Chief, United States
Yngvar Bryn, Norway
Graydon Cowles, United States
Godfrey Dewey, United States
James Fortune, United States
Lewis G Graeves, United States
William Carroll Hill, United States
J Edward McVeigh, Canada
Raymond F Stevens, United States
Frank W Swift, United States
T i m e rs
William Reach, Chief, United States
John V Dolan, United States
William Eggens, United States
Julian T Fitzgerald, United States
Fred Futterer, United States
Elwood S Kerr, United States
Charles Lee, United States
Carsten Matheson, Norway
George L Starks, United States
Curtis Stevens, United States
J Hubert Stevens, United States
S c o r e rs
George Anson, Chief, United States
Harold Eckart, United States
William Distin, United States
Clerks
of
the
Course
Charles H Goldsmith, Chief, United States
Dr Cato Aall, Norway
Harry Kemper, United States
Armas Palmros, Finland
William M Potter, United States
Prof M Sato, Japan
Patrol Judges
Dr
J
A Geis, Chief, United States
Roy McWhirter, United States
Benton Ames, United States
Benjamin Blanke, United States
E W Cady, United States
Arthur Flack, Canada
R J Kennedy, United States
J Vernon Lamb, United States
James McWhirter, United States
Runar Oehman, Sweden
John Tamsen, United States
P J Hennessy, United States
Wayne Timmerman, United States
A n n o u n c ers
Clarence Eccleston, United States
Paul Patchin, United States
Livingston Chapman, United States
Measurers
Henry Homburger, United States
C W Judson, United States
Events and Rules
Dates of contests: Feb 8, 9, and
10.
Womens Speed-skating Demonstration
consisted of three events: 500, 1000 and
1500-meter races.
Drawings
Drawings for heats were made in the pres-
ence of the technical delegates by the repre-
sentatives of the countries taking part.
Drawings for starting positions were made
by the contestants just before each heat or
final.
260
WOMENS SPEED SKATING
Demonstration
Entries
Number of nations entered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Number of individuals entered
. . . . . . . . . .
10
Number of contestants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Canada
United States
Brooks-Potter, Lela
Bina, Helen
Donaldson, Hattie
Dubois, Elizabeth
Hurd, Florence
Franey, Dorothy
Mackie, Geraldine
Klein, Kit
Wilson, Jean
Muller-McLave, Elsie
500 METER (546.8 Yards)
Stadium
Afternoon, Feb
8
Results
First 3 in each preliminary heat qualified for
the final
First Heat
1 Brooks-Potter, Canada
2 Muller-McLave, United States
3 Bina, United States
4 Donaldson, Canada
5 Mackie, Canada
Time: 62.4 seconds
Second Heat
1 Wilson, Canada
2 Klein, United States
3 Dubois, United States
4 Franey, United States
5 Hurd, Canada
Time: 60.4 seconds
Final
1 Wilson, Canada
2 Dubois, United States
3 Klein, United States
4 Brooks-Potter, Canada
5 Muller-McLave, United States
6 Bina, United States
Time: 58 seconds
-Pierson Studio
Jean Wilson, Canada
261
1 0 0 0 M E T E R
(1093.6
Y a r d s )
Stadium
Afternoon, Feb 9
Results
First 3 in each preliminary heat qualified for
the final
First Heat
1 Brooks-Potter, Canada
2 Mackie, Canada
3 Donaldson, Canada
4 Bina, United States
* Muller-McLave, United States
Time: 2 minutes 1.2 seconds
Second Heat
1 Wilson, Canada
2 Dubois, United States
3 Franey, United States
* Hurd, Canada
* Klein, United States
Time: 2 minutes 6 seconds
Final
1 Dubois, United States
2 Donaldson, Canada
3 Franey, United States
4 Brooks-Potter, Canada
5 Mackie, Canada
6 Wilson, Canada
Time: 2 minutes 4 seconds
* Did not finish.
1 5 0 0 M E T E R
( . 9 3
M i l e )
Stadium
Afternoon, Feb
1 0
Results
First 3 in each preliminary heat qualified for
the final
First Heat
1 Brooks-Potter, Canada
2 Bina, United States
3 Mackie, Canada
4 Muller-McLave, United States
5 Donaldson, Canada
Time: 2 minutes 54 seconds
Second Heat
1 Wilson, Canada
2 Klein, United States
3 Franey, United States
4 Dubois, United States
5 Hurd, Canada
Time: 2 minutes 54.2 seconds
Final
1 Klein, United States
2 Wilson, Canada
3 Bina, United States
4 Mackie, Canada
5 Franey, United States
6 Brooks-Potter, Canada
Time: 3 minutes .6 seconds
262
- A c m e P h o t o
Elizabeth Dubois, U S A
- W i d e W o r l d
Kit Klein, U S A
Closing Ceremony
Altho the four-man bobsled races were
postponed on account of weather conditions
to February 14 and 15, the III Olympic Win-
ter Games came officially to an end on Sat-
urday afternoon, February 13, when the clos-
ing ceremony, including the final distribution
of prizes, was held in the Olympic stadium
immediately following the deciding hockey
game between Canada and the United States.
Because of better ice conditions the hockey
game was staged in the Olympic arena. As
soon as the game was over, the crowd, esti-
mated at more than 6,000, adjourned to the
stadium, adjoining the arena, to view the
impressive ceremonies of bringing the Games
officially to a close.
The darkness of a winter afternoon was
beginning to come down on the stadium as
the ceremonies began, and the long-delayed
and ardently-wished-for snow-storm quickly
covered both contestants and spectators with
a mantle of white. Huge arc lights shone
thru the gathering gloom, and millions of
snow flakes sparkled and glittered in the
shafts of brightness.
It was a dramatic finish in a dramatic
set-
ting to a dramatic sports event.
Groupt in front of the grandstand were
the representatives of the 17 nations com-
peting in the III Olympic Winter Games.
All except the speed-skaters, who had re-
ceived their prizes earlier in the program,
were waiting for the official recognition of
their prowess as Olympic athletes, the Olym-
pic medals for first, second, and third places,
won in the preceding competitions,
A three-deck flag-draped platform stood
on the ice in front of the judges stand. As
their names were called, the first three place-
winners stept to the platform, the winner
in the middle, the second-place winner on his
right, and the third-place winner on his left.
As the band played the national anthem of
the winners, the medals were presented with
a word of congratulation to each competitor
by Count de Baillet-Latour of Belgium, presi-
dent of the International Olympic Commit-
tee; Dr Godfrey Dewey of Lake Placid, presi-
dent of the III Olympic Winter Games Com-
mittee; and Avery Brundage of Chicago,
president, American Olympic Committee.
After the medals had been awarded and
the victors applauded, Count de Baillet-La-
tour declared the III Olympic Winter Games
officially ended. As a salute was fired the
Olympic flag was hauled down from the
towering staff, not to be raised again for
Winter Olympic competitions until 1936.
By the time the ceremonies had come to
an end a typical February Adirondack bliz-
zard raged across the stadium. The thou-
sands assembled there lookt like snow-
white ghosts in the eerie half-light. Dark-
ness closed in as the flag came down.
Place medals for the winners of the 4-
man bob events were awarded at the Mt
Van Hoevenberg run on the final day of
bob racing, Monday, February 15.
A c m e P h o t o
The
III Olympic Winter Games come to a close. Count de Baillet-
Latour,
with the massed flags of the nations forming an impressive
background, declares the Games officially closed
2 6 3
Point Scoring
There is no official point score in the Olym-
pic Games. Officially, no nation ever wins
the Olympic Games, winter or summer. The
rules of the International Olympic Commit-
tee are most explicit on this point. General
Rule
18,
Prizes (see page
000),
provides for
the award of silver-gilt, silver, and bronze
Olympic medals and diplomas to the winners
of the first three places in each event, while
General Rule 19, Classification, states ex-
plicitly:
In the Olympic Games there is no classification
according to points.
A Roll of Honor . . . shall be set up bear-
ing the
names
of the first six
competitors in each
event as soon as this classification has been made.
The official position of the International
Olympic Committee is thus to regard the
Olympic Games as primarily a competition
among the most brilliant athletes of the world
in each sport, without regard to the national
affiliation of such athletes, the organization
of Olympic teams by countries being chiefly
for practical convenience in selecting and ac-
crediting, training and transporting the
athletes, and financing their participation.
The International Olympic Committee em-
phasizes in support of this position that any
system of point scoring inevitably works a
grave injustice on the smaller countries,
whose few athletes, no matter how brilliant
individually, are certain to be overshadowed
in any point,. score, both by the number of
events in which the larger countries are rep-
resented and by the ability of those countries
to enter a full quota in each event.
In view of this clearly exprest official posi-
tion, the typical fund-raising slogan of most
national Olympic Committees, Help America
win, etc, might well take the form of Help
American athletes win, etc, which would
represent a gain in accuracy with little if any
loss of force.
In spite of these cogent reasons for the
official position of the,, International Olympic
Committee, it has been, the experience of all
previous Olympic Games that the press of the
world insist on exploiting the aspect of na-
tional rivalry by creating and publishing a
wholly unofficial point score of their own de-
vising, most often on the basis of
10, 5,
4, 3,
2,
1 points for the six places recognized on
the table of honor-that is
10
points for the
first place, 5 for the second, etc. Since this
unofficial newspaper point score has received
world-wide publicity, reaching millions of
people who are not aware of its lack of offi-
cial sanction, it is here recorded for ready ref-
erence, together with the table of places won
by each nation, on which it is based.
Following this section the reader will find
the tables of honor for the Chamonix, St
Moritz, and Lake Placid Olympic Winter
Games. It is expected that these will serve
as the basis for many interesting compari-
sons, particularly results achieved by those
athletes who took part in more than one
Olympic Winter Games competition.
- W i d e W o r l d
Veli Saarinen of Finland, just after winning the
50-kilometer cross-country ski race, the most
gruelling grind in the field of sport
264
Unofficial Point Score used by press, based
on 10 for first, 5 for second, 4 for third, 3
for fourth, 2 for fifth, and 1 for sixth place
United States .... 2
Norway
53
Canada
. . . . . ... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweden . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Finland
Austria
. . . . . . . . . . . . 22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Germany . . . . . . . . . . . .
France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switzerland........... 1
Hungary . . . . . . . . . . .
Roumania . . . . . . . . . .
Poland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belgium . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Czechoslovakia.. 1
Great Britain.... . .
Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
10
5
29
14
10
. .
. .
29
10
10
. .
. .
7
. .
. .
..
3
. .
. .
. .
15
. . . .
. .
2
4
6
. .
10
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
7
. .
. .
. .
103
77
49
28
25
15
12
10
9
7
4
3
3
1
1
. .
. .
*Places achieved by nations in
III Olympic Winter Games 1932
First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth
United States.... 6 4 2 2 3
Norway . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4
3
2
3
Canada . . . . . . . . . 1 1 5 3 2
Sweden . . . . . . . . 1
2
. .
1
2
Finland . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1
1
2
. .
Austria . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1
. .
. .
. .
France . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
. .
. .
. .
. .
Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
.
2
Switzerland . . . . . . 1
1
. .
1
..
Hungary . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
. .
Roumania . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .
1
. .
Poland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
1
..
Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .
..
1
Belgium . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
. .
. .
. .
Czechoslovakia . . . . . . . . .. . .
Great Britain . . . . . . . . .
. .
. .
. .
Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .
. .
. .
* Demonstrations not included in this table.
3
3
1
1
. .
. .
. .
. .
1
. .
1
..
1
1
1
. .
. .
. .
. .
. . 4
. . . .
3
. .
. .
. .
. .
3
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
Table of honor on Stadium wall
265
I O L Y M P I C W I N T E R G A M E S - C H A M O N IX
1 9 2 4
Table of Honor
Tableau dhonneur
Ehrentafel
Speed Skating - Patinage de vitesse
-
Eis-Schnellaufen
Figure Skating - Patinage Artistique - Kunstlaufen
500 M
1,500 M
5,000 M
10,000 M
Men
Messieurs Women
Dames Pairs
Herren
Damen Paare
Couples
1
Jewtraw
United States
Thunberg
Thunberg
Skutnabb
Grafström Szabo-Plank
Finland Finland Finland
Sweden
Engelmann-Berger
Austria Austria
2 Olsen
Larsen
Skutnabb
Finland
Thunberg
Böckl
Norway
Norway Finland
Austria
Loughran
United States
Jakobsson-Jakob-
sson
Finland
3
Larsen
Moen
Larsen Larsen Gautschi
Muckelt
Norway Norway Norway Norway
Switzerland England
Joly-Brunet
France
4 Thunberg
Skutnabb
Moen Paulsen
Sliva Blanchard
Finland
Finland Norway Norway Czechoslovakia United States
Muckelt-Page
England
5
Vallenius
Strom
Ström Ström
Finland Norway Norway
Page
Norway England
Joly
Herbos-Wagemans
France Belgium
6 Blomqvist
Olsen
Bialas Moen Niles Smith
Finland
Norway United
States
Blanchard-Niles
Norway United States
Canada
United States
Ski
Hockey
Bobsleigh
Combined event
50 Km
18 Km
Course Combinée
Jump
Salt
Kombinierter Lauf
5-man
Sprunglauf
1
Haug
Haug
Haug
Thams
Canada
Scherrer
Norway
Norway
Norway
Norway
Switzerland
2 Strömstad
Gröttumsbraaten Strömstad
Bonna
United States
Broome
Norway Norway Norway Norway
England
3
Gröttumsbraaten
Niku Gröttumsbraaten
Finland
Haug
Mulder
Norway
Norway
England
Norway
Belgium
4
Maardalen
Maardalen
Oekern
Haugen
Sweden
Norway
Norway
Norway
United States
Berg
France
5
Persson
Landvik Nilsson
Sweden Norway Sweden
Landvik
Horton
Norway England
6
A l m
Hedlund
Adolf Nilsson
Obexer
Sweden Sweden
Czechoslovakia Sweden
Italy
266
Note:—While curling and military skiing were included in the official Olympic events at Chamonix they are not listed in the above table, since they subsequently were classed only
as demonstrations.
I I O L Y M P I C W I N T E R G A M E S S T M O R I T Z 1 9 2 8
Table of Honor
Tableau dhonneur
Ehrentafel
S p e e d S k a t i n g -
Patinage de vitesse
-
Eis-Schnellaufen
F i g u r e S k a t i n g -
P a t i n a g e A r t i s t i q u e -
Kunstlaufen
500 M
1,500 M
5,000 M
MenMessieursHerren WomenDamesDamen PairsCouplesPaare
1 Thunberg
Finland
T h u n b e r g
Grafström Henie
Evensen
Norway
Finland
Ballangrud
Norway
Sweden
Joly-Brunet
Norway
France
2
Evensen
Skutnabb Böck
Scholz-Kaiser
Norway Finland Austria
Burger
Austria Austria
Farrell
Evensen
van Zee broeck
3
Friman
United States
Ballangrud
Loughran
Brunner-Wrede
F i n l a n d
Larsen
Norway Norway Norway Belgium
United States
Austria
4
Larsen Jaffee Schäfer Vinson
Norway
United States
Austria
United States
Loughran-Badger
United States
5
Murphy
Carlsen Sliva
Smith
United States
Norway
Czechoslovakia
Canada
Jakobsson-Jakobsson
Finland
6 Pederson
Bialas
Bialas N i k k a n e n
Wilson
Norway
United States
United States
Finland
Leberque-
Canada
van Zeebroeck
Belgium
Ski
Hockey Skeleton Bobsleigh
50
Km 18
Km
Combined event
Course Combinée
Jump
Saut
5-man
Kombinierter Lauf
Sprunglauf
1 Hedlund
Gröttumsbraaten Gröttumsbraaten Andersen
Sweden
Canada Heaton, J
Fiske
Norway
Norway
Norway
United States
United States
2 Jonsson
Sweden
Hegge
Vinjarengen
Ruud, S
Sweden
Norway
Norway
Norway
Heaton, J R
Heaton,
United States
United States
3
Andersson
Sweden
Oedegaard Snersrud Purkert
Switzerland Earl of Northesk
Kilian
Norway Norway
Czechoslovakia
England
Germany
4
Kjellbotn
Saarinen Nuotio Nilsson
Norway Finland Finland Sweden
England Lanfranchi
Gramajo
Italy Argentine
5
Hegge Haakonsen
Norway
Järvinen
Norway
Lundgren
Berner
Finland Sweden Switzerland
Hope
Argentine
6
Lappalainen, T
Hedlund
Eriksson
Finland
Monsen
Unterlechner
Lambert
Sweden
Sweden
United States
Austria
N
OTE
A demonstration of military skiing was held at St Moritz but is not included in the above table which lists only the official Olympic competitions.
267
III OLYMPIC WINTER GAMESLAKE PLACID 1932
Table of Honor
Tableau dhonneur
Ehrentafel
Speed Skating
-
Patinage de vitesse
-
Eis-Schnellaufen
Figure Skating -
Patinage Artistique - Kunstlaufen
5 0 0 M
1,500 M
5,000 M
10,000 M
Men
Messieurs Women
Dames Pairs
Couples
Herren
Damen
Paare
1
Shea
Shea Jaffee Jaffee Schäfer
Henie
Brunet-Brunet
United States
United States
United States
United States
Austria
Norway
France
2 Evensen
Hurd
Ballangrud
Grafström
Burger
Loughran-Badger
Norway
Canada
Murphy
United States
Norway
Sweden
Austria
United States
3
H u r d
Logan Logan
Stack Wilson Vinson Rotter-Szollas
Canada Canada Canada Canada Canada
United States
Hungary
4 Stack
Stack
Taylor
Wedge Nikkanen Wilson-Samuel
Orgonista-Szalay
Canada Canada
United States
United States
Finland
Canada
Hungary
5
Logan
Murray
Ballangrud
Bialas
Baier Hulten
Wilson-Samuel-
C a n a d a
United States
Norway
United States
Germany
Sweden
Wilson
C a n a d a
6
Farrell
Taylor
Evensen
Evensen
Turner de
Ligne
Claudet-Bangs
United States
United States
Norway
Norway
United States
Belgium
Canada
Ski Hockey
Bobsleigh
Combined event
Course Combinée
Jump
4-man
2-man
50
Km 18
Km
Saut
à 2 places
Kombinierter Lauf
Sprunglauf
à 4 places
Viersitzer
Zweisitzer
1
Saarinen
Utterström Gröttumsbraaten
Ruud, B
Canada
Fiske
Stevens,
Finland
Sweden Norway Norway
United States
United States
2 Liikkanen
Vikström Stenen
Beck
United States
Homburger
Capadrutt
Finland
Sweden Norway Norway
United States
Switzerland
3
Rustadstuen
Saarinen
Vinjarengen
Wahlberg
Germany
Kilian
Heaton
Norway
Finland
Norway Norway
Germany
United States
4
Hegge
Lappalainen, M
Kolterud
Eriksson
Poland
Capadrutt
Papana
Norway
Finland
Norway
Sweden
Switzerland
Roumania
5
Vestad
Rustadstuen
Eriksson Oimen
Rossi
Kilian
Norway Norway Sweden
United States
Italy
Germany
6
Utterström
Gröttumsbraaten Barton
Kaufmann
Switzerland
Papana
Rossi
Sweden Norway
Czechoslovakia
Roumania Italy
N
OTE
:There were three demonstrations at the III Olympic Winter Games: Sled-dog Racing, Curling, and Women's Speed-skating. For table of demonstration results see page 269.
268
I I I O L Y M P I C W I N T E R G A M E S - L A K E P L A C ID
1 9 3 2
RESULTS OF DEMONSTRATIONS
SLED DOG RACE
CURLING
1
St Goddard
Manitoba
Canada
2
Seppala
O n t a r i o
United States
Q u e b e c Tie
3
Russick
Canada
4
Wheeler
Connecticut
Canada
Northern Ontario
Tie
5
Haines
United States
6
Pouliot
Massachusetts
Canada
New York
Tie
WOMENS SPEED SKATING
5 0 M
1000 M
1500 M
1
W i l s o n
Dubois
K l e i n
Canada
United States
United States
2
Dubois
Donaldson W i l s o n
United States
Canada
Canada
3
K l e i n
Franey
Bina
United States
United States
United States
4
Brooks-Potter
Brooks-Potter Mackie
Canada Canada Canada
5
Muller-McLave
Mackie
Franey
United States
Canada
United States
6
Bina Wi l son
Brooks-Potter
United States
Canada
Canada
269
T A B L E O F P A R T I C I P A T I O N I I I O L Y M P I C W I N T E R G A M E S
Austria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belgium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Czechoslovakia . . . . . . . . . . . . .
France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Great Britain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hungary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Norway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roumania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sweden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switzerland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
United States . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T o t a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
N
OTE
: This table indicates the number of individual participants in each event for each country. Reserves are not counted here.
individuals competed in more than one event, the table does not show the actual number of entries received, which, including reserves, totalled
364.
Because of this latter fact and also because some
*
270
S t e d m a n
Winter lights and shadows at Lake Placid
2 7 1
M o r n i ng
Thursday, Feb 4
Afternoon
10:00 Stadium
2:15 Stadium
Opening ceremony
5,000 meter speed skating races
10:30 Stadium
500 meter speed skating races
2:45 Stadium
Hockey
PolandGermany
III Olympic Winter Games
Program
11:00 Stadium
Hockey
CanadaUnited States
9:30 Stadium
1,500 meter speed skating races
9:30 Arena
Curling (demonstration)
10:00 Stadium
H o c k e y
PolandUnited State
s
2:45 Arena
Curling (demonstration)
Friday, Feb 5
2:15 Stadium
10,000 meter
speed skating races.
Preliminaries
2:45 Stadium
H o c k e y
CanadaMcGill University (exhibition)
2:45 Arena
Curling (demonstration)
Saturday, Feb 6
9:30 Stadium
10,000
meter speed skating races. Finals
2:15 Stadium
Sled-dog races (demonstration)
10:00 Stadium
H o c k e y
CanadaGermany
2:45 Stadium
H o c k e y
United StatesMcGill University
(exhibition)
Free
Sunday, Feb 7
2:15 Stadium
Sled-dog races (demonstration)
2:45 Stadium
Hockey
CanadaPoland
Monday, Feb 8
9:30 Mt Van Hoevenberg Bob-run
2-man bob races
Heats 1 and 2
2:15 Arena
Mens figure skating-School figures
9:30 Arena
Mens figure skatingSchool figures
2:15 Stadium
H o c k e y
United StatesPoland
2:45 Stadium
Womens 500 meter speed skating race
(demonstration)
2 7 2
Evening
8:15 Arena
Curling
(demonstration)
8:15 Arena
H o c k e y
GermanyLake Placid
(exhibition)
8:15 Arena
H o c k e y
PolandLake Placid
(exhibition)
8:15 Arena
H o c k e y
GermanyUnited
States
8:15 Arena
H o c k e y
GermanyCanada
Lake Placid
1932
M o r n i ng
9:30 Mt Van Hoevenberg Bob-run
2-man bob races
Heats 3 and 4
9:30 Arena
Womens figure skatingSchool figures
9:30 Start and finish at Stadium
18 kilometer ski race
10:30 Stadium
H o c k e y
CanadaLake Placid (exhibition)
9:30 Mt Van Hoevenberg Bob-run
4-man bob races
Heats 1 and 2
9:30 Mt Van Hoevenberg Bob-run
4-man bob races
Heats 3 and 4
Tuesday, Feb 9
Afternoon
2:15 Arena
Womens figure skating-School figures
2:15 Stadium
H o c k e y
PolandCanada
Evening
8:15 Arena
Mens figure skating
Free figures
2:45 Stadium
Womens 1,000 meter speed skating race
(demonstration)
Wednesday, Feb 1 0
2:15 Stadium
H o c k e y
United StatesGermany
2:45 Stadium
Womens 1,500 meter speed skating race
(demonstration)
8:15 Arena
Womens figure
skating
Free figures
Thursday, Feb 11
2:15 Olympic Ski-hill
Ski jump (combined event)
8:15 Arena
H o c k e y
United StatesLak
e
Placid (exhibition)
Friday, Feb 12
2:15 Olympic Ski-hill
Ski jump
8:15
A r e n a
Figure skatingPairs
Saturday, Feb 13
8:00 Start and finish at Stadium
50 kilometer ski race
9:30 Stadium
Hockey
PolandGermany
2:15 Stadium
H o c k e y
United StatesCanada
3:45 Stadium
Final distribution of prizes and diplomas
Closing ceremony
Note
Hockey:
Weather conditions made it necessary to transfer 5 hockey games from the stadium to the arena.
The exhibition hockey game scheduled to be played on the morning of Feb 10 between Canada and Lake Placid
A C and the exhibition scheduled for the arena on the evening of Feb 11 between U S A and Lake Placid A C
were combined by agreement, and instead a game was played on the evening of Feb 11 at the arena between a team
composed of members of the Canadian and U S Olympic squads and the Lake Placid A C.
Other events were shifted as follows:
Speed Skating:
Re-skating of 10,000-meter preliminary heats held morning of Feb 6
Final of 10,000-meter race to afternoon of Feb 8
Bobsleigh:
2-man, heats 1 and 2, to morning of Feb 9
2-man, heats 3 and 4, to morning of Feb 10
4-man, heats 1 and 2, to morning of Feb 14
4-man, heats 3 and 4, to morning of Feb 15
Skiing:
Start
of 50-km race to 11 a m, Feb 13
2 7 3
Alphabetic List of Entries, Including Reserves
III Olympic Winter Games
Lake Placid 1932
Country
Norway
Japan
United States
Japan
United States
Norway
United States
United States
Sweden
United States
United States
Canada
Germany
Germany
Canada
Norway
France
Canada
Czechoslovakia
United States
Norway
United States
United States
Ski
Ski
Dog Derby
Figure Skating
Hockey
Ski
Speed Skating
Ski
Womens Sp.Sk
Speed Skating
Ski
Figure Skating
Ski
United States
France
United States
United States
United States
Finland
United States
United States
Austria
Canada
Germany
Germany
Canada
France
France
Switzerland
United States
Switzerland
United States
Austria
Canada
United States
United States
Switzerland
Italy
United States
Switzerland
Czechoslovakia
Canada
Canada
Canada
Great Britain
United States
Italy
France
Italy
Canada
United States
Canada
United States
Poland
Italy
United States
Curling
Bobsleigh
Womens Sp.Sk
Curling
Figure Skating
Figure Skating
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Dog Derby
Figure Skating
Curling
Curling
Curling
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Hockey
Ski
Ski
Ski
Figure Skating
Hockey
Figure Skating
Hockey
Ski
Ski
Bobsleigh
Hockey
Curling
Ski
Curling
Ski
Ski
Figure Skating
Sport
Ski
Ski
Bobsleigh
Ski
Ski
Ski
Hockey
Bobsleigh
Ski
Ski
Figure Skating
Ski
Figure Skating
Hockey
Ski
Speed Skating
Bobsleigh
Figure Skating
Ski
Contestants
Defalco, Jack
Deitz, Milford
Delago, Giovanni
de Ligne, Yvonne
Delille, Armand
DeZulian, Francesco
Dix, Joan
Donaldson, Hattie
Douglas, David H
Dubois, Elizabeth
Duncanson, Albert
Dupuis, Gerald E
Eagan, Edward F
Eisenhut, Hans
Ellingson, Lloyd C
Engnestangen, Hans
Engstad, Kaare
Ericksen, John M
Eriksson,
Evensen, Bernt
Everett, Douglas
Falstad, Pedar
Farrell, Franklin
Farrell, J ONeil
Feistauer, Jaroslav
Fisher, Elizabeth
Fiske, William L
Fitzgerald, Joseph
Flack, Herbert S
Fonjallaz, Gaston
Fonjallaz, Gustave
Fonjallaz, René
Franey, Dorothy
Fraser, Don
Frazier, Edward
Gagne, Leslie R
Garbutt, George
Garrison, John
Geier, Oscar
George, E F
Goodrich, Hunter
Grafström, Gillis
Grau, Fritz
Gravel, Arthur L
Gray, Clifford B
Gröttumsbraaten, Johan
Gudenus, Johann Baptist
Guenther, Lloyd W
Gyssling, D Georg
Hackney, Clement
Haines, Roger
Hall, Russell G
Hallock, Gerard
Hansez, Christian Wm
Harsh, James
Hatfield, A R
Heaton, John R
Hegge, Ole
Heggtveit, Halver L
Heinrich, Alfred
Henie, Sonja
Herker, Erich
Hessert, Baron G
Hill, George
Hinkel, Roy
Hogan, Joseph E
Contestants
Aas-Haugen, Oscar
Adachi, Goro
Adams, Arthur
Ageishi, Iwao
Andersen, Erling N
Andersen, Reidar
Anderson, Osborn
Ashforth, Albert
Aström, Sven
Backstrom, Nils
Badger, Sherwin
Bagguley, D Howard
Baier, Ernst
Ball, Rudi
Ball, William
Ballangrud, Ivar
Balsan, Louis
Bangs, Chauncy
Barton, Antonin
Batson, Lemoine
Beck, Hans
Belknap, Stuart
Bennett, Margaret
Bent, John
Berthet, Raymond
Bialas, Valentine
Billings, Norton R
Bina, Helen
Blomqvist, Ossian O
Blood, Edward J
Borden II, Gail
Bosio, Harald
Bowman, James L
Brehme, Albert
Brooks-Potter, Lela
Brown, William
Brunet, Andrée
Brunet, Pierre
Brupbacher, Max
Bryant, Percy D
Buchheim, Nicolas
Bunnell, Earl
Burger, Fritzi
Burns. William H
Burt, H E
Calder, J W
Capadrutt, Reto
Casini, Italo
Chase, John
Chiogna, Cesare
Cifka, Jan
Clark, William G
Claudet, Frances
Cockburn, William
Colledge, Magdalen
Cookman, John
Colturi, Lorenzo
Cretin, Leonce
Crivelli, Giuseppe
Crowley, Clifford
Curran, S S
Currie, John F
Curtis, Charles
Czech, Bronislaw
Dallago, Ingenuino
Davis, Suzanne
Country
Sport
Canada
United States
Dog Derby,
Italy
Speed Skating
Ski
Belgium
Figure Skating
France
Bobsleigh
Italy
Ski
Great Britain Figure Skating
Canada
Womens Sp.Sk
Canada
Ski
United States Womens Sp.Sk
Canada
Canada
Hockey
Ski
United States Bobsleigh
Switzerland
Bobsleigh
United States Ski
Norway
Speed Skating
Canada
Ski
United States Ski
Sweden
Ski
Norway
Speed Skating
United States Hockey
United States Ski
United States Hockey
United States Speed Skating
Czechoslovakia Ski
Canada
Figure Skating
United States
Bobsleigh
United States
Hockey
Canada
Speed Skating
Switzerland Bobsleigh
Switzerland Bobsleigh
Switzerland Bobsleigh
United States Womens Sp.Sk
United States Curling
United States Hockey
Canada
Ski
Canada
Hockey
United States Hockey
Switzerland Bobsleigh
Canada
Curling
United States Bobsleigh
Sweden
Figure Skating
Germany Bobsleigh
Canada Ski
United States Bobsleigh
Norway
Ski
Austria
United States
Bobsleigh
Speed Skating
Germany
Bobsleigh
United States Bobsleigh
United States Dog Derby
Canada
Curling
United States Hockey
Belgium
Bobsleigh
United States Ski
United States Curling
United States Bobsleigh
Norway
Ski
Canada
Ski
Germany
Hockey
Norway
Figure Skating
Germany
Hockey
Germany
Bobsleigh
United States Figure Skating
Canada
Canada
Hockey
Ski
274
Contestants
Höll, Gregor
Holmstrom, Carl
Homburger, Henry A
Hopmann, Helmut
Horton, Edmund C
Hoshina, Takeo
Houben, Max
Hovde, Kristian
Huber, Sebastian
Hubert, Capt Dumitru
Hulten, Vivi-Anne
Hurd, Alexander
Hurd, Florence
Huth, Werner
Ionescu, Capt Alexandru
Ishihara, Shozo
Iwasaki, Saburo
Jaenecke, Gustav
Jaffee, Irving
Jenny, Charles
Johansen, Jorgen
Jonsson, Karl G
Jost, Werner
Kaufmann, Fritz
Kawamura, Yasuo
Kilian, Hanns
Kitani, Tokuo
Klein, Kit
Kleppen, Hans
Kloetta, Antoine
Kolterud, Sverre
Korff, Werner
Kowalski, Adam
Kowalski, Aleksander
Krotki, Rudolf
Krygier, Wlodtimierz
Kuriyagawa, Heigoro
Lafleur, Lucien
Landry, Jacques B
Lanfranchi, Agostino
Lanfranchi, Gaetano
Langer, Walter
Lappalainen, Martti
Lappalainen, Tauno
Lawton, George
Leinweber, Walter
Leonard, John
Liikkanen, Väinö
Lindberg, Carl E
Lindberg, Karl J
Lindboe, Erling
Lindgren, John H
Lindquist, C Victor
Lipson, Howard S
Littlejohn, Mary
Livingston, Robert
Lockhart, Archibald
Logan, William F
Loughran, Beatrix
Ludwiczak, Witalis
Ludwig, Max
Lyall, Peter
Lymburne, Robert S
Mackie, Geraldine
Maclaren, Albert
McCarthy, Marion S
McDonald, Frank P
Madden, James
Makita, Mitsutake
Malloy, Norman
Marchewczyk, Czeslaw
Marin, Theo
Martin, Harry G
Marusarz, Andrzej
Country
Austria
United States
United States
Germany
United States
Japan
Belgium
Norway
Germany
Roumania
Sweden
Canada
Canada
Germany
Roumania
Japan
Japan
Germany
United States
Switzerland
United States
Sweden
Switzerland
Switzerland
Japan
Germany
Japan
United States
Norway
Switzerland
Norway
Germany
Poland
Poland
Germany
Poland
Japan
Canada
Canada
Italy
Italy
Czechoslovakia
Finland
Finland
United States
Germany
Germany
Finland
Sweden
Sweden
Norway
Sweden
Canada
United States
Canada
United States
Canada
Canada
United States
Poland
Germany
Canada
Canada
Canada
Canada
Canada
Canada
United States
Japan
Canada
Poland
Belgium
United States
Poland
Sport
Ski
Ski
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Ski
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Figure Skating
Speed Skating
Womens Sp.Sk
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Speed Skating
Ski
Hockey
Speed Skating
Bobsleigh
Ski
Ski
Bobsleigh
Ski
Speed Skating
Bobsleigh
Speed Skating
Womens Sp.Sk
Ski
Bobsleigh
Ski
Hockey
Hockey
Hockey
Bobsleigh
Hockey
Ski
Ski
Ski
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Figure Skating
Ski
Ski
Curling
Hockey
Curling
Ski
Speed Skating
Ski
Speed Skating
Ski
Hockey
Bobsleigh
Figure Skating
Hockey
Curling
Speed Skating
Figure Skating
Hockey
Bobsleigh
Curling
Ski
Womens Sp.Sk
Curling
Speed Skating
Curling
Figure Skating
Ski
Hockey
Hockey
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Ski
Marusarz, Stanislaw
Materski, Kazimierz
Mattsson, Sivert
Mauer, Albert
Maus, Jacques
Mehlhorn, Dr Hans
Menardi, Severino
Meredith, Gertrude
Mikkelsen, Roy
Minton, Robert H
Monsen, Rolf
Monson, Walter
Moore, Kennith
Mormley, W H
Poland
Poland
Sweden
Poland
Belgium
S p o r t
Ski
Hockey
Ski
Germany
Italy
United States
United States
United States
United States
Canada
Canada
United States
Poland
France
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
Switzerland
Finland
Canada
Czechoslovakia
Japan
United States
United States
Japan
United States
Motyka, Zdzislaw
Mugnier, Paul
Muller-McLave, Elsie
Murphy, Edward S
Murphy, Henry
Murray, Raymond V
Nagel, William
Nelson, Francis
Neuman, Werner
Nikkanen, Marcus
Nordmoe, Jostein
Novák, Vladimir
Obitani, Ryoichi
OBrien, Jay
Ogden, G B
Oimatsu, Kazuyoshi
Oimen, Caspar
Oliver, Byron A
Canada
Orgonista, Olga
Hungary
Palmer, E R
United States
Palmer, Winthrop
United States
Pangman, Arthur H
Canada
Papana, Lieut Alexandru Roumania
Parks, F R
United States
Parsons, Richard E
United States
Paumgarten, Harald
Austria
Peale, F D
United States
Pedersen, Haakon
Norway
Penttilä, Erkki
Finland
Peppe, Audrey
United States
Petrescu, Lieut Ulysse
Roumania
Phillips, Mollie
Great Britain
Porter, A S
United States
Potts, Allan W
United States
Pouliot, Raymond
Canada
Pow, Robert B
Canada
Pryde, Robert
United States
Reburn, Stewart
Canada
Reid, Robert H
United States
Rivers, N Romeo
Canada
Rogers, Isabel
Canada
Rogers, Melville
Canada
Roman. Commander Horia Roumania
Römer, Erich
Germany
Rossi di Montelera, Count Italy
Rossner, Heinrich
Germany
Rotter, Emilia
Hungary
Russick, Shorty
Canada
Rustadstuen, Arne
Norway
Ruud, Birger
Norway
Ruud, Sigmund
Norway
Ryan, Walter
Ski
Rylander, Erik
Sweden
Saarinen, Veli
Finland
Sabinski, Roman
Poland
Sachs, Tadeusz
Poland
Saetre, Magnus
Norway
Saetre, Ottar
Norway
St Goddard, Emile
Canada
Savage, Joseph
United States
Bobsleigh
Hockey
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Figure Skating
Dog Derby
Ski
Ski
Ski
Ski
Ski
Ski
Hockey
Hockey
Ski
Ski
Dog Derby
Figure Skating
Country
Contestants
Hockey
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Ski
Figure Skating
Ski
Bobsleigh
Ski
Hockey
Hockey
Curling
Curling
Ski
Womens Sp.Sk
Speed Skating
Dog Derby
Speed Skating
Figure Skating
Hockey
Bobsleigh
Figure Skating
Ski
Ski
Figure Skating
Bobsleigh
Curling
Figure Skating
Ski
Ski
Figure Skating
Curling
Hockey
Ski
Bobsleigh
Curling
Ski
Ski
Curling
Speed Skating
Ski
Figure Skating
Bobsleigh
Figure Skating
Curling
Speed Skating
Dog Derby
Curling
Curling
Figure Skating
Ski
Hockey
Figure Skating
Figure Skating
275
Contestants
Schäfer, Karl
Schön, Hjert
Schroeder, Edward J
Schröttle, Martin
Secretan, Albert
Sears, Dexter
Seeley, Mrs Milton
Seppala, Leonard
Sertorelli, Erminio
Sevre, Kolbjörn
Shea, John A
Simpson, Harold
Sims, Harvey J
Simunek, Frantisek
Skupien, Stanislaw
Slevogt, F Marquardt
Smith, Gordon
Smyth, C Harry
Sokolowski, Kazimierz
Solda, Gino
Springer, Carl F
Stack, Frank
Staksrud, Michael
Stauffer, William
Steele, John D
Stenen, Ole
Steuri, Fritz
Stewart, T Howard
Stevens, Curtis P
Stevens, F Paul
Stevens, J Hubert
Stevens, Raymond F
Stogowski, Jozef
Stone, Arnold V
Strobl, Georg
Sutherland, Hugh
Svärd, Nils E
Sylvestre. Leopold
Szalay, Sándor
Szollas, Lászoló
Tache, Jacques R
Takata, Yoichi
Country
Austria
Sweden
United States
Germany
France
United States
United States
United States
Italy
Norway
United States
Canada
Canada
Czechoslovakia
Poland
Germany
United States
Canada
Poland
Italy
United States
Canada
Norway
Switzerland
Germany
Canada
United States
Norway
Switzerland
Canada
United States
United States
United States
United States
Poland
Canada
Germany
Canada
Sweden
Canada
Hungary
Hungary
Canada
Japan
Sport
Figure Skating
Ski
Speed Skating
Hockey
Ski
Dog Derby
Dog Derby
Dog Derby
Ski
Ski
Speed Skating
Hockey
Curling
Ski
Ski
Hockey
Hockey
Speed Skating
Hockey
Ski
Speed Skating
Speed Skating
Speed Skating
Bobsleigh
Ski
Ski
Ski
Curling
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Hockey
Ski
Hockey
Hockey
Ski
Speed Skating
Figure Skating
Figure Skating
Ski
Ski
Contestants
Taniguchi, Kinzo
Taylor, Herbert G
Taylor, John P
Taylor, Megan
Thompson, W W
Toikka, Valmari
Torchon, Georges
Tsubokawa, Takemitsu
Turner, Roger
Unger, Donald
Uruma, Tomeju
Utterström, Sven L
Van Hege, Louis
Vaughan, Norman
Vestad, Sigurd
Veurich, Andrea
Vikström, Axe1 T
Vinjarengen, Hans
Vinson, Maribel
von Bismarck, Hasso
von Mumm, Walther
Wagner, U Stanley
Wahlberg, Kaare
Walker, John
Wanger, Jules
Wedge, Edwin
Weigel, Louise
Weinstengel, Hugo
Wheeler, Harry
Willett, George
Williams, C B
Willis, Errick F
Wilson, Jean
Wilson, Montgomery
Wilson, Ross F
Ski
Ski
Figure Skating
Bobsleigh
Bobsleigh
Hockey
Ski
Curling
Bobsleigh
Speed Skating
Figure Skating
Bobsleigh
Dog Derby
Curling
Curling
Curling
Womens Sp.Sk
Austria
Canada
United States
United States
Canada
Canada
Canada
Figure Skating
Canada
Ski
Wilson-Samuel, Constance Canada
Figure Skating
Wise, J Alston
Canada
Hockey
Wright, Philemon R
Canada
Ski
Yamada, Katsumi
Japan
Ski
Zahn, Werner
Germany
Zardini, Ernesto
Italy
Bobsleigh
Ski
Zetterstrom, Olle
United States Ski
Country
Sport
Japan
United States
Canada
Great Britain
Canada
Finland
France
Japan
United States
Switzerland
Japan
Sweden
Belgium
United States
Norway
Italy
Sweden
Norway
United States
Germany
Norway
Canada
Switzerland
United States
United States
Ski
Speed
Ski
Skating
Figure Skating
Curling
Ski
Figure Skating
Ski
Figure Skating
Bobsleigh
Speed Skating
Ski
Bobsleigh
Dog Derby
Ski
Ski
Summary of Entries
Ski ..................................................................
115
Speed Skating.. ...............................................
32
Figure Skating.. ..............................................
45
Hockey ...........................................................
49
Bobsleig
......................................................
68
Dog Derby.. ....................................................
13
Curling ..........................................................
32
Womens Speed Skating.. ...............................
10
Total.. ..................................................
364
276
Xth Olympiad Summer Games
Los Angeles 1932
Los Angeles, California, will stage the
Summer Games of the Xth Olympiad from
July 30 to August 14, 1932. Award of
these Games was made to Los Angeles by
the International Olympic Committee in
1923, six years before the award of the III
Olympic Winter Games of 1932 to Lake
Placid.
The American Olympic Association ap-
pointed as the Organizing Committee for
the Los Angeles Games the Xth Olympiad
Committee, of which Colonel William May
Garland is chairman. Colonel Garland has
the same relation to the Los Angeles Games
that Dr Godfrey Dewey, as president of the
III Olympic Winter Games Committee, had
to the Lake Placid Games.
The Los Angeles committee has made am-
ple provision for housing thousands of ath-
letes and spectators at the Games of the Xth
Olympiad. The committee expects that ap-
proximately
50
nations will be represented in
the Games by their greatest athletes. For
housing the athletes the committee has con-
structed an Olympic Village, consisting of
approximately 600 separate new houses.
Special cooking and dining service with the
special foods and cuisine of each nation will
be assured under this Village plan. Cost of
construction has been estimated at $500,000.
Special rates are being offered by many
railroad and steamship companies to those
going to Los Angeles for the Games. Many
are expected to take this opportunity to tour
the United States and enjoy the Games in
California prior to their return home.
The center of Olympic activity at Los
Angeles will be the Olympic stadium in
Olympic park, with a seating capacity of
105,000. The stadium will be the scene of
the opening and closing ceremonies, track
and field athletics, gymnastics, field hockey
finals, equestrian jumping events, and the
demonstrations of national and international
sports. Official announcements of the final
results of all events, regardless of where
they are held, will be made several times
L o s A n g e l e s P r o g r am
During the 16 days, competitions will be
held in the following:
Athletics (Track and Field)
Boxing
Cycling
Equestrian Sports
2 7 7
Fencing
Field Hockey
Gymnastics
Modern Pentathlon
Shooting
Rowing
Swimming, Diving, and Water Polo
Weight-lifting
Wrestling
Yachting
National Demonstration
International Demonstration
Fine Arts
daily in the Olympic stadium. It will also
be the scene of the award of medals to the
Olympic winners.
Tickets for the Los Angeles Games are of
three classes: Olympic stadium pass, season
tickets for an individual sport, and tickets
for single programs.
The general program of the Xth Olympiad
is given on the following page.
Information
Full information concerning the Games of
the Xth Olympiad may be secured by ad-
dressing
Xth Olympiad Committee
W M Garland Building, 117 West 9th Street
Los Angeles, California, USA
GENERAL PROGRAM . . . Xth OLYMPIAD . . . LOS ANGELES . . . l932
DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number of Day. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(MMorning AAfternoon EEvening)
OPENING CEREMONY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WEIGHTLIFTING
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FENCING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATHLETICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WRESTLING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIELD HOCKEY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CYCLING
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PENTATHLON
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
YACHTING
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWIMMING
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEMONSTRATION LACROSSE. . . . . . . . .
GYMNASTICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BOXING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EQUESTRIAN SPORTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEMONSTRATION AMERICAN FOOTBALL
SHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLOSING CEREMONY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FINE ARTS........................................
Competitions and Exhibits on Display during period of the Games. Los Angeles County MuseumOlympic Park.
AOlympic Stadium. BOlympic Auditorium. CState Armory. DRose Bowl ERoad Race Course (Cycling). FYachting Course. GSwimming Stadium.
HRifle Range ILong Beach Marine Stadium J-Riviera C. XTo be announced later.
278
In Conclusion
With the publication of this Official Report of the III Olympic Winter
Games of 1932 the work of the Organizing Committee comes to a close.
To others will be past the banner of Winter Sports. May it be held
proudly aloft. May other resorts rally around the standard which we have
carried for three years to the best of our collective abilities. May Winter
Sports come to stand primarily not for the enervating relaxations of warmer
climes, but rather for those sports which winter alone makes possible, especially
the sports on the Olympic programski running and jumping, speed and
figure-skating, hockey, bobsledding, sled-dog racing, and curling. May the
development of these sports and the facilities necessary for their enjoyment
continue in the years ahead to the advantage of those communities sponsoring
them and to the better health of a great nation.
It is our hope that thru the holding of the III Olympic Winter Games
of 1932 in the United States the general interest and participation in Winter
Sports on this side of the Atlantic will be set forward by at least a decade,
if not a generation. Our part has been done. May the example of the
Games carry on where we leave off.
III Olympic Winter Games Committee
2 7 9
I n d e x
A
PAGE
American skating rules approved for III OWG,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Award of III OWG to Lake Placid, Date of.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B
281
PAGE
C
Closing ceremony, Rules and forms for conduct of.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D
de Coubertin, Baron Pierre, Statement by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Dewey, Dr Godfrey, Speech of, at opening ceremony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178, 179
Dinner to Dr Dewey following award of III OWG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
E
Entries, IOC rules for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entries, Number of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Essex county contribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Essex county Park Commission, Bill creating
Executive committee named. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 31
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
282
F
PAGE
G
H
I
283
PAGE
International Skating Union, Decision to send Dr Dewey to congress of.. . . . . . . .
Invitation to participate in Olympic Games, Form of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J
L
M
N
New York State OWG Commission, officers and members. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 21, 22
O
Opening ceremony, Rules and forms for conduct of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
284
PAGE
Organizing Committee, Approval by A O A given.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organizing Committee, Officers, directors, and members of.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14, 15
P
Proposal of Lake Placid to IOC, Date of sending. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R
S
Shea, Jack, North American speed-skating champion.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
285
PAGE
286
T
PAGE
III OWG Committee, Annual meeting of.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
III Olympic Winter Games, How, were awarded to Lake Placid.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 - 52
U
W
Winter sports programs at Lake Placid, Organizations backing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 42
287
List of Illustrations
PAGE
New York State OWG Commission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
III OWG Committee news bulletin letter-head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
US postage stamp to commemorate III OWG .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
288
PAGE
USA 4-man bob team No 1 at Shady Corner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teams in parade past reviewing stand at opening ceremony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173-178
289
PAGE
Martineau bob trophy presented to William L Fiske, USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
USA 4-man bob team No 2 rounding Shady Corner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Contour map of Lake Placid section showing sled-dog race course. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
290
Along the trail
Pierson Studio
291
Copyright,
1998, Amateur Athletic Foundation of Los Angeles
Notes on the digitized version of the Official Report of the III Olympic Winter Games, Lake Placid, 1932
The digital version of the Official Report of the III Olympic Winter Games was created with the intention of producing the closest
possible replica of the original printed document. These technical notes are intended to describe the differences between the digital
and printed documents and the technical details of the digital document.
The original document
The original paper version of the 1932 Winter Games Official Report has dimensions of 8 x 11” (20.5cm x 28cm). The words “III
Olympic Winter Games – Lake Placid, 1932” are printed on the spine. The back cover is plain. The cover has a pebbled surface with
an inset frame. The cover image is embossed in gilt. The book is 291 pages with one blank page of heavy bond paper at both the front
and back of the book. There is a title page with the words “Official Report, III Olympic Winter Games, Lake Placid 1932. Issued by
III Olympic Winter Games Committee, Lake Placid, NY, U.S.A. Compiled by George M. Lattimer.” The primary font used in the
book is Minion Regular. Photograph captions are in Times New Roman.
Special features of the digital version:
∗
The back cover and the binding are not included in the digital version.
∗
Blank pages at the front and back of the book are not represented in the digital version.
∗
Photos in landscape format were rotated from vertical to horizontal to make viewing easier.
∗
The digital version includes a bookmark list, which functions as a hyperlinked table of contents. Selecting a topic
heading will take you to the corresponding section in the document.
∗
The final pages of the document contain an original index and list of illustrations for the book. The index and illustration
entries also are hyperlinked. Selecting an entry will take you to the corresponding section in the book.
Profile of the digital version:
File name:
1932w.pdf
File size:
18,027 KB
Format:
Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF), Version 3.0
Source document:
III Olympic Winter Games, Lake Placid, 1932 Official Report. Olympic Winter Games Committee;
Lake Placid, New York, USA. Compiled by George M. Lattimer, 1932.
Creation Platform:
Windows 95
Conversion Date:
January 1998
Conversion Software:
Adobe Capture, Adobe Acrobat 3.0, EnFocus Pitstop
Image Resolution:
72 dpi for color and grayscale images
Digital Fonts:
Minion Regular, Times New Roman.
Conversion Services:
Glyphica, 2224 Old Middlefield Way, Mountain View, CA 94043.